diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index c683df81e..4515af117 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ # Andreas Jonderko , 2022 # Leon Grill , 2022 # Chris Egal , 2022 -# Robert Förster , 2022 # Philipp Hug , 2022 +# Robert Förster , 2022 # Tina Rittmüller , 2022 # philku79 , 2022 # Rudolf Schnapka , 2022 @@ -18,20 +18,20 @@ # Thorsten Vocks , 2022 # Udo Hennig , 2022 # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022 -# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # e2f , 2022 # Felix Schubert , 2022 # Michael Hofer, 2022 # Cécile Collart , 2022 +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ msgid "Bank and cash" msgstr "Bank und Bargeld" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:123 msgid "Bank feeds" msgstr "" @@ -94,174 +95,114 @@ msgstr "Bankauszug" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" -"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " -"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " -"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +"Importing your bank statements allows you to keep track of your bank account" +" transactions and reconcile them with the ones recorded in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Ihre Kontoauszüge in Odoo Buchhaltung importieren, können Sie die " -"Transaktionen auf Ihren Bankkonten verfolgen und sie mit den in Ihrer " -"Buchhaltung erfassten Transaktionen abgleichen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" -"We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " -"the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +"We recommend using :doc:`the bank synchronization feature " +"` for more efficiency. However, if you do not want to " +"use it or if your bank is not yet supported, other options exist:" msgstr "" -"Wir empfehlen Ihnen, die Bankensynchronisation für mehr Effizienz zu " -"verwenden. Bitte lesen Sie die zugehörige Dokumentation: " -":doc:`bank_synchronization`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " -"not a supported institution, you still have other options:" +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank;" msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die Bankensynchronisation nicht nutzen möchten oder Ihre Bank nicht" -" zu den unterstützten Instituten gehört, haben Sie jedoch noch andere " -"Möglichkeiten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 -msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" -msgstr "Importieren Sie die von Ihrer Bank gelieferten Kontoauszugsdateien" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 -msgid "Register the bank statements manually" -msgstr "Manuelle Erfassung der Kontoauszüge" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "Import von Kontoauszugsdateien" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" "Odoo unterstützt mehrere Dateiformate für den Import von Kontoauszügen:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 -msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" -msgstr "SEPA empfohlenes Kontoauszugs Format (CAMT.053)" +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 -msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "Komma-getrennte Werte (.CSV)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 -msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 -msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 -msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" -"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " -"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " -"Statement*." +"To import a file, go to the Accounting dashboard and click on " +":guilabel:`Import (Statements)` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window, or click " +"on the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button and then on :guilabel:`Import " +"Statement`." msgstr "" -"Um sie zu importieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " -"Übersicht --> Bank`, klicken Sie auf *Auszüge importieren*, oder auf die " -"drei Punkte, und dann auf *Auszüge importieren*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone msgid "Import a bank statement file in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 -msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie dann die Datei aus, die Sie importieren möchten, und klicken Sie " -"auf *Importieren*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:34 msgid "" -"Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " -"and **map** the different columns you want to import." +"Next, select the file you want to import and click on :guilabel:`Upload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the file uploaded, the **import widget** helps you set formatting " +"options and **map** the different columns you want to import. You also can " +":guilabel:`test` the bank statement file before importing it to your " +"database." msgstr "" -"Odoo öffnet ein **Import-Widget**, mit dem Sie die **Formatierungsoptionen**" -" einstellen und die verschiedenen Spalten, die Sie importieren möchten, " -"**zuordnen** können." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone msgid "Register bank statements manually in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " -"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." -msgstr "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) ist ein älteres Dateiformat, das seit 2005" -" nicht mehr unterstützt wird. Ziehen Sie, wenn möglich, OFX-Dateien dem QIF-" -"Format vor." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:45 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Manuelle Erfassung der Kontoauszüge" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually. To do so, go " +"to the :guilabel:`Accounting dashboard` and click on the :guilabel:`Create " +"Statements` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window. Alternatively, you can click " +"the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button, and then :guilabel:`New " +"Statement`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 -msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." -msgstr "Bei Bedarf können Sie Ihre Kontoauszüge auch manuell erfassen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " -"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the " +":guilabel:`Partner` field. You can also type in the payments’ references in " +"the :guilabel:`Label` field. Add a new line for each transaction written on " +"the original bank statement." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie dazu auf :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Übersicht --> Bank`, " -"klicken Sie auf *Auszüge erstellen*, oder auf die drei Punkte, und dann auf " -"*Neuer Auszug*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:61 msgid "" -"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." -msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie für jede Transaktion auf dem Original-Kontoauszug eine neue Zeile " -"hinzu." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " -"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." -msgstr "" -"Um den Abgleich zu erleichtern, sollten Sie das Feld *Partner* ausfüllen. " -"Sie können auch die Referenzen der Zahlungen in das Feld *Label* schreiben." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." -" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"The **Ending Balance** and the **Computed Balance** should have the same " +"amount. If this is not the case, make sure there are no mistakes in the " "transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -"Der *Endsaldo* und der *berechnete Saldo* sollten denselben Betrag " -"aufweisen. Ist dies nicht der Fall, stellen Sie sicher, dass die Beträge der" -" Transaktionen nicht falsch sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr ":doc:`Bankensynchronisation`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Zu erledigen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" -msgstr "link zur neuen Dokumentation für die Abstimmung hinzufügen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 -msgid "Bank synchronization: Automatic import" +msgid "Bank synchronization: automatic import" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 @@ -276,52 +217,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features `_, and click on " -"*See list of supported institutions*." -msgstr "" -"Um zu prüfen, ob Ihre Bank von Odoo unterstützt wird, gehen Sie zu `Odoo " -"Buchhaltungsfunktionen `_, " -"und klicken Sie auf *Liste der unterstützten Banken*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Checking a bank's compatibility with Odoo" +":guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 -msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." -msgstr "Weltweit werden mehr als 20.000 Banken unterstützt." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:14 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" "Um eine Verbindung zu den Banken herzustellen, verwendet Odoo mehrere Web-" "Services:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "**Plaid**: Vereinigte Staaten von Amerika und Kanada" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "**Yodlee**: Weltweit" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:18 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "**Salzrand**: Europa (:doc:`mehr Informationen`)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "**Ponto**: Europa (:doc:`Weitere Informationen`)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "Bank synchronization is not available for trial databases." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid "**EnableBanking**: Scandinavian countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:20 @@ -342,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:55 @@ -356,11 +291,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:266 @@ -373,11 +308,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:26 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "On-Premise-Benutzer" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -392,25 +327,22 @@ msgstr "" "Verbindungsfehlers stellen Sie bitte sicher, dass Sie keine Firewall oder " "einen Proxy haben, der die folgende Adresse blockiert:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:34 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "https://production.odoofin.com/" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 -msgid "First Synchronization" -msgstr "Erste Synchronisierung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " -"the accounting dashboard." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "First synchronization" msgstr "" -"Sie können die Synchronisierung entweder über :menuselection:`Finanzen --> " -"Konfiguration --> Bankkonto hinzufügen` oder über die Konfigurationsleiste " -"auf dem Buchhaltung Dashboard starten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can start synchronization either by going to the Accounting app and " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank" +" Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." @@ -418,36 +350,39 @@ msgstr "" "Jetzt können Sie nach Ihrem Bankinstitut suchen. Wählen Sie es aus und " "folgen Sie den Schritten zur Synchronisierung mit ihm." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" -" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." +" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is " +"disabled." msgstr "" -"Sollten bei der ersten Synchronisierung Probleme auftreten, vergewissern Sie" -" sich bitte, dass Ihr Webbrowser keine Pop-ups blockiert und dass Ihr " -"Adblocker deaktiviert ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:49 msgid "" -"During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " -"secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" -" want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect " -"suspicious activity on your account, we block all requests coming from your " -"account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number. The third-" -"party provider may request more information in order to connect with your " -"bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." +"When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick " +"the date when you start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo " +"accounting database. For example, if you import your closing balance in Odoo" +" on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting transactions on the " +"01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023." msgstr "" -"Bei Ihrer ersten Synchronisierung werden Sie nach einer Telefonnummer " -"gefragt, um Ihr Konto zu sichern. Der Grund dafür ist, dass wir nicht " -"wollen, dass Ihre Daten in die falschen Hände geraten. Wenn wir also " -"verdächtige Aktivitäten auf Ihrem Konto feststellen, sperren wir alle " -"Anfragen, die von Ihrem Konto ausgehen, und Sie müssen es mit dieser " -"Telefonnummer wieder aktivieren. Der Drittanbieter kann weitere " -"Informationen anfordern, um eine Verbindung mit Ihrem Bankinstitut " -"herzustellen. Diese Informationen werden nicht auf den Servern von Odoo " -"gespeichert." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure " +"your account. We ask for such information because we don't want your data " +"falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activities " +"on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you " +"need to reactivate it using that phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect " +"with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's " +"servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " @@ -458,48 +393,32 @@ msgstr "" "Monat erstellt. Sie können die Periodizität der Kontoauszugserstellung in " "Ihren Journaleinstellungen ändern." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -"Sie können alle Ihre Synchronisierungen unter :menuselection:`Finanzen --> " -"Konfiguration --> Online Synchronization` finden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "Manuell synchronisieren" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:73 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " -"clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Nach Ihrer ersten Synchronisierung werden die erstellten Journale " -"standardmäßig alle 12 Stunden synchronisiert. Wenn Sie möchten, können Sie " -"manuell synchronisieren, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche *Jetzt " -"synchronisieren* auf dem Dashboard klicken." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Synchronize Now Button" +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 msgid "" -"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " -"Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " -"Transactions* button." -msgstr "" -"Oder Sie gehen zu :menuselection:`Finanzen --> Konfiguration --> Online " -"Synchronization`, wählen Ihre Bank aus und klicken dann auf die Schaltfläche" -" *Transaktionen abrufen*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Online Synchronization Form view" +"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click " +"on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:82 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -515,41 +434,33 @@ msgstr "" "finden Sie im Chat Ihrer Online-Synchronisationen. Führen Sie in diesem Fall" " unbedingt manuelle Synchronisationen durch." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 msgid "Issues" msgstr "Probleme" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "Fehlerhafte Synchronisierung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:93 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " -"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select the connection that " -"failed, and copy the error description and the reference." +"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard-->" +" Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the " +"connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -"Um einen Verbindungsfehler an den `Odoo-Support " -"`_ zu melden, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Finanzen --> Konfiguration --> Online Synchronization`, " -"wählen Sie die fehlgeschlagene Verbindung aus und kopieren Sie die " -"Fehlerbeschreibung und die Referenz." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:98 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "Synchronisation unterbrochen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:100 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " -"the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." +"the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." msgstr "" -"Wenn Ihre Verbindung mit dem Proxy unterbrochen wird, können Sie die " -"Verbindung mit dem Proxy über die Schaltfläche *Wiederverbinden* " -"wiederherstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support `_ directly with your client" @@ -560,12 +471,12 @@ msgstr "" "`_ mit Ihrer Kundennummer oder der Referenz des " "Fehlers, der im Chat aufgeführt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:111 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" "Migrationsprozess für Benutzer, die Odoo vor Dezember 2020 installiert haben" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:113 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." @@ -573,7 +484,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie On-Premise arbeiten, vergewissern Sie sich bitte zunächst, dass " "Ihre Quelle mit der neuesten Version von Odoo aktualisiert ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." @@ -581,110 +492,77 @@ msgstr "" "Nutzer, die vor Dezember 2020 eine Datenbank erstellt haben, müssen das neue" " Modul manuell installieren, um die neuen Funktionen nutzen zu können." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " -"default filter in the search bar and type: " -"**account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* " -"button to install the new module." -msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie dazu auf :menuselection:`Apps --> App Liste aktualisieren`, " -"entfernen Sie den Standardfilter in der Suchleiste und geben Sie ein: " -"**account_online_synchronization**. Sie können dann auf die Schaltfläche " -"*Installieren* klicken, um das neue Modul zu installieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Installation button of the account_online_synchronization module" +"default filter in the search bar and type `account_online_synchronization`. " +"You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users" +" refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " -"CTRL+F5." -msgstr "" -"Zum Schluss stellen Sie sicher, dass alle Ihre Benutzer ihre Odoo-Fenster " -"durch Drücken von STRG+F5 aktualisieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:125 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " -"won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " -"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`). " -"It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new " -"ones." +"won't work anymore." msgstr "" -"Alle bisherigen Synchronisationen werden bei der Installation getrennt und " -"funktionieren nicht mehr. Sie können sie direkt im Synchronisationsmenü " -"finden (:menuselection:`Finanzen --> Konfiguration --> Online " -"Synchronization`). Es ist nicht möglich, diese Verbindungen erneut zu " -"synchronisieren; Sie müssen neue Verbindungen konfigurieren." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " -"for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +"You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these " +"connections; you have to make new ones." msgstr "" -"Bitte deinstallieren Sie nicht *account_online_sync*, das bisherige Modul " -"für die Online-Synchronisation. Das neue Modul überschreibt es." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:130 msgid "" -"By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " -"Accounting." +"Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for " +"online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -"Standardmäßig wird *account_online_synchronization* automatisch mit Finanzen" -" installiert." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +msgid "" +"By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" +" Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "Die Synchronisierung funktioniert nicht in Echtzeit. Ist das normal?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:140 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " -"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," -" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button. You can also synchronize and " -"fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so " -"it is possible that clicking on *Synchronize Now* does not get your latest " -"transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard`, and click on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button. You can " +"also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`. Some " +"providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on" +" :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you " +"already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -"Der Vorgang ist nicht für eine Echtzeitsynchronisation vorgesehen, da " -"Drittanbieter Ihre Konten in unterschiedlichen Intervallen synchronisieren. " -"Um die Synchronisierung zu erzwingen und die Auszüge abzurufen, gehen Sie zu" -" Ihrem *Buchhaltungs-Dashboard* und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche *Jetzt " -"synchronisieren*. Sie können Transaktionen auch über " -":menuselection:`Finanzen --> Konfiguration --> Online-Synchronisierung` " -"synchronisieren und abrufen. Einige Anbieter erlauben nur eine " -"Aktualisierung pro Tag, so dass es möglich ist, dass ein Klick auf *Jetzt " -"synchronisieren* nicht Ihre neuesten Transaktionen abruft, wenn Sie diese " -"Aktion bereits früher am Tag durchgeführt haben." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:148 msgid "" -"A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " -"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" -" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " -"status changes." +"A transaction can be visible on your bank account but not be fetched if it " +"has the status :guilabel:`Pending`. Only transactions with the " +":guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not " +"**Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." msgstr "" -"Eine Transaktion kann auf Ihrem Bankkonto sichtbar sein, aber nicht " -"abgerufen werden, wenn sie den Status *Ausstehend* hat. Es werden nur " -"Transaktionen mit dem Status *Gebucht* abgerufen. Wenn sie noch nicht " -"*Gebucht* ist, müssen Sie warten, bis sich der Status ändert." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" "Ist die Funktion Online-Bank-Synchronisation in meinem Vertrag enthalten?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:155 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." @@ -692,14 +570,14 @@ msgstr "" "**Community Version**: Nein, diese Funktion ist in der Community-Version " "nicht enthalten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" "**Online-Version**: Ja, auch wenn Sie den One App Free-Vertrag in Anspruch " "nehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:157 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." @@ -707,11 +585,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Enterprise Version**: Ja, wenn Sie einen gültigen Unternehmensvertrag mit " "Ihrer Datenbank verknüpft haben." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "Einige Banken haben den Status \"Beta\" Was bedeutet das?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -728,13 +606,13 @@ msgstr "" "Entwicklungsprozess bei, da der Provider über echte Daten und Rückmeldungen " "aus der Verbindung verfügt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" "Warum werden meine Transaktionen nur synchronisiert, wenn ich sie manuell " "aktualisiere?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -746,12 +624,12 @@ msgstr "" "andere Art von MFA. Aus diesem Grund kann der Integrator keine Transaktionen" " durchführen, bis der Sicherheitscode bereitgestellt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" "Warum sind nicht alle meine vergangenen Transaktionen in Odoo enthalten?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:177 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." @@ -759,29 +637,24 @@ msgstr "" "Bei einigen Instituten können Transaktionen nur bis zu 3 Monate in der " "Vergangenheit abgefragt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "Warum sehe ich keine Transaktionen?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " -"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization` to click on the *Fetch Accounts* button on the " -"connection." +"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the " +":guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." msgstr "" -"Bei Ihrer ersten Synchronisierung haben Sie die Bankkonten ausgewählt, die " -"Sie mit Odoo synchronisieren möchten. Wenn Sie keines Ihrer Konten " -"synchronisiert haben, können Sie unter :menuselection:`Finanzen --> " -"Konfiguration --> Online-Synchronisation` auf die Schaltfläche *Konten " -"abrufen* auf der Verbindung klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "Es darf auch keine neuen Transaktionen geben." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:189 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " @@ -791,33 +664,30 @@ msgstr "" "gebuchte Transaktionen in Ihrer Datenbank nicht sichtbar sind, senden Sie " "bitte ein Support-Ticket `_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "Wie kann ich meine Zugangsdaten aktualisieren?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:195 msgid "" -"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " -"update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." +"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`,open the" +" connection you want to update your credentials and click on the " +":guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." msgstr "" -"Sie können Ihre Anmeldedaten aktualisieren, indem Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Finanzen --> Konfiguration --> Online Synchronization` " -"gehen, die Verbindung öffnen, die Sie aktualisieren möchten, und auf die " -"Schaltfläche *Zugangsdaten aktualisieren* klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:201 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr ":doc:`ponto`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr ":doc:`saltedge`" @@ -1076,6 +946,11 @@ msgstr "" "da sie so ein echtes Feedback über die Verbindung mit der Bank erhalten " "können." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`Bankensynchronisation`" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "Salt Edge als Anbieter von Bankensynchronisation" @@ -1294,216 +1169,212 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Sonstiges" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" -msgstr "Eine Banküberweisung von einer Bank zur anderen durchführen" +msgid "Internal transfer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." +"In Odoo, internal money transfers can be made in a few clicks. You need at " +"least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and " +"one cash journal." msgstr "" -"Ein Unternehmen kann mehrere Bankkonten oder Kassen haben. In Odoo ist es " -"möglich, interne Geldtransfers mit nur wenigen Klicks abzuwickeln." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:11 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." +"An internal transfer account is automatically created on your database based" +" on your company's localization and depending on your country’s legislation." +" If needed, the default :guilabel:`Internal transfer account` can be " +"modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." msgstr "" -"Zur Veranschaulichung nehmen wir das folgende Beispiel. Mein Unternehmen hat" -" zwei Bankkonten und ich möchte 50.000 Euro von einem unserer Bankkonten auf" -" das andere überweisen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "Überprüfen Sie Ihren Kontenplan und Ihr Geldtransit Konto" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " -"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +"At least two bank accounts are needed to make internal transfers. Refer to " +":doc:`Bank and cash accounts section <../setup/bank_accounts>` to see how to" +" add an additional bank account to your database." msgstr "" -"Für die Abwicklung interner Überweisungen benötigen Sie ein Geldtransitkonto" -" in Ihrem Kontenplan. Odoo erstellt automatisch ein Konto auf der Grundlage " -"des Landes Ihres Kontenplans. Um Ihren Kontenplan zu konfigurieren und das " -"Standard-Überweisungskonto zu überprüfen, gehen Sie in die Einstellungen des" -" Buchhaltungsmoduls und wählen Sie :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " -"Einstellungen`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:22 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:24 msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +"Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you " +"want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." msgstr "" -"Ihr Kontenplan wird je nach dem Land, das Sie bei Ihrer Registrierung " -"angegeben haben, vorinstalliert und kann nicht geändert werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." -msgstr "" -"Auch das Geldtransitkonto wird je nach den Rechtsvorschriften Ihres Landes " -"automatisch erstellt. Falls erforderlich, kann es auf derselben Seite " -"geändert werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "Ein zweites Bankkonto / Journal anlegen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" -"Bevor wir eine interne Überweisung erfassen können, müssen wir eine neue " -"Bank zu unserem Buchhaltungs-Dashboard hinzufügen. Gehen Sie dazu in das " -"Buchhaltungsmodul und klicken Sie auf :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " -"Bankkonten`. Erstellen Sie ein neues Bankkonto. Sie sollten die " -"**Kontonummer** eingeben. Sie können Ihre Bank auch erstellen und " -"bearbeiten, um die Details Ihrer Bank anzugeben." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "Wenn Sie die Änderungen speichern, haben Sie jetzt 2 Bankkonten." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "" -"Erfassen Sie eine interne Überweisung von einer Bank zu einer anderen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 -msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." -msgstr "" -"Wir werden nun 50.000 Euro von unserer **Bank** auf unser **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** Konto überweisen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:28 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Protokollieren einer internen Überweisung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:30 msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " -"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +"From the Accounting Dashboard, click on the drop-down selection button " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) on one of your banks. In the :guilabel:`New` column click on" +" :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the " +"transfer." msgstr "" -"Der erste Schritt besteht darin, die interne Zahlung zu erfassen. Gehen Sie " -"dazu in Ihr Buchhaltungs-Dashboard, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " -"**mehr** einer Ihrer Banken und wählen Sie :menüauswahl:`Neu --> Interne " -"Überweisung`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Confirm` to register your internal transfer." +" The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is " +"**automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:46 +msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:55 +msgid "Outstanding Payments account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:144 +msgid "$1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:75 +msgid "**Internal transfer account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:146 +msgid "**$1,000**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:63 +msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:72 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:80 msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +"There are one outstanding payment and one outstanding receipt pending in " +"your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the " +"sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie eine neue Zahlung. Die Zahlungsart wird automatisch auf " -"interne Überweisung eingestellt. Wählen Sie die **Bank** aus, an die Sie " -"überweisen möchten, geben Sie den **Betrag** an und füllen Sie, falls " -"gewünscht, das Feld **Memo** aus." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " -"bank statements and reconcile`_)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" msgstr "" -"Der Vermerk ist wichtig, wenn Sie einen automatischen Abgleich durchführen " -"möchten (siehe `Kontoauszüge importieren und abgleichen`_)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Speichern und bestätigen Sie die Änderungen, um die Zahlung zu speichern." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"In der Buchhaltung wird das Geld nun auf dem Geldtransitkonto verbucht. Wir " -"müssen die Kontoauszüge importieren, um den Transfer zu verbuchen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "Bankauszüge importieren und abstimmen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." +msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -"Beachten Sie, dass der von Odoo berechnete Kontostand nicht mit dem letzten " -"Kontoauszug Ihrer Bank übereinstimmt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:93 msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." +"The next step is to book the bank statements to finalize the transaction by " +"creating, :doc:`importing <../feeds/bank_statements>`, or " +":doc:`synchronizing <../feeds/bank_synchronization>` your " +":guilabel:`Transactions lines`. Fill in the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and " +"click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` button." msgstr "" -"Das liegt daran, dass wir den Kontoauszug, der den Erhalt und die " -"Überweisung des Geldes bestätigt, nicht importiert haben. Es ist daher " -"notwendig, Ihren Kontoauszug zu importieren und die Zahlung mit der " -"richtigen Kontoauszugszeile abzustimmen. Sobald Sie Ihre Kontoauszüge " -"erhalten haben, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche **Neuer Kontoauszug** der " -"entsprechenden Bank, um sie zu importieren." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:105 msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." +"In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, " +"the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -"Füllen Sie Ihre **Transaktionszeile** aus. Sobald dies erledigt ist, zeigt " -"Odoo einen **berechneten Kontostand** an. dieser berechnete Saldo ist der " -"theoretische Endsaldo Ihres Bankkontos. Wenn es mit dem Kontoauszug " -"übereinstimmt, bedeutet dies, dass keine Fehler gemacht wurden. Füllen Sie " -"das **Endsaldo** aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche **Abgleichen**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 -msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "Das folgende Fenster wird geöffnet:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Reconcile your payment" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:133 +msgid "Bank journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:122 +msgid "Outstanding Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:125 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:129 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +"The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related " +"to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." msgstr "" -"Sie müssen das Gegenstück für die Zahlung auswählen. Wählen Sie die richtige" -" Kontoauszugszeile aus, die der Zahlung entspricht, und klicken Sie auf die " -"Schaltfläche **Abstimmen**. Schließen Sie den Auszug, um die Transaktion " -"abzuschließen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " -"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:142 +msgid "Outstanding Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -"Die gleichen Schritte müssen Sie wiederholen, wenn Sie Ihren zweiten " -"Kontoauszug erhalten. Beachten Sie, dass der Abgleich automatisch erfolgt, " -"wenn Sie in den Kontoauszügen und im Zahlungsverkehr denselben Betrag und " -"denselben Vermerk angeben." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "Bank reconciliation" @@ -1528,6 +1399,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Abstimmungsmodelle** konfigurieren, die besonders bei wiederkehrenden " "Buchungen wie Bankgebühren nützlich sind." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Zu erledigen" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " @@ -1946,239 +1824,223 @@ msgid "Setup" msgstr "Einrichten" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Accounts" -msgstr "Bankkonten" +msgid "Bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " -"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " -"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." +"You can manage as many bank or cash accounts as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to have all your banking data up-to-date " +"and ready for :doc:`reconciliation <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` " +"with your journal entries." msgstr "" -"Sie können so viele **Bankkonten** wie sie benötigen in Ihrer Instanz " -"verwalten. Wenn Sie diese korrekt konfigurieren, können Sie sicherstellen, " -"dass alle Ihre Bankdaten auf dem neuesten Stand und bereit für die " -"Abstimmung mit Ihren *Journalbuchungen* sind." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " -"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." +"In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post " +"all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are " +"automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." msgstr "" -"In Odoo Finanzen ist jedes Bankkonto so konfiguriert, dass es ein eigenes " -"*Journal* zugewiesen bekommt, das so konfiguriert ist, dass alle Buchungen " -"auf einem eigenen *Konto* gebucht werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" -" are automatically created and configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:14 +msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie ein Bankkonto hinzufügen, wird automatisch ein eigenes Journal und " -"ein eigenes Konto erstellt und konfiguriert." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:16 msgid "" -"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " -"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" -" are displayed when appropriate." +"Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." msgstr "" -"Jedes **Bankjournal** wird standardmäßig in der **Buchhaltungsübersicht** in" -" Form einer praktischen Kachel angezeigt. Sie enthält Aktionsschaltflächen, " -"die bei Bedarf eingeblendet werden." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone msgid "" -"Bank Journals Cards are displayed on the Accounting Overview in Odoo " -"Accounting" +"Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action " +"buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 -msgid "Add a new Bank Account" -msgstr "Ein neues Bankkonto hinzufügen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" -" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " -"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:26 +msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:29 +msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" msgstr "" -"Sie können entweder Ihr Bankkonto mit Ihrer Odoo-Instanz verbinden oder Ihr " -"Bankkonto manuell konfigurieren und die Kontoauszüge manuell hochladen " -"<../feeds/bank_statements>\"." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 -msgid "Bank Synchronization" -msgstr "Synchronisation Bankkonto" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically." -msgstr "" -"Verbinden Sie Ihr Bankkonto mit Ihrer Instanz und lassen Sie Ihre " -"Kontoauszüge automatisch synchronisieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " -"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "" -"Um ein neues Bankkonto zu synchronisieren, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Finanzen --> Konfiguration`, klicken Sie auf *Bankkonto " -"hinzufügen*, suchen Sie dann Ihre Bank in der Liste, klicken Sie auf " -"*Verbinden* und folgen Sie den Anweisungen auf dem Bildschirm." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this bank synchronization." -msgstr "" -":doc:`Klicken Sie hier <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` für weitere " -"Informationen über die Banksynchronisation." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "" -"Select a bank institution in the list and connect it to Odoo Accounting" +"To connect your bank account to your database, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`," +" select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " +"instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 -msgid "Manual configuration" -msgstr "Manuelle Konfiguration" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Ihr Bankinstitut nicht automatisch synchronisiert werden kann oder wenn" -" Sie es nicht mit Ihrer Datenbank synchronisieren möchten, können Sie Ihr " -"Bankkonto auch manuell konfigurieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" -" out the form." -msgstr "" -"Um ein neues Bankkonto manuell hinzuzufügen, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Finanzen --> Konfiguration`, klicken Sie auf *Bankkonto " -"hinzufügen*, dann auf *Anlegen*, und füllen Sie das Formular aus." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 -msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." -msgstr "**Name**: der Name des Bankkontos, wie er in Odoo angezeigt wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 -msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." -msgstr "**Kontonummer**: Ihre Kontonummer (IBAN in Europa)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 -msgid "" -"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " -"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." -msgstr "" -"**Bank**: Klicken Sie auf *Erstellen und Bearbeiten*, um die Details der " -"Bank zu konfigurieren. Fügen Sie den Namen des Bankinstituts und seinen " -"Identifizierungscode (BIC oder SWIFT) hinzu." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" -" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." -msgstr "" -"**Code**: Dieser Code ist der *Short Code* Ihres Journals, wie er in Odoo " -"angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig erstellt Odoo ein neues Journal mit diesem " -"Kurzcode." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " -"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " -"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " -"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." -msgstr "" -"**Journal**: Dieses Feld wird angezeigt, wenn Sie ein bestehendes " -"Bankjournal haben, das noch nicht mit einem Bankkonto verknüpft ist. Wählen " -"Sie in diesem Fall das *Journal* aus, das Sie für die Erfassung der mit " -"diesem Bankkonto verbundenen Finanztransaktionen verwenden möchten oder " -"erstellen Sie ein neues, indem Sie auf *Erstellen und Bearbeiten* klicken." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " -"accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Odoo erkennt die Art des Bankkontos (z. B. IBAN) und aktiviert spezifische " -"Funktionen entsprechend." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Add manually a new bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Erweiterte Konfiguration" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " -"modify." -msgstr "" -"Um ein bestehendes Bankkonto zu bearbeiten, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Finanzen --> Konfiguration --> Bankkonten`, und wählen Sie " -"das Bankkonto aus, das Sie ändern möchten." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" -" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " -"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" -" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " -"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die Bankkontodaten bearbeiten möchten, gehen Sie zum Feld " -"*Bankkonto* und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche *Externer Link* neben dem " -"Listenpfeil. Dort können Sie die Nummer des Bankkontos, den Kontoinhaber, " -"den Namen des Kontoinhabers und die Angaben zu Ihrem Bankinstitut " -"bearbeiten, indem Sie auf den *Externen Link* neben dem Feld *Bank* klicken." -" Diese Angaben werden für die Registrierung einiger Zahlungen verwendet." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " -"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " -"in the **Bank Statements** section." -msgstr "" -"Sie können im Abschnitt **Zahlungsarten** konfigurieren, welche " -"Zahlungsarten aktiviert sind, und im Abschnitt **Kontoauszüge**, wie die " -"Kontoauszüge erfasst und gebucht werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Advanced configuration of a bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:39 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "Klicken Sie, um ein neues Bankkonto hinzuzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" -msgstr "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't want " +"to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it`" +" (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables " +"some features accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank " +"account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to " +"match your bank account information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Create a cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " +":ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can " +"review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:68 +msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to" +" your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Manually configure your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/outstanding_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:90 +msgid "Suspense account" +msgstr "Interimskonto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` " +"until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:96 +msgid "Profit and loss accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending " +"balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the " +":guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance " +"of a cash register differs from what the system computes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "Währung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:111 +msgid "Account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external " +"link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click " +"on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your " +"bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Edit your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three" +" options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet " +"if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if " +"you want to import your bank statement using a different format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your" +" bank is synchronized with your database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank account in a foreign currency" @@ -4287,6 +4149,7 @@ msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:87 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "Kontenplan Finanzkonten" @@ -7205,14 +7068,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 msgid "Technical name" msgstr "Technische Bezeichnung" @@ -9064,10 +8927,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the SKR03 is installed by " +"default." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine neue SaaS-Datenbank erstellen, wird SKR03 standardmäßig " -"installiert." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" @@ -9089,7 +8951,6 @@ msgstr "Bilanz" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Erfolgsrechnung" @@ -9588,13 +9449,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:227 msgid "" -"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " -"In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " -"systems." +"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online " +"service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on " +"external systems." msgstr "" -"Wenn Odoo in der Cloud genutzt wird, sind regelmäßige Backups Teil des SaaS-" -"Service. Darüber hinaus können regelmäßige Backups heruntergeladen und auf " -"externen Systemen gesichert werden." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -14488,8 +14346,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" +" by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 @@ -14599,7 +14457,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgid "" +"How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (Odoo Online or On-premise)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 @@ -15231,15 +15090,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Initial configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Kontenplan" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"The **chart of accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" @@ -15250,7 +15103,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 @@ -15269,6 +15122,10 @@ msgstr "Verbindlichkeiten" msgid "Equity" msgstr "Eigenkapital" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +msgid "Profit & Loss:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 @@ -15283,8 +15140,8 @@ msgstr "betrieblicher Aufwand" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" -"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," -" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +"When browsing your chart of accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by :guilabel:`Account Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone @@ -15292,49 +15149,45 @@ msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgid "Configuration of an account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " -"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " -"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"company on your database) determines which **fiscal localization package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard chart of accounts " "already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" -"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" -" Journal Entry has been posted." +"It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a" +" journal entry has been posted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" -msgstr "Kontonummer und Name" +msgid "Code and name" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" -"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"Each account is identified by its **code** and **name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -"Jedes Konto wird durch seinen **Code** und **Name** identifiziert, der auch " -"den Zweck des Kontos angibt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "" -"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +"Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" msgstr "" -"Die korrekte Konfiguration des **Kontotyps** ist von entscheidender " -"Bedeutung, da sie mehreren Zwecken dient:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" @@ -15354,8 +15207,8 @@ msgstr "Eröffnungsbuchungen anlegen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:61 msgid "" -"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " -"and select the right type among the following list:" +"To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down " +"selector and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 @@ -15436,145 +15289,162 @@ msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "Ausserbilanz" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:107 msgid "" -"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " -":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " -"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"Some **account types** display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`assets ` entries, :ref:`deferred expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`deferred revenues " "` entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " -"corresponding form." +":guilabel:`Create in draft`: whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill " +"out the corresponding form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:116 msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " -"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +":guilabel:`Create and validate`: you must also select a **model**. Whenever " +"a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:120 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Standard Steuern" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:122 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Tags" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "Kontogruppen" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 +msgid "Account groups" +msgstr "Kontengruppen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 msgid "" -"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +"**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " -"Balance**." +"Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of" +" the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the " +"group `131000`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 -msgid "" -"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " -"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " -"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " -"the right Account Group." +msgid "Create account groups manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 msgid "" -"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " -"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +"Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The " +"following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a new account group, :ref:`developer mode ` and " +"head to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Account " +"Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code " +"prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note " +"that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`to` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Account groups creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app-->Reporting-->Trial Balance`, then open the " +":guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Erlaube Abstimmung" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "Allow reconciliation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 msgid "" -"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " -"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " -"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as " +":guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used" +" to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing " +"reconciliation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:162 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's " +"settings, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "Nicht mehr verwenden" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, " +"and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:193 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 @@ -15688,6 +15558,45 @@ msgid "" "account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "**Name**: der Name des Bankkontos, wie er in Odoo angezeigt wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "**Kontonummer**: Ihre Kontonummer (IBAN in Europa)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" +"**Bank**: Klicken Sie auf *Erstellen und Bearbeiten*, um die Details der " +"Bank zu konfigurieren. Fügen Sie den Namen des Bankinstituts und seinen " +"Identifizierungscode (BIC oder SWIFT) hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" +"**Code**: Dieser Code ist der *Short Code* Ihres Journals, wie er in Odoo " +"angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig erstellt Odoo ein neues Journal mit diesem " +"Kurzcode." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" +"**Journal**: Dieses Feld wird angezeigt, wenn Sie ein bestehendes " +"Bankjournal haben, das noch nicht mit einem Bankkonto verknüpft ist. Wählen " +"Sie in diesem Fall das *Journal* aus, das Sie für die Erfassung der mit " +"diesem Bankkonto verbundenen Finanztransaktionen verwenden möchten oder " +"erstellen Sie ein neues, indem Sie auf *Erstellen und Bearbeiten* klicken." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " @@ -15724,6 +15633,11 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Kontenplan" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " @@ -15871,6 +15785,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +msgstr "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:3 msgid "Main accounting concepts" msgstr "" @@ -16651,14 +16569,6 @@ msgid "" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" @@ -16669,26 +16579,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 @@ -19040,123 +18930,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " +"facilitating the reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`../supplier_bills/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:72 @@ -19164,62 +18946,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Group payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." +"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " +"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " +"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " +":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Register payment button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:25 +msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:27 msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." +"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " +"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " +"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." +"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " +"more bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:39 msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." +"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " +"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " +"to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:43 +msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " +"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`. Make sure to apply " +"the :doc:`payment terms <../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms>`" +" to the **bills** *instead* of the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 @@ -19818,6 +19607,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -20095,22 +19890,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 -msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgid "AI-powered document digitization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " -"traditional paper invoices into vendor bills and customer invoices forms in " -"your accounting." +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into " +"vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial " "intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor " -"bills and customer invoices forms are automatically created and populated " +"bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated " "based on the scanned invoices." msgstr "" @@ -20121,45 +19914,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR " -"`_." +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The more documents you scan, the better the system identifies the correct " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Digitalization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitalization` and " -"choose whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` " -"should be processed automatically or manually." +"Digitization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitization` and choose " +"whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` (this " +"includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on " +"demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option can also be selected. It " -"enables to get only one line created per tax in the new bill, regardless of " -"the number of lines from the invoice." +"If you enable the :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option, only one " +"line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines " +"on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 msgid "Invoice upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 msgid "Upload invoices manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button of your vendor bills journal. Alternatively, go to " @@ -20168,63 +19952,98 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:40 msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 msgid "" "You can configure your connected scanner to send scanned documents to an " "email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft " "customer invoices or vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 msgid "" -"You can modify the email alias of a journal by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, opening the " -"appropriate journal, opening the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and " -"modifying the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field." +"You can modify the email alias of a journal. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. Under :guilabel:`General Settings: Discuss`, " +"enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:49 msgid "" -"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can send your " -"scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., `inbox-" -"financial@example.odoo.com`)." +"The email alias is now available in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab of" +" the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can " +"automatically send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` " +"workspace (e.g., `inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:56 -msgid "Invoice digitization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 msgid "" -"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " -"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitalization` to do it " -"manually." +"The default email aliases `vendor-bills@` and `customer-invoices@` followed " +"by the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` you set are automatically created for the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` journals, " +"respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " -"clicking on the respective tags (available in Edit mode) and selecting the " -"proper information instead." +"To change a default email alias, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`. Select the journal you want to " +"edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email " +"Alias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:66 +msgid "Invoice digitization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +msgid "" +"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " +"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and " +"selecting the proper information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:75 +msgid "Data recognition with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 +msgid "" +"It is essential to review and correct (if needed) the information uploaded " +"during digitization. Then, you have to post the document by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system " +"identifies the correct data for future digitizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Positionen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 msgid "" "The **invoice digitization** is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:87 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to " @@ -20232,14 +20051,19 @@ msgid "" "Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SaaS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:78 -msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:96 +msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 @@ -20718,8 +20542,8 @@ msgid "" "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 @@ -21249,11 +21073,11 @@ msgid "Applicability" msgstr "Anwendbarkeit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 -msgid "Factur-X (CII)" +msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "Default format on Odoo (enabled by default)" +msgid "For French and German companies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:25 @@ -21382,27 +21206,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:71 msgid "" -"By default, the :guilabel:`Factur-X` option is enabled. It means that an XML" -" file is automatically included in the PDF document that is sent." +"Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for " +"interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option " +":guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the " +"invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like " +"Chorus Pro." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:74 msgid "" "The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's " ":guilabel:`General Information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via " "existing access points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 msgid "Add new formats to a database created before July 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:82 msgid "" "If your database was created before July 2022 and you wish to use one of the" " formats available from July 2022, you have to :ref:`install " @@ -21411,29 +21238,29 @@ msgid "" "country-specific module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:88 msgid "" "If you want to use the Belgian format E-FFF in a database created prior to " "July 2022, you need to :ref:`install `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 msgid "Belgium - E-Invoicing (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" msgstr "Belgien - E-Rechnungen (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 msgid "`l10n_be_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 msgid "Import/Export electronic invoices with UBL/CII" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:99 msgid "`account_edi_ubl_cii`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:102 msgid "" "Once the new module is installed, UBL 2.0 and UBL 2.1 formats no longer " "appear in the journal since UBL BIS Billing 3.0 is available and more widely" @@ -21787,6 +21614,10 @@ msgid "" "want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 +msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 msgid "" "**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " @@ -22134,12 +21965,6 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 msgid "" "Click `here `_ to know about our " @@ -23855,6 +23680,70 @@ msgid "" "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:3 +msgid "Tax carryover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When performing tax reports, the **tax carryover** feature allows carrying " +"amounts from one period to another without creating new entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It has been created to meet the legal requirements of specific locations, " +"where amounts must be transferred from period to period (for example, " +"because the total of the line is negative)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The feature is activated by default in countries where it is required, such " +"as Belgium, France, and Italy. There is no specific configuration required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100" +" for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this case, as per local regulation, grid 81 of the tax report may contain" +" a negative amount. But it must be declared to the government as zero, and " +"the negative amount should be carried over to the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a " +"pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "" +"pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:32 +msgid "" +"At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount " +"was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that" +" will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing " +"transactions and the carryover from the previous period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration of the tax return" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:5 msgid "Taxation" msgstr "" @@ -24408,123 +24297,173 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +"Cash basis taxes are due when the payment is made, as opposed to standard " +"taxes that are due when the invoice is confirmed. Reporting your income and " +"expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in " +"some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." +"You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year, and the payment " +"is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you " +"must pay is for the 2nd quarter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, enable :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +"Then, define the :guilabel:`Tax Cash Basis Journal`. Click on the external " +"link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the" +" :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:28 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +"By default, the journal entries of the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Taxes` journal " +"are named using the :guilabel:`CABA` short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Taxes` to configure your taxes. You can either " +":guilabel:`Create` a new tax or update an existing one by clicking on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +"The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to " +"post taxes until the payment is registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" +"Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" +"is registered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, decide of the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Exigilibity`. Select :guilabel:`Based on Payment`, so the tax is due when " +"the payment of the invoice is received. You can then also define the " +":guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded " +"as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "" +"Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" +"reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +msgid "Impact of cash basis taxes on accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" +msgid "" +"To illustrate the impact of cash basis taxes on accounting transactions, " +"let's take an example with the sales of a product that costs 1,000$, with a " +"cash basis tax of 15%." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgid "" +"The following entries are created in your accounting, and the tax report is " +"currently empty." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Bankjournal" +msgid "**Customer journal (INV)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +msgid "Receivable $1,150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Income $1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Journal für die Besteuerung nach vereinnahmten Entgelten" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:103 +msgid "Temporary tax account $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:77 +msgid "When the payment is then received, it is registered as below :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Bank journal (BANK)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgid "Bank $1,150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:90 msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." +"Once the payment is registered, you can use the :guilabel:`Cash Basis " +"Entries` smart button on the invoice to access them directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Default taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Finally, upon reconciliation of the invoice with the payment, the below " +"entry is automatically created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Journal (Caba)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:105 +msgid "Income account $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:107 +msgid "Tax Received $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The journal items :guilabel:`Income account` vs. :guilabel:`Income account` " +"are neutral, but they are needed to ensure correct tax reports in Odoo with " +"accurate base tax amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Using a default :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` is recommended so your" +" balance is at zero and your income account is not polluted by unnecessary " +"accounting movements. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Taxes`, and select a :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` " +"under :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 @@ -24986,288 +24925,257 @@ msgstr "" "einzelnen Steuerklassen ausgewiesen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -"Ermitteln Sie die korrekten Steuersätze in den Vereinigten Staaten mit " -"TaxCloud" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." +"TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " +"and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " +"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"applies." msgstr "" -"Die **TaxCloud**-Integration ermöglicht es Ihnen, die Umsatzsteuer für jede " -"Adresse in den Vereinigten Staaten korrekt zu berechnen und zu verfolgen, " -"welche Produkte von der Umsatzsteuer befreit sind und in welchen Staaten " -"jede Befreiung gilt. TaxCloud berechnet die Umsatzsteuer in Echtzeit für " -"jeden Bundesstaat, jede Stadt und jede besondere Gerichtsbarkeit in den " -"Vereinigten Staaten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "In TaxCloud" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +msgid "TaxCloud registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." +"Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " +"complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " +"by clicking on :guilabel:`Stores`, then :guilabel:`Get Details`." msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie ein kostenloses Konto auf der Website von TaxCloud " -"`__." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -"Registrieren Sie Ihre Odoo-Website bei TaxCloud, um eine *API-ID* und einen " -"*API-Schlüssel* zu erhalten." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie in den Einstellungen von TaxCloud auf *Standorte*, um den " -"Standort Ihres Büros bzw. Lagers einzugeben." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." +"Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " +"store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie in den Einstellungen von TaxCloud auf *Steuerstaaten verwalten*," -" um die Staaten zu überprüfen, in denen Sie Umsatzsteuer erheben." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "In Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." +"Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " +":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " +"Codes` product categories from TaxCloud. Some categories may imply specific " +"tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Finanzen --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` " -"und aktivieren Sie *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* " -"(Hinweis: verwendet tatsächlich die komplette Straßenadresse)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Geben Sie Ihre TaxCloud-Anmeldedaten ein." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf SPEICHERN, um Ihre Anmeldedaten zu speichern." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +"Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " +":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` is set on your products or product categories, or when no product " +"is found on an order/invoice." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf das Aktualisierungssymbol neben *Standardkategorie*, um die " -"TIC-Produktkategorien aus TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes) zu " -"importieren. Einige Kategorien können bestimmte Steuersätze oder Ausnahmen " -"für Produkt-/Dienstleistungstypen beinhalten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:0 +msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +"If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " +"Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " +"select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie Ihren standardmäßigen *TIC-Code*. Dieser wird für jedes neu " -"erstellte Produkt verwendet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" -"Legen Sie eine bestimmte TaxCloud TIC-Kategorie auf der Registerkarte " -"*Allgemeine Informationen* des Produkts oder in der Produktkategorie fest." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" -"Stellen Sie sicher, dass Ihre Firmenadresse vollständig ist (einschließlich " -"Bundesland und Postleitzahl). Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen -->" -" Benutzer & Unternehmen --> Unternehmen`, um Ihren Unternehmenseintrag zu " -"öffnen und zu bearbeiten." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "Automatically post taxes to the correct Tax Payable account" +"If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" +" the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" +" (:guilabel:`🡕`) to set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the " +":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" -"For each one of your companies that uses TaxCloud, it might be necessary to " -"create a **User-Defined Default** so that the new taxes generated by the " -"TaxCloud integration are created with the correct Tax Payable account:" +"If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " +":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" -"A User-Defined Default impacts all records at creation. It means that " -"**every** new tax will be set up to record income in the specified Tax " -"Payable account, unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different " -"income account (or there exists another User-Defined Default that takes " -"precedence)." +"A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " +"not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " +":guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the *All* :guilabel:`Product Category`, it " +"is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, " -"select the Tax Payable account for the company. Take note of the account's " -"``id`` in the URL string." +"Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " +"code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" +" edit your company address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" +" with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " +"default**. This process should be repeated for each one of your companies " +"that uses TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " +"**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " +"account unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income " +"account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " +"account, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Take note of the number after `id=`" +" in the URL string; it is the **Tax Payable account ID** and will be used " +"later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "The account's ID can be found in the URL string as 'id=...'." +msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> User-Defined " -"Defaults`, and click on *Create*." +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " +"and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:70 -msgid "Click on *Field*, then, in the drop-down menu, on *Search More*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " +"More...`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Click on 'Search More' in the 'Field' drop-down menu." +msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 msgid "" -"In the pop-up's search box, filter on the model ``tax.repartition.line`` and" -" the field ``account``. Select the ``account`` field of the " -"``tax.repartition.line`` model." +"Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," +" and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " +"Select the line with :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` under the " +":guilabel:`Model` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Select the 'account' field of the 'tax.repartition.line' model." +msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" -"In the **Default Value** field, enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable " -"account. Select the company for which this configuration should apply in the" -" *Company* field. Click *Save*." +"Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " +"the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " +":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " +":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable account." +msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "So funktioniert es" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +"Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " +"`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" +" enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -"Die Umsatzsteuer wird in Odoo auf der Grundlage von Steuerzuordnungen " -"berechnet (siehe :doc:`fiscal_positions`). Eine Steuerzuordnung für die " -"Vereinigten Staaten wird bei der Installation von *TaxCloud* erstellt. Alles" -" funktioniert sofort nach der Installation." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" -"Sie können Odoo so konfigurieren, dass es automatisch erkennt, welche Kunden" -" diese Steuerzuordnung verwenden sollen. Gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Finanzen --> Konfiguration --> Steuerzuordung`, um den " -"Datensatz zu öffnen und zu bearbeiten." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" -"Jetzt wird diese Steuerposition automatisch in jedem Kundenauftrag, jeder " -"Web-Bestellung oder Rechnung gesetzt, wenn das Land des Kunden *Vereinigte " -"Staaten* ist. Dadurch wird die automatische Steuerberechnung ausgelöst." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" +" position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions` and select " +":guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (TaxCloud)`. Enable :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically` and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie Ihr(e) Produkt(e) hinzu. Sie haben zwei Optionen, um die " -"Umsatzsteuer auf die Bestellung zu erhalten. Sie können die Bestellung " -"bestätigen oder sie speichern und im Menü *Aktion* die Option **Steuern mit " -"TaxCloud aktualisieren** wählen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Gutscheine und Werbeaktionen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie das Gutschein- oder Aktionsprogramm nutzen, kann die Integration " -"mit Taxcloud etwas seltsam erscheinen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " +"the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " +"computation." msgstr "" -"Das Problem liegt darin, dass Taxcloud Zeilen mit negativen Beträgen nicht " -"in die Steuerberechnung einbezieht. Das bedeutet, dass der Betrag der " -"Zeilen, die durch das Werbeprogramm hinzugefügt werden, von der Summe der " -"Zeilen, auf die es sich auswirkt, abgezogen werden muss. Das bedeutet unter " -"anderem, dass Bestellungen, die Gutscheine oder Aktionen mit einer Taxcloud-" -"Steuerposition verwenden, vollständig fakturiert werden **müssen** - Sie " -"können keine Rechnungen für Teillieferungen erstellen usw." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." +"To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " +":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +msgid "" +"If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " +"TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " +"lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation, the amount of " +"the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of " +"the lines it impacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " +"promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" +" you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" +" which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " +"product's tax rate is 7%, the tax rate computed from the TaxCloud " +"integration displays 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in " +"the price sent to TaxCloud. However, in Odoo, the discount is on another " +"line entirely. Still, the tax computation is correct. Indeed, a 3.5% tax on " +"the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price, but this " +"might be unexpected from a user point of view." msgstr "" -"Eine weitere Besonderheit ist in der Benutzeroberfläche möglich: Stellen Sie" -" sich vor, Sie verkaufen ein Produkt aus der Taxcloud-Kategorie *[20110] " -"Computer* und Sie haben ein Werbeprogramm, das einen 50% dRabatt auf dieses " -"Produkt gewährt. Wenn der Steuersatz für dieses Produkt 7% beträgt, wird der" -" Steuersatz, der von der Taxcloud-Integration berechnet wird, 3,5% anzeigen." -" Das liegt daran, dass der Rabatt im Preis enthalten ist, der an Taxcloud " -"gesendet wird, aber in Odoo steht dieser Rabatt in einer ganz anderen Zeile." -" Letztendlich wird Ihre Steuerberechnung korrekt sein (da 3,5% tax auf den " -"vollen Preis dem Äquivalent von 7% tax auf den halben Preis entspricht), " -"aber aus Sicht des Benutzers könnte dies überraschend sein." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -25927,11 +25835,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:7 msgid "" -"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online/SaaS), and" -" organize them in various workspaces." +"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online), and " +"organize them in various workspaces." msgstr "" -"Sie können jede Art von Datei hochladen (max. 64 MB pro Datei bei Odoo " -"Online/SaaS) und sie in verschiedenen Arbeitsbereichen organisieren." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Documents: product page `_" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 54f9efc7b..9d7a10438 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -520,15 +520,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 @@ -1593,6 +1597,257 @@ msgid "" "to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory adjustments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " +"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " +"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, " +"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must" +" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts " +"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are " +"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22 +msgid "Add a new line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in " +"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the " +"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on " +"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If " +":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered " +"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40 +msgid "Count products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " +"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the " +"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the" +" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When " +":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away." +" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment," +" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in " +"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted " +"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before" +" applying the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 +msgid "Plan counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70 +msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be " +"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by " +"opening the column options icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are " +"scheduled for today or earlier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Count` and fill in the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" +" be accounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product" +" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On " +"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the " +"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93 +msgid "" +"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for" +" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the " +"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual " +"Inventory Day and Month` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" +" setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 +msgid "Cycle counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " +"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " +"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " +"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " +"counting more often at key locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " +"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 +msgid "Change the inventory frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " +"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " +"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " +"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" +" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " +"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " +"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern" @@ -2308,6 +2563,120 @@ msgid "" "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " +"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " +"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " +"be a better fit than the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " +"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " +"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "Add products to a wave" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " +"products to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " +"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " +"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " +"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " +"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " +":guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" +" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " +"product, location, carrier, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " +":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " +"transfer from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " +"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " +"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " +"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "View wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" +" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " +":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planung" @@ -2718,212 +3087,420 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Produkte" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " +"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " +"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " +"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" +" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " +"processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " +"forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " +"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " +"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " +"the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"from the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"*regardless of the current stock level*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" +" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " +"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " +"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " +":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " +"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" +" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " +"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " +"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " +"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized and should be used for this purpose only." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " +"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " +"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." +"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " +"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " +"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " +"and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" +" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " +"valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " +"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " +"reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " +"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" +" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" +" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 +msgid "" +"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" +" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " +"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " +"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " +"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " +"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 +msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Warehouse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " +"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " +"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " +"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" +" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " +"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" +"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " +"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgid "Use different units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." +" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " +"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " +"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " +"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " +"supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." +"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." +"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " +"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " +"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " +"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" +" only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Set units of measure categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36 msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." +"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " +"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" +" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " +"new units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." +"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " +"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" +" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " +"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" +" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" +" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." +" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" +" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " +"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." +"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" +" category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " +"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" +" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " +"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69 +msgid "Unit conversion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72 +msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " +"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " +"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78 +msgid "" +"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " +"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " +"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " +"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " +"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " +"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "Auffüllung" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " +"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " +":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " +"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " +"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " +"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" +" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " +"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" +" can be manually edited on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" +" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " +"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " +"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" +" delivery shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " +"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" +" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 @@ -2931,8 +3508,8 @@ msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" -msgstr "Mengeneinheiten" +msgid "Units of measure" +msgstr "Maßeinheiten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2942,66 +3519,101 @@ msgid "" "supplier." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "" +"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase " +"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different " +"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective " +"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to " +"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21 msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet" +" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a " +"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity " +"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates" +" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the " +"quantity in feet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Verpackungen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30 msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, " +"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the " +"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." +"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by " +"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first " +"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. " +"Repeat for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery into different packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery package details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49 +msgid "Packagings" +msgstr "Verpackungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a " +"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a " +"pallet for the packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Verpackung" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase " +"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and " +"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while " +"UoMs are generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Different product packaging examples." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Package field on purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67 msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." +"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode" +" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in " +"the packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Inventur" +msgid "Replenishment strategies" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" @@ -3059,74 +3671,118 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " +"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " +"costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " +"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " +"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " +"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " +"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " +"information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgid "" +"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " +"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50 msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." +"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " +":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " +"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " +"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " +"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " +"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " +"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." +"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." +"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " +"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " +"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " +"landed cost entry to the accounting journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " +"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " +"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " +"Costing)` method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Landed cost journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Landed cost records can also be directly created in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " +"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 @@ -3891,59 +4547,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Lager" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " +"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " +"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " +"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " +"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " +"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " +"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" +" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " +"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " +"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " +"resupply this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Set route on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " +"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " +"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " +"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" +" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " +"by moving the product from one warehouse to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " +":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " +"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " +"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " +"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." +" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " +"tracked in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " +"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9 +msgid "Warehouse" +msgstr "Lager" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as many locations as you need under one warehouse." +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " +"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " +"can create moves between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "Lagerort" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " +"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " +"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " +"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " +"be configured as needed under one warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22 +msgid "There are three types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " +"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " +"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " +"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " +"(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " +"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " +"organization of the warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " +":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " +"The short name is five characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " +"letters of location]\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " +"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " +"created warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " +":guilabel:`Locations` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 @@ -4044,187 +4894,97 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" -" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " -"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " -"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +"When owning several warehouses, goods might need to be transferred from one " +"warehouse to another. This type of transfer is called an *inter-warehouse " +"transfer*. While physically performing the inter-warehouse transfer might be" +" simple, the administrative part can be complex. Fortunately, Odoo comes " +"with an intuitive flow that helps save time when registering inter-warehouse" +" transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" -"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." +"The following paragraphs detail a sample inter-warehouse transfer, referred " +"to as an *internal transfer*, use case. The sample use case assumes that the" +" user has already configured their second warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Enabling the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:17 msgid "" -"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " -"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +"To transfer eight units of a product from the first warehouse to another " +"one, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:19 msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " -"click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" -" of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " -"warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer type for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " -"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " -"the case, you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " -"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " -"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the inventory adjustment form before hitting the start button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " -"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " -"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " -"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the actual physical inventory of the new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " -"all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " -"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " -"as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " -"Transfer`." +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, select an internal movement " +"operation of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on the three " +"vertical dots icon on the top right corner of the operation card and select " +":guilabel:`Planned Transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the choice between planned transfer and immediate transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" -"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " -"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " -"\"new\" warehouse)." +"On the new planned transfer form, select the :guilabel:`Source Location` (in" +" this case, the first warehouse) and the :guilabel:`Destination Location` " +"(in this case, the second warehouse)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " -"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +"Next, add the products that will be transferred by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then click on :guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Mark " +"as ToDo` once done. After that, Odoo puts the transfer in the " +":guilabel:`Waiting` status. Then, click on :guilabel:`Reserve` to reserve " +"the number of products in the source warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the internal transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " -"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +"If :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer` was selected instead of :guilabel:`Planned" +" Transfer`, Odoo processes the transfer automatically after the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button is clicked on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, open the souce location's internal " +"transfer operation page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the dashboard with a zoom of the pending internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Select the right transfer order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Open the desired transfer order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the pending internal transfers list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " -"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " -"many products you process." +"Click on the pencil icon in the lower right corner to open the operation " +"details window. In this new window, the quantity of products can be manually" +" set." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone @@ -4233,22 +4993,23 @@ msgid "" "same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " -"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +"To process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the products can't " +"be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo automatically asks if a " +"*backorder* should be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +"Create a backorder if it is expected that the remaining products will be " +"processed later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "" -"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " -"products." +"Do not create a backorder if the remaining products will not be " +"supplied/received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4311,55 +5072,56 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." +"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " +"made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:9 msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," +" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " +"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" +" the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:14 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." +"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " +"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " +"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " +"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:25 msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " +"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " +"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " +"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" +" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " +"respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " @@ -4369,513 +5131,527 @@ msgid "" " to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:45 +msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:50 msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." +"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " +"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " +"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " +"Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " +"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " +"between the two locations is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:63 msgid "" -"All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." +"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" +" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " +"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " +"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " +"finally the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Push Regeln" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:69 +msgid "Push rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " +"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " +"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:75 msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." +"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " +"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " +"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " +"locations for different products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:79 msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." +"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" +" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" +" to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:83 msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." +"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " +"already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:87 msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " +"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " +"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " +"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" +" per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:93 +msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:95 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +"manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:98 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 +msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " +"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " +"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:113 msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." +"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " +"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:122 msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." +"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " +"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:131 msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " +"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" +" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" +" the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:140 msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " +"the route form, the user can view which places the route is " +":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " +"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " +"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " +"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." +"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:150 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " +":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " +":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " +":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:159 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:161 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " +"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " +"places." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:169 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " +":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:172 msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." +"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " +"be manually set on the product category form by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " +"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:177 msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " +"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " +"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " +"from the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " +":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " +"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " +"that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " +"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " +"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " +"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " +"quotation/sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:204 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." +"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " +"manually set on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:207 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " +"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " +"select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:216 +msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:219 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Regeln" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:221 msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" +" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " +"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " +":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or from a manufacturing order which requires a specific component." -" When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking" -" to fulfill this need." +":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" +" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " +"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " +"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " +"this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In the case you move products to the source " -"location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination" -" location." +":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " +"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " +"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " +"destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:239 msgid "" -"**Pull & Push**: this rule allows generating pickings in the two situations " -"explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific " -"location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that " -"need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered " -"to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to" -" the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " +"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " +"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " +"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " +"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:244 msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " +"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone" +"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" +"zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:254 msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " +"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:257 msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" +"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " +":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" +" of the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:263 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " +"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " +"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" +" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " +"products to the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." +"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " +"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 +msgid "Sample full route flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" +" flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:282 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" +" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " +"Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:285 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:288 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:291 msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:299 msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." +"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " +"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:307 msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " +"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " +"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " -"output zones" +"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:315 +msgid "" +"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " +"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " +"output zones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:322 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" -" zones" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" +" zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:329 msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " +"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " +"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" +" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " +"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:334 msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." +"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" +" have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 @@ -4888,76 +5664,252 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." +" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " +"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:26 +msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:28 msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegetables* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " +"products should be stored in different locations depending on several " +"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " +"and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" +" the following sub-locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:37 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:39 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:43 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:45 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:47 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " +"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " +"redirected to the right storage location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " +"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " +"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "Take the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" +" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " +"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " +"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:75 +msgid "Using Storage Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " +"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " +"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:89 +msgid "Create a Storage Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " +"storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:100 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " +"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " +"location is considered available to store a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " +"location is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " +"the same product is already there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " +"in this location at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " +"linked to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:119 +msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121 msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." +"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " +"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:124 +msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." +"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control" +" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 @@ -4974,367 +5926,428 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " "through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." +msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the " +"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area." +msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the" +" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same " +"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the " +"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, " +"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "" -"products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates " -"into account." +":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n" +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." +"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " +"transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." +"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some " +"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, " +":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58 msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on" +" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer " +"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes " +"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because " +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from " +":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date " +"after :guilabel:`00001`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`" +" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been" +" in the stock for the longest period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71 msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." +"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* " +"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. " +"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a " +"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and " +":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." +":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on" +" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer " +"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of " +":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85 msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." +"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" +" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock " +"is requested." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." +"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries " +"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95 msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." +"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " +"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " +"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99 msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" +" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " +"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following " +"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " +"with five boxes in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103 msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " +"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " +"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" +" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " +"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " +"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" +" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " +":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " +":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " +"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " +"has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117 +msgid "Closest Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " +"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," +" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " +"that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." +"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " +"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " +"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " +"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " +"alphabetic order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "Use removal strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " +"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." +msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also " +"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy." +msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies " +"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method" +" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and" +" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " +"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " +"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find " +"the three lots available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains " +"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a " +"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot " +":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should " +"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy." +msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is " +"mostly used for products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " +"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved" +" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned " +"in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206 +msgid "" +"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way " +"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular " +"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible " +"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be " +"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can " +"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001." +msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230 msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." +"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal " +"Strategy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238 msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." +"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of " +"them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "0000003" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250 msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically" +" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and" +" :guilabel:`0000003`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." +msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 3d6c80454..f6b909a00 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" msgstr "" @@ -865,26 +865,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " +"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" " select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" @@ -1103,6 +1102,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Verbindung" @@ -1492,6 +1492,161 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " +":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +msgid "IoT Box model 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see usage below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +msgid "IoT Box model 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " +"plugging it back into its power source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " +":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "" +"The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" +"connected to an IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " +"Display` will be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:66 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Verwendung" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:69 +msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" +" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box Devices` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " +"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " +"with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status" +" with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " +"and update when changes are performed on the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:97 +msgid "Display a website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " +"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " +"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 msgid "Mail Plugins" msgstr "" @@ -1882,46 +2037,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Studio" msgstr "Studio" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:17 msgid "" "Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " "knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Fields `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`Views `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`Models `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 -msgid "PDF reports" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:24 -msgid "Approval rules" +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:26 msgid "Security rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:28 msgid "" "Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:31 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "" @@ -3310,6 +3465,541 @@ msgid "" "modules as dependencies of the exported module." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Layout" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Hell" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "Begrenzte Breite" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Fett:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Gestreift" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Schriftart" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Farben" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Fußzeile" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Papierformat" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " +"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Extern" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Intern" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Leer" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Blockieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "Inline" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Tabelle" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:263 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Spalten" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"<../../general/users/access_rights>` the element should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 msgid "Views" msgstr "Ansichten" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 00f65e7f0..7a0cb8308 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -440,11 +440,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) `" msgstr "" @@ -712,8 +712,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit " +"from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 @@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"odoo.com Odoo Online instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " "modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " "support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " "is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " @@ -4058,98 +4058,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " -"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " -"unsupported marketplace `." +"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" +" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " +"marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 -msgid "**North America region**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Canada" -msgstr "Kanada" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Amazon.ca" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Mexiko" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Amazon.com.mx" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "US" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "Amazon.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 -msgid "**Europe region**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Deutschland" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Amazon.de" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Spanien" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Amazon.es" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "France" -msgstr "Frankreich" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "Amazon.fr" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "UK" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "Amazon.co.uk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Italy" -msgstr "Italien" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Amazon.it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Niederlande" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Amazon.nl" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" @@ -4341,7 +4261,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -4463,58 +4383,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:76 -msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgid "Add a new marketplace" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:78 msgid "" -"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not created by default " -"as they are not officially supported by Odoo but might be compatible with " -"your seller account. These marketplaces can be added manually should you " -"wish to use them. See :ref:`here ` for the " -"exhaustive list of natively supported marketplaces." +":ref:`All marketplaces are supported by the Amazon Connector " +"`, but recently created ones might be missing" +" from your database. To add a new marketplace, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " -"Documentation `_. The marketplace must belong to the " -"same region as that of your seller account." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:83 msgid "" -"To add a new marketplace, activate the :ref:`developer mode `." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors " +"--> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:93 -msgid "" -"From there, create a new marketplace record. Enter the Marketplace ID and " -"select the Amazon Region for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon " -"Documentation for marketplace IDs `_, and the Seller Central URL as described in" -" the `Amazon Documentation for seller central URLs `_, " +"and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` as described in the `Amazon " +"Documentation for seller central URLs `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:91 msgid "" -"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve " -"it (e.g.: ``Amazon.se``). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " +"Set the name of the record to `Amazon.` to easily retrieve it " +"(e.g.: **Amazon.se**). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " ":guilabel:`Region` and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` fields should " "respectively hold the *MarketplaceId*, the selected Amazon region and the " "*Seller Central URL* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, update the Amazon Account configuration by " "going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors" @@ -4527,13 +4437,6 @@ msgid "" "unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " -"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " -"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "eBay-Konnektor" @@ -4795,10 +4698,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 -msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 469c7fef2..1687a737b 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -1592,8 +1592,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic with Plausible.io" -msgstr "Wie Sie den Traffic Ihrer Website in Plausible.io verfolgen können" +msgid "Website analytics with Plausible.io" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Plausible.io:" @@ -1601,60 +1601,77 @@ msgstr "Um den Traffic Ihrer Website in Plausible.io zu verfolgen:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:7 msgid "" -"`Create a Plausible.io account `__ if you " +"`Create a Plausible.io account `_ if you " "don't have any." msgstr "" -"`Erstellen Sie einen Plausible.io Account " -"`__ falls Sie noch keinen haben." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:8 msgid "" -"`Create your website `__ and `Start " +"`Create your website `_ and `Start " "collecting data` if it is not already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:10 msgid "" -"Go through the `list of your websites `__ and " +"Go through the `list of your websites `_ and " "click on the gear icon." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Click on cog icon in the list of websites" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:16 msgid "" -"Click on the button `+ New Link` in the tab Visibility to create your Shared" -" links." +"Click on the button :guilabel:`+ New Link` in the tab Visibility to create " +"your Shared links." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a shared link in the Visibility tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:22 msgid "" "Choose a name (and NO password - it is not supported to embed it in Odoo) " -"and click on the button `Create Shared Link`" +"and click on the button `Create Shared Link`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Copy the new Shared Link url from Plausible.io and paste it in the Settings " -"of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Credentials creation for the new shared link" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:34 -msgid "You are on the Odoo Saas Platform?" -msgstr "Sind Sie auf der Odoo Saas Plattform?" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:29 msgid "" -"When you `create your database on www.odoo.com/trial " -"`__, we create it for you on our own server. You" -" don't have anything to do." +"Copy the new Shared Link URL from Plausible.io and paste it into the " +"Settings of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:40 -msgid "What about the Goal?" -msgstr "Und was ist mit dem Ziel?" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Copy the shared link URL from Plausible.io" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Paste the shared link URL to Odoo settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "**You are on the Odoo Online Platform**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 msgid "" -"Odoo push out-of-the-box some custom event: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." +"When you `create your Odoo Online database `_, " +"we create it for you on our own server. You don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "**What about the Goal?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Odoo pushes out-of-the-box custom events: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 @@ -2674,13 +2691,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:9 msgid "" -"**As a SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow " -"this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own Odoo " -"Unsplash key in a transparent way." +"**As an Odoo Online user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to" +" follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own" +" Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:13 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Saas users" +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Odoo Online users" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:15 @@ -2714,9 +2731,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:42 msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " -"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a " +"restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:46 @@ -2743,9 +2760,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:65 msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " -"requests per hour restriction." +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 " +"Unsplash requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:5 diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index f02f9853b..132823ae3 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -5,25 +5,21 @@ # # Translators: # Rick Hunter , 2022 +# David Arnold , 2022 # Noemi Nahomy , 2022 +# José Vicente , 2022 # Susanna Pujol, 2022 # Vivian Montana , 2022 -# José Vicente , 2022 # Jon Perez , 2022 # Raquel Iciarte , 2022 # renodoo , 2022 # Valentino Gaffuri Bedetta , 2022 -# Pedro M. Baeza , 2022 # Gabriela Enriquez Manzano , 2022 # Daniela Cervantes , 2022 -# Wilson Pujols , 2022 -# Osiris Anael Roman Eras , 2022 # cristobal jose espinoza , 2022 -# Paulina Rodriguez , 2022 # Rafnix Guzman , 2022 # Jesse Garza , 2022 # Cristóbal Martí Oliver , 2022 -# David Arnold , 2022 # Nicolás Broggi , 2022 # Cinthya Yepez , 2022 # Valentino , 2022 @@ -32,26 +28,27 @@ # Antonio Trueba, 2022 # Cinthya Yepez , 2022 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2022 -# Pablo Rojas , 2022 # AleEscandon , 2022 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2022 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2022 -# jabelchi, 2022 -# Martin Trigaux, 2022 +# Josep Anton Belchi, 2022 # Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2022 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2022 # Lucia Pacheco , 2022 # Óscar Fonseca , 2022 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2022 +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2022 +# Pablo Rojas , 2022 +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -106,6 +103,7 @@ msgid "Bank and cash" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:123 msgid "Bank feeds" msgstr "" @@ -116,180 +114,115 @@ msgstr "Estados de cuenta bancarios" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" -"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " -"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " -"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +"Importing your bank statements allows you to keep track of your bank account" +" transactions and reconcile them with the ones recorded in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Importar sus extractos bancarios en la aplicación de Contabilidad de Odoo le" -" permite realizar un seguimiento de los movimientos financieros que ocurren " -"en sus cuentas bancarias y conciliarlos con las transacciones registradas en" -" su contabilidad." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" -"We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " -"the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +"We recommend using :doc:`the bank synchronization feature " +"` for more efficiency. However, if you do not want to " +"use it or if your bank is not yet supported, other options exist:" msgstr "" -"Le recomendamos que utilice la sincronización bancaria para una mayor " -"eficiencia. Lea la documentación relacionada :: doc: `bank_synchronization`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " -"not a supported institution, you still have other options:" +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank;" msgstr "" -"Sin embargo, si no desea utilizar la sincronización bancaria o si su banco " -"no es una institución compatible, tiene otras opciones:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 -msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually." msgstr "" -"Importe los archivos de extracto bancario que su banco le ha entregado." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 -msgid "Register the bank statements manually" -msgstr "Registre los extractos bancarios manualmente" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "Importe archivos de extractos bancarios" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" "Odoo es compatible con múltiples formatos de archivo para importar extractos" " bancarios:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 -msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" -msgstr "Formato de gestión de efectivo recomendado por SEPA (CAMT.053)" +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 -msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "Valores separados por comas (.CSV)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 -msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "Intercambio financiero abierto (.OFX)" +msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 -msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "Formato de intercambio Quicken (.QIF)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 -msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "Bélgica: Estado de cuenta codificado (.CODA)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" -"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " -"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " -"Statement*." +"To import a file, go to the Accounting dashboard and click on " +":guilabel:`Import (Statements)` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window, or click " +"on the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button and then on :guilabel:`Import " +"Statement`." msgstr "" -"Para importarlos, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Tablero --> " -"Banco`, haga clic en *Importar extracto bancario*, o en los tres puntos, y " -"luego en *Importar extracto bancario*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone msgid "Import a bank statement file in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "Importar un archivo de estado de cuenta bancaria en Odoo Contabilidad" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 -msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." -msgstr "" -"A continuación, seleccione el archivo que desea importar y haga clic en " -"*Importar*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:34 msgid "" -"Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " -"and **map** the different columns you want to import." +"Next, select the file you want to import and click on :guilabel:`Upload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the file uploaded, the **import widget** helps you set formatting " +"options and **map** the different columns you want to import. You also can " +":guilabel:`test` the bank statement file before importing it to your " +"database." msgstr "" -"Odoo abre un **widget de importación** para ayudarlo a configurar las " -"**Opciones de formato** y **asignar** las diferentes columnas que desea " -"importar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone msgid "Register bank statements manually in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "Registro de estados cuenta manualmente en Odoo Contabilidad" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " -"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." -msgstr "" -"El formato de intercambio de Quicken (.QIF) es un formato de archivo más " -"antiguo que no se admite desde el 2005. Si es posible, prefiera archivos OFX" -" sobre QIF." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:45 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Registre los extractos bancarios manualmente" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually. To do so, go " +"to the :guilabel:`Accounting dashboard` and click on the :guilabel:`Create " +"Statements` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window. Alternatively, you can click " +"the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button, and then :guilabel:`New " +"Statement`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 -msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" -"Si es necesario, también puede registrar sus extractos bancarios " -"manualmente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " -"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the " +":guilabel:`Partner` field. You can also type in the payments’ references in " +"the :guilabel:`Label` field. Add a new line for each transaction written on " +"the original bank statement." msgstr "" -"Para importarlos, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Resumen --> " -"Banco`, haga clic en *Crear extractos*, o en los tres puntos, y luego en " -"*Nuevo extracto*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:61 msgid "" -"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." -msgstr "" -"Añadir una nueva línea por cada transacción escrita en el extracto bancario " -"original." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " -"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." -msgstr "" -"Para que el proceso de conciliación sea simple, asegúrese de llenar el campo" -" *Partner*. También puede escribir las referencias de pagos en el campo " -"*Etiqueta*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." -" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"The **Ending Balance** and the **Computed Balance** should have the same " +"amount. If this is not the case, make sure there are no mistakes in the " "transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -"El * Saldo final * y el * Saldo calculado * deben tener la misma cantidad. " -"Si no es el caso, asegúrese de que no haya errores en los montos de las " -"transacciones." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Por hacer" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" -msgstr "" -"agregar un enlace de documento a una nueva documentación sobre la " -"conciliación" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 -msgid "Bank synchronization: Automatic import" +msgid "Bank synchronization: automatic import" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 @@ -305,50 +238,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features `_, and click on " -"*See list of supported institutions*." +":guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." msgstr "" -"Para verificar si su banco es compatible con Odoo, vaya a `Funciones de " -"contabilidad de Odoo `_, y " -"haga clic en *Ver lista de instituciones admitidas*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Checking a bank's compatibility with Odoo" -msgstr "Comprobar la compatibilidad de un banco con Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 -msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." -msgstr "Se apoyan más de 20,000 instituciones en todo el mundo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:14 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "Odoo utiliza múltiples servicios web para conectar con los bancos:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "**Plaid**: Estados Unidos de América y Canadá" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "**Yodlee**: En todo el mundo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:18 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "**Salt Edge**: Europa (:doc: `más información `)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "**Ponto**: Europa (:doc: `más información `)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "Bank synchronization is not available for trial databases." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid "**EnableBanking**: Scandinavian countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:20 @@ -369,7 +296,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:55 @@ -383,11 +310,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:266 @@ -400,11 +327,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:26 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "Usuarios locales" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -419,25 +346,22 @@ msgstr "" "que verificar que no tenga un firewall o un proxy que bloquee esta " "dirección:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:34 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "https://production.odoofin.com/" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 -msgid "First Synchronization" -msgstr "Primera sincronización" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " -"the accounting dashboard." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "First synchronization" msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar la sincronización yendo a :menuselection: `Contabilidad --> " -"Configuración --> Agregar una cuenta bancaria` o mediante la barra de " -"configuración en el panel de contabilidad." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can start synchronization either by going to the Accounting app and " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank" +" Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." @@ -445,35 +369,39 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora puede buscar su institución bancaria. Selecciónela y siga los pasos " "para sincronizarla." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" -" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." +" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is " +"disabled." msgstr "" -"Si tiene algún problema durante la primera sincronización, verifique que su " -"navegador web no bloquee las ventanas emergentes y que su bloqueador de " -"anuncios esté desactivado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:49 msgid "" -"During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " -"secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" -" want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect " -"suspicious activity on your account, we block all requests coming from your " -"account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number. The third-" -"party provider may request more information in order to connect with your " -"bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." +"When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick " +"the date when you start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo " +"accounting database. For example, if you import your closing balance in Odoo" +" on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting transactions on the " +"01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023." msgstr "" -"Durante su primera sincronización se le pedirá un número de teléfono para " -"proteger su cuenta. La razón por la que solicitamos dicha información es que" -" no queremos que sus datos caigan en las manos equivocadas. Por lo tanto, si" -" detectamos actividad sospechosa en su cuenta, bloqueamos todas las " -"solicitudes que provienen de su cuenta y debe reactivarla utilizando ese " -"número de teléfono. El proveedor externo puede solicitar más información " -"para conectarse con su institución bancaria. Esta información no se almacena" -" en los servidores de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure " +"your account. We ask for such information because we don't want your data " +"falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activities " +"on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you " +"need to reactivate it using that phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect " +"with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's " +"servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " @@ -484,47 +412,32 @@ msgstr "" " Puede cambiar la periodicidad de creación de extractos bancarios en la " "configuración de su diario." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -"Puede encontrar todas sus sincronizaciones en :menuselection: `Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Sincronización en línea`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "Sincronizar manualmente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:73 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " -"clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -"Después de su primera sincronización, los diarios creados se sincronizan de " -"forma predeterminada cada 12 horas. Si lo desea, puede sincronizar " -"manualmente haciendo clic en el botón *Sincronizar ahora* en el tablero." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Synchronize Now Button" -msgstr "Botón Sincronizar Ahora" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 msgid "" -"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " -"Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " -"Transactions* button." -msgstr "" -"O puede ir a :menuselection: `Contabilidad --> Configuración --> " -"Sincronización en línea`, seleccione su institución y luego haga clic en el " -"botón *Obtener transacciones*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Online Synchronization Form view" +"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click " +"on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:82 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -540,39 +453,33 @@ msgstr "" "encontrar en el chatter de sus sincronizaciones en línea. En este caso, " "asegúrese de realizar sincronizaciones manuales." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 msgid "Issues" msgstr "Problemas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "Error de sincronización" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:93 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " -"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select the connection that " -"failed, and copy the error description and the reference." +"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard-->" +" Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the " +"connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -"Para informar un error de conexión al `soporte de Odoo " -"`_, vaya a :menuselection: `Contabilidad --> " -"Configuración --> Sincronización en línea`, seleccione la conexión que " -"falló, y copie la descripción del error y la referencia." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:98 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "Desconexión de la sincronización" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:100 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " -"the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." +"the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." msgstr "" -"Si se desconecta su conexión con el proxy, puede volver a conectarse al " -"proxy utilizando el botón *Volver a conectar*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support `_ directly with your client" @@ -583,13 +490,13 @@ msgstr "" "identificación de cliente o la referencia del error que aparece en el " "chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:111 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" "Proceso de migración para usuarios que hayan instalado Odoo antes de " "diciembre de 2020" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:113 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." @@ -597,7 +504,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si está en las instalaciones, primero asegúrese de que su fuente esté " "actualizada con la última versión de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." @@ -606,110 +513,78 @@ msgstr "" "deben instalar el nuevo módulo manualmente para utilizar las nuevas " "funciones." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " -"default filter in the search bar and type: " -"**account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* " -"button to install the new module." +"default filter in the search bar and type `account_online_synchronization`. " +"You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users" +" refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection: `Aplicaciones --> Actualizar lista de " -"aplicaciones`, elimine el filtro predeterminado en la barra de búsqueda y " -"escriba: **account_online_synchronization**. Luego puede hacer clic en el " -"botón *Instalar* para instalar el nuevo módulo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Installation button of the account_online_synchronization module" -msgstr "Botón de instalación del módulo account_online_synchronization" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " -"CTRL+F5." -msgstr "" -"Finalmente, asegúrese de que todos sus usuarios actualicen su página de Odoo" -" presionando CTRL+F5." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:125 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " -"won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " -"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`). " -"It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new " -"ones." +"won't work anymore." msgstr "" -"Todas las sincronizaciones anteriores se desconectan durante la instalación " -"y dejan de funcionar. Puede encontrarlas directamente en el menú de " -"sincronización (:menuselection: `Contabilidad --> Configuración --> " -"Sincronización en línea`). No es posible volver a sincronizar estas " -"conexiones, tiene que hacer nuevas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " -"for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +"You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these " +"connections; you have to make new ones." msgstr "" -"No desinstale *account_online_sync*, que es el módulo anterior para la " -"sincronización en línea. El nuevo módulo lo anula." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:130 msgid "" -"By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " -"Accounting." +"Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for " +"online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, *account_online_synchronization* se instala " -"automáticamente con Contabilidad." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +msgid "" +"By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" +" Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "Preguntas frecuentes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "La sincronización no está funcionando en tiempo real, ¿es normal?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:140 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " -"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," -" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button. You can also synchronize and " -"fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so " -"it is possible that clicking on *Synchronize Now* does not get your latest " -"transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard`, and click on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button. You can " +"also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`. Some " +"providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on" +" :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you " +"already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -"El proceso no está diseñado para funcionar en tiempo real ya que los " -"proveedores externos sincronizan sus cuentas en diferentes intervalos. Para " -"forzar la sincronización y obtener los extractos vaya a su *Tablero de " -"contabilidad* y haga clic en el botón *Sincronizar ahora*. También puede " -"sincronizar y recuperar transacciones a través de :menuselection: " -"`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Sincronización en línea`. Algunos " -"proveedores solo permiten una actualización por día, por lo que es posible " -"que al hacer clic en *Sincronizar ahora* no obtenga sus últimas " -"transacciones si ya realizó dicha acción al principio del día." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:148 msgid "" -"A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " -"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" -" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " -"status changes." +"A transaction can be visible on your bank account but not be fetched if it " +"has the status :guilabel:`Pending`. Only transactions with the " +":guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not " +"**Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." msgstr "" -"Una transacción puede estar visible en su cuenta bancaria, pero no se puede " -"recuperar si tiene el estado *Pendiente*. Solo se recuperarán las " -"transacciones con el estado *Publicado*. Si aún no está *Publicado*, tendrá " -"que esperar hasta que cambie el estado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" "¿La función de sincronización bancaria en línea está incluida en mi " "contrato?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:155 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." @@ -717,14 +592,14 @@ msgstr "" "**Versión Community**: No, esta función no está incluida en la versión " "Community." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" "**Versión en línea**: Sí, incluso si se beneficia del contrato Una " "aplicación gratis." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:157 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." @@ -732,11 +607,11 @@ msgstr "" "** Versión Enterprise**: Sí, si tiene un contrato Enterprise válido " "vinculado a su base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "Algunos bancos tienen un estado \"Beta\", ¿qué significa?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -752,13 +627,13 @@ msgstr "" " con estos bancos contribuye al proceso de desarrollo, ya que el proveedor " "tendrá datos reales y comentarios de la conexión." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" "¿Por qué mis transacciones solo se sincronizan cuando las actualizo " "manualmente?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -770,11 +645,11 @@ msgstr "" "otro tipo de MFA. Debido a esto, el integrador no puede extraer " "transacciones hasta que se proporcione el código de seguridad." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "No todas mis transacciones pasadas están en Odoo, ¿por qué?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:177 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." @@ -782,28 +657,24 @@ msgstr "" "Para algunas instituciones solo se pueden recuperar las transacciones de los" " 3 meses anteriores." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "¿Por qué no veo ninguna transacción?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " -"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization` to click on the *Fetch Accounts* button on the " -"connection." +"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the " +":guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." msgstr "" -"Durante su primera sincronización, seleccionó las cuentas bancarias que " -"decidió sincronizar con Odoo. Si no sincronizó ninguna de sus cuentas, puede" -" ir a :menuselection: `Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Sincronización en " -"línea` para hacer clic en el botón *Obtener cuentas* en la conexión." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "Es posible que tampoco haya nuevas transacciones." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:189 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " @@ -813,33 +684,30 @@ msgstr "" "transacciones registradas no son visibles en su base de datos, por favor, " "`envíe un ticket al servicio de soporte `_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "¿Cómo puedo actualizar mis credenciales bancarias?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:195 msgid "" -"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " -"update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." +"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`,open the" +" connection you want to update your credentials and click on the " +":guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." msgstr "" -"Puede actualizar sus credenciales en :menuselection: `Contabilidad --> " -"Configuración --> Sincronización en línea`, abra la conexión en la que desea" -" actualizar sus credenciales y haga clic en el botón *Actualizar " -"credenciales*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:201 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr ":doc:`ponto`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr ":doc:`saltedge`" @@ -1094,6 +962,11 @@ msgstr "" "El uso de una institución en versión beta beneficia a Ponto, les permite " "tener comentarios reales sobre la conexión con la institución." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "Salt Edge como proveedor de sincronización bancaria" @@ -1300,209 +1173,212 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Varios" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" -msgstr "Hacer una transferencia de un banco a otro" +msgid "Internal transfer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." +"In Odoo, internal money transfers can be made in a few clicks. You need at " +"least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and " +"one cash journal." msgstr "" -"Una empresa puede tener varias cuentas bancarias o cajas registradoras. En " -"Odoo es posible manejar transferencias internas con tan solo unos clics." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:11 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." +"An internal transfer account is automatically created on your database based" +" on your company's localization and depending on your country’s legislation." +" If needed, the default :guilabel:`Internal transfer account` can be " +"modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." msgstr "" -"Ilustraremos el proceso con el siguiente ejemplo: Mi empresa tiene dos " -"cuentas bancarias y quiero transferir 50,000 euros de una de nuestras " -"cuentas a la otra." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "Revise su plan contable y su cuenta de transferencia automática." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " -"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +"At least two bank accounts are needed to make internal transfers. Refer to " +":doc:`Bank and cash accounts section <../setup/bank_accounts>` to see how to" +" add an additional bank account to your database." msgstr "" -"Para manejar transferencias internas se necesita una cuenta de transferencia" -" en el plan contable. Odoo generará una cuenta que automáticamente estará " -"basada en el país del plan de cuentas. Para configurar el plan de cuentas y " -"comprobar la cuenta de transferencia por defecto, vaya a la configuración " -"del módulo contable, seleccionar :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:22 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:24 msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +"Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you " +"want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." msgstr "" -"Su plan de cuentas se preinstalará dependiendo del país especificado durante" -" su registro. No se puede cambiar. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." -msgstr "" -"La cuenta por defecto para transferencias también se generará " -"automáticamente dependiendo de la legislación de su país. Si es necesario, " -"se puede modificar en la misma página." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "Crear una segunda cuenta de banco/diario" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" -"Antes de poder registrar una transferencia interna, necesitamos agregar un " -"nuevo banco a nuestro panel de contabilidad. Para hacer esto, ingrese al " -"módulo de contabilidad y haga clic en :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Cuentas " -"Bancarias`. Cree una nueva cuenta bancaria y llene el campo **Número de " -"Cuenta**. También puede crear y editar su banco para especificar los " -"detalles correspondientes." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "Tendrá 2 cuentas bancarias al guardar los cambios." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "Registre una transferencia interna de un banco a otro." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 -msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." -msgstr "" -"Ahora haremos una transferencia de 50,000 Euros desde nuestro **Banco** a " -"nuestra cuenta **Banco BE57 0633 9533 1498**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:28 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Iniciar una transferencia interna" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:30 msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " -"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +"From the Accounting Dashboard, click on the drop-down selection button " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) on one of your banks. In the :guilabel:`New` column click on" +" :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the " +"transfer." msgstr "" -"El primer paso es registrar el pago interno. Para hacerlo, vaya al panel de " -"contabilidad, de clic en el botón **más** de uno de los bancos y seleccione " -":menuselection:`Nuevo --> Transferencia interna`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Confirm` to register your internal transfer." +" The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is " +"**automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:46 +msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "**Cuenta**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Debe**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Haber**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:55 +msgid "Outstanding Payments account" msgstr "" -"Cree un nuevo pago. El tipo de pago se configurará automáticamente como " -"trasferencia interna. Seleccione el **Banco** al que quiere transferir, " -"especifique el **Monto** agregue una **Nota** si lo desea." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " -"bank statements and reconcile`_)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:144 +msgid "$1,000" msgstr "" -"La referencia es importante si desea conciliar automáticamente (ver " -"`Importar apuntes bancarios y conciliar`_)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "Guarde y confirme los cambios para registrar el pago." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:75 +msgid "**Internal transfer account**" msgstr "" -"Al nivel de contabilidad, este dinero ahora está contabilizado en la cuenta " -"de trasferencia. Necesitaremos importar los extractos bancarios para llevar " -"este monto a su cuenta final." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "Importación de extractos de cuenta y conciliaciones" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:146 +msgid "**$1,000**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:63 +msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:72 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:80 +msgid "" +"There are one outstanding payment and one outstanding receipt pending in " +"your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the " +"sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." +msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -"Tome en cuenta que el saldo del banco calculado por Odoo ahora es diferente " -"del saldo del último extracto bancario de su banco." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:93 msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." +"The next step is to book the bank statements to finalize the transaction by " +"creating, :doc:`importing <../feeds/bank_statements>`, or " +":doc:`synchronizing <../feeds/bank_synchronization>` your " +":guilabel:`Transactions lines`. Fill in the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and " +"click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` button." msgstr "" -"Esto es porque no se importó el extracto bancario que confirma el envío y la" -" recepción del dinero. Por lo tanto, es necesario importar el extracto " -"bancario y conciliar el pago con la línea correcta del extracto. Una vez que" -" reciba sus extractos, haga clic en el botón **nuevo extracto** del banco " -"correspondiente para importarlo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:105 msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." +"In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, " +"the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -"Llene las **líneas de transacciones**. Una vez que lo haga, Odoo mostrará el" -" **Balance calculado**. Este balance calculado es el balance final teórico " -"de su cuenta bancaria. Si corresponde al extracto bancario, significa que no" -" hay errores. Llene el **Balance final** y haga clic en **Conciliar**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 -msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "Se abrirá esta ventana:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Reconcile your payment" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:133 +msgid "Bank journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:122 +msgid "Outstanding Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:125 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:129 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +"The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related " +"to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." msgstr "" -"Es necesario escoger contrapartidas para el pago. Seleccione la línea de " -"extracto bancario correcta correspondiente al pago y haga clic en el botón " -"**conciliar**. Cierre el extracto para finalizar la transacción. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " -"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:142 +msgid "Outstanding Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -"Se deben seguir los mismos pasos una vez que reciba el segundo extracto. " -"Observe que si especifica el mismo importe y la misma referencia tanto en el" -" extracto como en las transacciones de pago la conciliación se realizará " -"automáticamente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "Bank reconciliation" @@ -1526,6 +1402,13 @@ msgstr "" "proceso de conciliación, pueden configurar **Modelos de conciliación**, que " "son muy útiles con entradas recurrentes como comisiones bancarias." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Por hacer" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " @@ -1936,238 +1819,223 @@ msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurar" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Accounts" -msgstr "Cuentas bancarias" +msgid "Bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " -"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " -"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." +"You can manage as many bank or cash accounts as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to have all your banking data up-to-date " +"and ready for :doc:`reconciliation <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` " +"with your journal entries." msgstr "" -"Se pueden gestionar tantas **Cuentas bancarias** como se necesiten. Si las " -"configura bien se podrá asegurar de que toda la información bancaria esté al" -" día y lista para conciliarla con los *asientos contables*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " -"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." +"In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post " +"all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are " +"automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." msgstr "" -"En la Contabilidad Odoo, cada cuenta bancaria se configura para tener un " -"*Diario* especializado, que se configura para registrar todos los apuntes en" -" una *Cuenta* especializada. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" -" are automatically created and configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:14 +msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." msgstr "" -"Siempre que se añade una cuenta bancaria, se crean y configuran " -"automáticamente un diario y una cuenta especializadas. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:16 msgid "" -"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " -"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" -" are displayed when appropriate." +"Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." msgstr "" -"Cada **Diario bancario** se muestra por defecto en el **Resumen contable** " -"en forma de una tarjeta, lo cual es muy práctico. Esta tarjeta incluye " -"botones de acción que se muestran cuando es apropiado. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone msgid "" -"Bank Journals Cards are displayed on the Accounting Overview in Odoo " -"Accounting" +"Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action " +"buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 -msgid "Add a new Bank Account" -msgstr "Añadir una nueva cuenta bancaria" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" -" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " -"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:26 +msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:29 +msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" msgstr "" -"Puede conectar su cuenta bancaria a su base de datos de Odoo, o puede " -"configurar su cuenta de banco manualmente y :doc:`subir los extractos " -"bancarios manualmente<../feeds/bank_statements>`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 -msgid "Bank Synchronization" -msgstr "Sincronización bancaria" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically." -msgstr "" -"Conecte su cuenta bancaria a su base de datos para que sus extractos " -"bancarios se sincronicen automáticamente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " -"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "" -"Para sincronizar una nueva cuenta bancaria, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración`, haga clic en *Añadir una " -"cuenta bancaria*, busque el banco en la lista, haga clic en *Conectar*, y " -"siga las instrucciones." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this bank synchronization." -msgstr "" -":doc:`Haga clic aquí <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` para obtener " -"más información sobre la sincronización con el banco." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "" -"Select a bank institution in the list and connect it to Odoo Accounting" +"To connect your bank account to your database, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`," +" select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " +"instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 -msgid "Manual configuration" -msgstr "Configuración manual" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually." -msgstr "" -"Si su institución bancaria no se puede sincronizar automáticamente, o si " -"prefiere no sincronizarla con su base de datos, también puede configurar su " -"cuenta bancaria de forma manual." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" -" out the form." -msgstr "" -"Para agregar una nueva cuenta bancaria manualmente, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración, haga clic en *Agregar una " -"cuenta bancaria*, después haga clic en *Crear* y llene el formulario." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 -msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." -msgstr "" -"**Nombre**: el nombre de la cuenta bancaria, tal como se muestra en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 -msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." -msgstr "**Número de cuenta**: su número de cuenta bancaria (IBAN en Europa)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 -msgid "" -"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " -"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." -msgstr "" -"**Banco**: haga clic en *Crear y editar* para configurar los detalles del " -"banco. Añada el nombre de la entidad y su identificador (BIC o SWIFT)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" -" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." -msgstr "" -"**Código**: este código es el *código corto* del diario, tal como se muestra" -" en Odoo. Automáticamente Odoo crea un nuevo diario con este código corto. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " -"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " -"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " -"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." -msgstr "" -"**Diario**: Este campo se muestra si tiene un diario bancario existente que " -"todavía no esté vinculado a una cuenta bancaria. Si es así, seleccione el " -"\"Diario\" que quiera usar para registrar las transacciones financieras de " -"esta cuenta bancaria o cree uno nuevo haciendo clic en *Crear y editar*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " -"accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Odoo detecta el tipo de cuenta bancaria (p.e., IBAN) y habilita algunas " -"características de acuerdo con ello." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Add manually a new bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Configuración avanzada" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " -"modify." -msgstr "" -"Para editar una cuenta bancaria existente vaya a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Cuentas bancarias` y abra" -" la cuenta bancaria que quiera modificar." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" -" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " -"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" -" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " -"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." -msgstr "" -"Si debe editar los detalles de la cuenta bancaria, vaya al campo de *Cuenta " -"bancaria* y haga clic en el botón de *enlace externo* que se encuentra junto" -" a la flecha de la lista. Ahí, puede editar el número de la cuenta bancaria," -" el titular de la cuenta y su nombre, así como los detalles de su " -"institución bancaria, solo tiene que hacer clic en el *enlace externo* junto" -" al campo de *banco*. Estos detalles se usan para registrar algunos pagos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " -"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " -"in the **Bank Statements** section." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar qué tipos de pagos están activados en la sección de **Tipos" -" de métodos de pago** y cómo se registran los extractos bancarios para " -"publicarse en la sección de **Extractos bancarios**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Advanced configuration of a bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Configuración avanzada de una cuenta bancaria en Comtabilidad Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:39 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "Crear una cuenta bancaria" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't want " +"to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it`" +" (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables " +"some features accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank " +"account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to " +"match your bank account information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Create a cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " +":ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can " +"review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:68 +msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to" +" your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Manually configure your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/outstanding_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:90 +msgid "Suspense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` " +"until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:96 +msgid "Profit and loss accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending " +"balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the " +":guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance " +"of a cash register differs from what the system computes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "Moneda" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:111 +msgid "Account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external " +"link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click " +"on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your " +"bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Edit your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three" +" options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet " +"if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if " +"you want to import your bank statement using a different format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your" +" bank is synchronized with your database." msgstr "" -"`Tutoriales de Odoo: introducción a la contabilidad " -"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank account in a foreign currency" @@ -4261,6 +4129,7 @@ msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:87 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "Plan de cuentas" @@ -7190,14 +7059,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 msgid "Technical name" msgstr "Nombre técnico" @@ -9205,10 +9074,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the SKR03 is installed by " +"default." msgstr "" -"Cuando crea una nueva base de datos SaaS, el SKR03 se instala de forma " -"predeterminada." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" @@ -9230,7 +9098,6 @@ msgstr "Balance de Situación" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas" @@ -9725,13 +9592,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:227 msgid "" -"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " -"In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " -"systems." +"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online " +"service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on " +"external systems." msgstr "" -"Si Odoo se usa en la nube, los respaldos regulares son parte del servicio de" -" SaaS. Además, estos respaldos se pueden descargar y respaldar en sistemas " -"externos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -15614,11 +15478,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" +" by default." msgstr "" -"Cuando se crea una nueva base de datos SaaS, el PGCE PYMEs 2008 se instala " -"de forma predeterminada. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" @@ -15758,8 +15620,9 @@ msgstr "" "el sector hotelero cambiará de 3.8% a 3.7%." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -msgstr "¿Cómo actualizar sus impuestos en Odoo Enterprise (SaaS o local)?" +msgid "" +"How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (Odoo Online or On-premise)?" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -16453,19 +16316,11 @@ msgstr "Empezando" msgid "Initial configuration" msgstr "Configuración inicial" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plan de cuentas" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"The **chart of accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" -"El **plan de cuentas** es la lista de las cuentas que se utilizan para " -"registrar transacciones financieras en el libro mayor de una organización." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -16476,8 +16331,8 @@ msgstr "" "reportes financieros. La mayoría de las veces se listan así:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" -msgstr "Cuentas del balance general" +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 @@ -16495,6 +16350,10 @@ msgstr "Pasivos" msgid "Equity" msgstr "Capital" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +msgid "Profit & Loss:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 @@ -16509,69 +16368,54 @@ msgstr "Gastos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" -"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," -" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +"When browsing your chart of accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by :guilabel:`Account Type`." msgstr "" -"Al ver el plan de cuentas, puede filtrar las cuentas por número, en la " -"columna izquierda, y también agruparlas por tipo de cuenta." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "Agrupar las cuentas por tipo en la aplicación de Contabilidad de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" -msgstr "Configuración de una cuenta" +msgid "Configuration of an account" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " -"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " -"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"company on your database) determines which **fiscal localization package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard chart of accounts " "already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" -"El país que seleccione al crear su base de datos (o empresa adicional en su " -"base de datos) determina qué **paquete de localización fiscal** se instala " -"de forma predeterminada. Este paquete incluye un plan de cuentas estándar ya" -" configurado de acuerdo con la normativa del país. Puede utilizarlo " -"directamente o configurarlo según las necesidades de su empresa." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" -"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" -" Journal Entry has been posted." +"It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a" +" journal entry has been posted." msgstr "" -"No es posible modificar la **localización fiscal** de una empresa una vez " -"que se haya validado un asiento contable." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"Para crear una cuenta, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración" -" --> Plan de cuentas`, haga clic en *Crear* y complete el formulario." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" -msgstr "Código y nombre" +msgid "Code and name" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" -"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"Each account is identified by its **code** and **name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -"Cada cuenta se identifica con su **código** y **nombre**, el cual también " -"indica el propósito de la cuenta." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "" -"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +"Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" msgstr "" -"Es muy importante configurar correctamente el **tipo de cuenta** porque " -"tiene diversos propósitos:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" @@ -16591,11 +16435,9 @@ msgstr "Generar asientos de apertura" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:61 msgid "" -"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " -"and select the right type among the following list:" +"To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down " +"selector and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" -"Para configurar un tipo de cuenta, abra el selector desplegable **Tipo** y " -"escoja el tipo correcto de la siguiente lista:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Report" @@ -16675,60 +16517,45 @@ msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "Hoja fuera de balance" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" -msgstr "Automatización de activos, gastos diferidos e ingresos diferidos" +msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:107 msgid "" -"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " -":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " -"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"Some **account types** display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`assets ` entries, :ref:`deferred expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`deferred revenues " "` entries." msgstr "" -"Algunos tipos de cuenta muestran un campo **para automatizar** la creación " -"de :ref:`asientos de activos `, :ref:`asientos de gastos " -"diferidos ` y :ref:`asientos de ingresos " -"diferidos `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" -msgstr "El campo de **Automatización** tiene 3 opciones:" +msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` field:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "**No:** es el valor predeterminado. No pasa nada." +msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " -"corresponding form." +":guilabel:`Create in draft`: whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill " +"out the corresponding form." msgstr "" -"**Crear en borrador:** cuando se valida una transacción en la cuenta se crea" -" un borrador de asiento, pero no se valida. Debe completar el formulario " -"correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:116 msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " -"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +":guilabel:`Create and validate`: you must also select a **model**. Whenever " +"a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." msgstr "" -"**Crear y validar:** también debe crear un modelo. Cuando se publica una " -"transacción en la cuenta, se crea un asiento y se valida de inmediato." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:120 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "Consulte la documentación relacionada para más información." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default taxes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos predeterminados" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:122 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." @@ -16736,11 +16563,11 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione un **impuesto predeterminado** que se aplicará cuando esta cuenta" " se use para la venta o compra de un producto." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Etiquetas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " @@ -16750,42 +16577,49 @@ msgstr "" " cuentas relevantes. De forma predeterminada, puede escoger entre las " "etiquetas que utiliza el *Estado de cuenta de flujos de efectivo*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "Account Groups" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 +msgid "Account groups" msgstr "Grupos de cuentas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 msgid "" -"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +"**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " -"Balance**." +"Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of" +" the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the " +"group `131000`." msgstr "" -"Los **grupos de cuentas** son útiles para enumerar múltiples cuentas o " -"*subcuentas* de una cuenta más grande y reportes consolidados tales como el " -"**Balance de comprobación**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 -msgid "" -"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " -"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " -"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " -"the right Account Group." +msgid "Create account groups manually" msgstr "" -"Para crear un nuevo grupo de cuentas, abra la cuenta que desea configurar " -"como subcuenta, haga clic en el selector desplegable *Grupo*, seleccione " -"*Crear y editar...*, complete el formulario y guarde. A continuación, " -"establezca el grupo de cuentas correcto en todas las subcuentas. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 msgid "" -"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " -"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +"Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The " +"following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a new account group, :ref:`developer mode ` and " +"head to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Account " +"Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code " +"prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note " +"that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`to` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Account groups creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app-->Reporting-->Trial Balance`, then open the " +":guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." msgstr "" -"Para visualizar el reporte de **Balance de comprobación** con sus grupos de " -"cuentas, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Balance de " -"comprobación`, abra el menú *Opciones* y seleccione **Jerarquía y " -"subtotales**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" @@ -16793,11 +16627,11 @@ msgstr "" "Grupos de cuentas en el balance de comprobación en la aplicación de " "Contabilidad de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Permitir conciliación" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "Allow reconciliation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." @@ -16805,27 +16639,25 @@ msgstr "" "Algunas cuentas, como las que registran transacciones de un método de pago, " "se pueden usar para conciliar los asientos contables. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 msgid "" -"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " -"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " -"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as " +":guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used" +" to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing " +"reconciliation**." msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, una factura que se pagó con una tarjeta de crédito puede " -"*marcarse como pagada* si se concilia con el pago. Para ello, la cuenta " -"usada para registrar pagos con tarjeta de crédito debe configurarse como " -"*permitir conciliación*´." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:162 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's " +"settings, and save." msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo, seleccione la casilla **permitir conciliación** y guarde." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "Obsoleta" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." @@ -16834,23 +16666,25 @@ msgstr "" "transacción en ella. Puede hacerla inutilizable al usar la función " "**Obsoleta**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." -msgstr "Para hacerlo, seleccione la casilla **Obsoleta** y guarde." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, " +"and save." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:193 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 @@ -16967,7 +16801,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:53 msgid "Bank Account" -msgstr "Cuentas bancaria" +msgstr "Cuenta bancaria" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -16998,6 +16832,43 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta bancaria de forma manual al hacer clic en *Crearla* y completar el " "formulario." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" +"**Nombre**: el nombre de la cuenta bancaria, tal como se muestra en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "**Número de cuenta**: su número de cuenta bancaria (IBAN en Europa)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" +"**Banco**: haga clic en *Crear y editar* para configurar los detalles del " +"banco. Añada el nombre de la entidad y su identificador (BIC o SWIFT)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" +"**Código**: este código es el *código corto* del diario, tal como se muestra" +" en Odoo. Automáticamente Odoo crea un nuevo diario con este código corto. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" +"**Diario**: Este campo se muestra si tiene un diario bancario existente que " +"todavía no esté vinculado a una cuenta bancaria. Si es así, seleccione el " +"\"Diario\" que quiera usar para registrar las transacciones financieras de " +"esta cuenta bancaria o cree uno nuevo haciendo clic en *Crear y editar*." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " @@ -17047,6 +16918,11 @@ msgstr "" "También puede cambiar estos ajustes en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " "Configuración --> Ajustes --> Periodos fiscales` y modificando los valores. " +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Plan de cuentas" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " @@ -17238,6 +17114,12 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriales de Odoo: introducción a la contabilidad " +"`_" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:3 msgid "Main accounting concepts" msgstr "Conceptos principales de contabilidad" @@ -18217,14 +18099,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Un asiento de diario típico generado de una factura validada se verá así:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "**Cuenta**" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" @@ -18235,26 +18109,6 @@ msgstr "**Partner**" msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "**Fecha de vencimiento**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Debe**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Haber**" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 @@ -21277,164 +21131,15 @@ msgstr "Pagar varias facturas al mismo tiempo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " +"facilitating the reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`../supplier_bills/manage`" msgstr "" -"Odoo proporciona una forma simple y efectiva para gestionar varias facturas " -"a la vez, con opciones rápidas o complejas. Con un solo proceso, cualquiera " -"puede gestionar facturas y pagos en solo unos clics." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "Pagar varias facturas con un solo pago" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "Registrar varios pagos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" -"En el siguiente ejemplo, generaremos algunas facturas. Puede controlar todo " -"el proceso desde su tablero en la aplicación de Contabilidad (la primera " -"pantalla al abrir la aplicación)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" -"Para crear una factura, acceda al menú del tablero y haga clic en **Facturas" -" de proveedores**. En la ventana de facturas de proveedores, haga clic en " -"**Crear**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" -"Elija el proveedor del que desea comprar el producto y haga clic en Agregar " -"artículo para agregar uno o más productos. Haga clic en **Guardar** y luego " -"en **Validar**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "Pagar facturas de proveedor, una después de la otra" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" -"Ahora registraremos un pago para una sola factura. Abra la factura y haga " -"clic en **Registrar pago**. Introduzca la forma de pago, la fecha y el " -"importe, y haga clic en **Validar**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se haya validado el pago, el sistema conciliará de forma " -"automática el pago con la factura y definirá la factura como **pagada**. El " -"sistema también generará un movimiento de la cuenta de pago y lo conciliará " -"con la transacción de gasto." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "Pagar varias facturas de proveedor al mismo tiempo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" -"Para ilustrar bien el proceso, genere al menos 2 facturas más siguiendo la " -"guía anterior. **Asegúrese de que todas las facturas provengan del mismo " -"proveedor.**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" -"En el apartado de Facturas de proveedor, seleccione las casillas " -"correspondientes a las nuevas facturas que acaba de crear. En el menú " -"Acción, ubicado en el centro de la página, haga clic en **Registrar pago**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca los detalles de pago. El sistema calculó el importe total de " -"ambas facturas, pero usted puede modificarlo con toda libertad. Haga clic en" -" **Validar**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "Registrar el pago y conciliarlo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" -"También puede conciliar un pago con las facturas una vez que se haya " -"registrado el pago." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "Primero, debemos crear un pago" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" -"Esto se realiza desde :menuselection:`Tablero --> Diario bancario --> Más " -"opciones --> Enviar dinero`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" -"Genere la orden de pago con el método de pago por cheque. Seleccione el " -"proveedor relacionado y la cantidad que queda por pagar. Después de " -"completar todos los detalles, vamos a confirmar la orden de pago que " -"generará la transacción de pago con el sistema." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" -"Como puede ver, el estado del pago de la factura muestra lo que se publicó y" -" lo que queda por conciliar." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" -"Después de recibir el estado de cuenta de bancario con los detalles de pago," -" puede conciliar la transacción desde el tablero. El importe de la " -"transacción se calculará de forma automática." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:72 @@ -21442,80 +21147,70 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "Pagos parciales de varias facturas de proveedor" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Group payments" msgstr "" -"¿Cómo pagar varias facturas de proveedor a la vez teniendo descuentos de " -"efectivo?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." +"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " +"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " +"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " +":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." msgstr "" -"Ya aprendió cómo pagar las facturas de varias maneras, pero ¿qué pasa con " -"los pagos parciales? Veamos otro ejemplo en el que realizaremos un pago " -"parcial de varias facturas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Register payment button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:25 +msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:27 msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." +"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " +"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " +"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." msgstr "" -"Creamos varias facturas y las pagamos parcialmente a través de los estados " -"de cuenta bancarios." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." +"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " +"more bills." msgstr "" -"Agregamos términos de pago que permiten algunos descuentos de efectivo donde" -" el proveedor nos ofrece descuento en pago anticipado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:39 msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." +"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " +"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " +"to your needs." msgstr "" -"Creamos las siguientes facturas con la asignación de los términos de pago " -"anteriores." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "Creamos las siguientes facturas:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:43 +msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " +"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`. Make sure to apply " +"the :doc:`payment terms <../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms>`" +" to the **bills** *instead* of the invoices." msgstr "" -"Pagaremos las facturas mediante la creación de un estado de cuenta bancario " -"en el que ajustaremos el descuento de efectivo que nuestro proveedor " -"proporcionó en los términos de pago." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" -"Antes de conciliar este estado de cuenta, debemos crear un modelo de estado " -"de cuenta para el descuento de efectivo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" -"Ahora regresamos al estado de cuenta y abrimos la vista de conciliación." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 @@ -22312,6 +22007,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "Hay tres opciones para el campo **automatizar activos**:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "**No:** es el valor predeterminado. No pasa nada." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -22677,22 +22378,20 @@ msgstr "" "`Elija una cuenta de gastos diferente para productos específicos`_)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 -msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgid "AI-powered document digitization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " -"traditional paper invoices into vendor bills and customer invoices forms in " -"your accounting." +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into " +"vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial " "intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor " -"bills and customer invoices forms are automatically created and populated " +"bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated " "based on the scanned invoices." msgstr "" @@ -22703,45 +22402,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR " -"`_." +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The more documents you scan, the better the system identifies the correct " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Digitalization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitalization` and " -"choose whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` " -"should be processed automatically or manually." +"Digitization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitization` and choose " +"whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` (this " +"includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on " +"demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option can also be selected. It " -"enables to get only one line created per tax in the new bill, regardless of " -"the number of lines from the invoice." +"If you enable the :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option, only one " +"line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines " +"on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 msgid "Invoice upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 msgid "Upload invoices manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button of your vendor bills journal. Alternatively, go to " @@ -22750,63 +22440,98 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:40 msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 msgid "" "You can configure your connected scanner to send scanned documents to an " "email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft " "customer invoices or vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 msgid "" -"You can modify the email alias of a journal by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, opening the " -"appropriate journal, opening the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and " -"modifying the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field." +"You can modify the email alias of a journal. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. Under :guilabel:`General Settings: Discuss`, " +"enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:49 msgid "" -"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can send your " -"scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., `inbox-" -"financial@example.odoo.com`)." +"The email alias is now available in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab of" +" the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can " +"automatically send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` " +"workspace (e.g., `inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:56 -msgid "Invoice digitization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 msgid "" -"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " -"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitalization` to do it " -"manually." +"The default email aliases `vendor-bills@` and `customer-invoices@` followed " +"by the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` you set are automatically created for the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` journals, " +"respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " -"clicking on the respective tags (available in Edit mode) and selecting the " -"proper information instead." +"To change a default email alias, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`. Select the journal you want to " +"edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email " +"Alias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:66 +msgid "Invoice digitization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +msgid "" +"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " +"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and " +"selecting the proper information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:75 +msgid "Data recognition with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 +msgid "" +"It is essential to review and correct (if needed) the information uploaded " +"during digitization. Then, you have to post the document by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system " +"identifies the correct data for future digitizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Precio" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 msgid "" "The **invoice digitization** is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:87 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to " @@ -22814,14 +22539,19 @@ msgid "" "Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SaaS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:78 -msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:96 +msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 @@ -23469,9 +23199,9 @@ msgstr "" "beneficiarse del descuento por pronto pago. Cuando procese el estado de " "cuenta bancario, concilie el pago con los dos asientos relacionados." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" @@ -24148,11 +23878,11 @@ msgid "Applicability" msgstr "Aplicación" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 -msgid "Factur-X (CII)" +msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "Default format on Odoo (enabled by default)" +msgid "For French and German companies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:25 @@ -24281,27 +24011,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:71 msgid "" -"By default, the :guilabel:`Factur-X` option is enabled. It means that an XML" -" file is automatically included in the PDF document that is sent." +"Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for " +"interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option " +":guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the " +"invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like " +"Chorus Pro." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:74 msgid "" "The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's " ":guilabel:`General Information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via " "existing access points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 msgid "Add new formats to a database created before July 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:82 msgid "" "If your database was created before July 2022 and you wish to use one of the" " formats available from July 2022, you have to :ref:`install " @@ -24310,29 +24043,29 @@ msgid "" "country-specific module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:88 msgid "" "If you want to use the Belgian format E-FFF in a database created prior to " "July 2022, you need to :ref:`install `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 msgid "Belgium - E-Invoicing (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" msgstr "Bélgica - facturación electrónica (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 msgid "`l10n_be_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 msgid "Import/Export electronic invoices with UBL/CII" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:99 msgid "`account_edi_ubl_cii`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:102 msgid "" "Once the new module is installed, UBL 2.0 and UBL 2.1 formats no longer " "appear in the journal since UBL BIS Billing 3.0 is available and more widely" @@ -24783,6 +24516,10 @@ msgstr "" "software y que quieren continuar con la numeración del año en curso sin " "volver a empezar desde cero." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 +msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 msgid "" "**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " @@ -25208,14 +24945,6 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Odoo IAP` y haga clic en *Ver mis " "servicios*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Si usa Odoo en línea (SaaS) y tiene la versión Enterprise, cuenta con " -"créditos gratis de muestra para probar la función." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 msgid "" "Click `here `_ to know about our " @@ -27321,6 +27050,70 @@ msgstr "" "Este reporte permite ver los importes **netos** y **de impuestos** de todos " "los impuestos agrupados por tipo (venta/compra)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:3 +msgid "Tax carryover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When performing tax reports, the **tax carryover** feature allows carrying " +"amounts from one period to another without creating new entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It has been created to meet the legal requirements of specific locations, " +"where amounts must be transferred from period to period (for example, " +"because the total of the line is negative)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The feature is activated by default in countries where it is required, such " +"as Belgium, France, and Italy. There is no specific configuration required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100" +" for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this case, as per local regulation, grid 81 of the tax report may contain" +" a negative amount. But it must be declared to the government as zero, and " +"the negative amount should be carried over to the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a " +"pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "" +"pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:32 +msgid "" +"At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount " +"was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that" +" will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing " +"transactions and the carryover from the previous period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration of the tax return" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:5 msgid "Taxation" msgstr "Impuestos" @@ -28036,152 +27829,173 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Gestionar impuestos de base de efectivo" +msgid "Cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +"Cash basis taxes are due when the payment is made, as opposed to standard " +"taxes that are due when the invoice is confirmed. Reporting your income and " +"expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in " +"some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" -"Los impuestos de base de efectivo se deben pagar cuando se ha realizado el " -"pago y no en la validación de la factura (como es el caso de los impuestos " -"normales). Declarar sus ingresos y gastos a la administración según el " -"método de base de efectivo es legal en algunos países y bajo ciertas " -"condiciones." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." +"You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year, and the payment " +"is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you " +"must pay is for the 2nd quarter." msgstr "" -"Ejemplo: Usted vende un producto en el 1er trimestre de su año fiscal y " -"recibe el pago en el segundo trimestre. De acuerdo con el método de base de " -"efectivo, el impuesto que tiene que pagar a la administración es el " -"correspondiente al 2do trimestre." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar los impuestos de base de efectivo?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, enable :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" -"Primero debe activar este ajuste en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " -"Configuración --> Ajustes --> Permitir impuestos de base de efectivo`. Se le" -" pedirá definir el Diario de impuestos de base de efectivo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +"Then, define the :guilabel:`Tax Cash Basis Journal`. Click on the external " +"link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the" +" :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:28 +msgid "" +"By default, the journal entries of the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Taxes` journal " +"are named using the :guilabel:`CABA` short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Taxes` to configure your taxes. You can either " +":guilabel:`Create` a new tax or update an existing one by clicking on it." msgstr "" -"Una vez hecho esto, puede configurar sus impuestos en " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Impuestos`. Primero " -"configure las cuentas transitorias adecuadas para contabilizar los impuestos" -" hasta que registre el pago." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +"The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to " +"post taxes until the payment is registered." msgstr "" -"En la pestaña de *Opciones avanzadas*, deberá cambiar *Impuesto vencido* a " -"*Basado en el pago*. Después, tendrá que definir la cuenta *Impuesto " -"recibido* en la que contabilizar el importe de los impuestos cuando se " -"reciba el pago y la *Cuenta base de impuestos recibidos* para contabilizar " -"el importe de los impuestos base para un reporte de impuestos preciso." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cuál es el impacto de los impuestos de base de efectivo en mi contabilidad?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" +"Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" +"is registered" msgstr "" -"Pongamos un ejemplo. Realiza una venta de $100 con un impuesto del 15% en " -"base de efectivo. Una vez que valide la factura del cliente, se creará el " -"siguiente asiento en la contabilidad:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Diario de facturas del cliente" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, decide of the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Exigilibity`. Select :guilabel:`Based on Payment`, so the tax is due when " +"the payment of the invoice is received. You can then also define the " +":guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded " +"as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "" +"Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" +"reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +msgid "Impact of cash basis taxes on accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar $115" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Cuenta fiscal temporal $15" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Cuenta de ingresos $100" +msgid "" +"To illustrate the impact of cash basis taxes on accounting transactions, " +"let's take an example with the sales of a product that costs 1,000$, with a " +"cash basis tax of 15%." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Unos días después, recibirá el pago:" +msgid "" +"The following entries are created in your accounting, and the tax report is " +"currently empty." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Diario del banco" +msgid "**Customer journal (INV)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Banco $115" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +msgid "Receivable $1,150" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "Cuando se concilia la factura y el pago, se genera este asiento:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Income $1,000" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Diario de base de impuesto en efectivo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:103 +msgid "Temporary tax account $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:77 +msgid "When the payment is then received, it is registered as below :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Bank journal (BANK)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "Cuenta de impuestos recibidos $15" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." +msgid "Bank $1,150" msgstr "" -"Los últimos dos apuntes de diario son neutrales pero son necesarios para " -"asegurar que los reportes de impuestos estén correctos en Odoo con las " -"cantidades exactas de impuestos base. Aconsejamos utilizar una cuenta de " -"ingresos predeterminada. El balance de esta cuenta siempre será cero." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Default taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the payment is registered, you can use the :guilabel:`Cash Basis " +"Entries` smart button on the invoice to access them directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Finally, upon reconciliation of the invoice with the payment, the below " +"entry is automatically created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Journal (Caba)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:105 +msgid "Income account $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:107 +msgid "Tax Received $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The journal items :guilabel:`Income account` vs. :guilabel:`Income account` " +"are neutral, but they are needed to ensure correct tax reports in Odoo with " +"accurate base tax amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Using a default :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` is recommended so your" +" balance is at zero and your income account is not polluted by unnecessary " +"accounting movements. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Taxes`, and select a :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` " +"under :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 @@ -28761,311 +28575,257 @@ msgstr "" "La factura impresa mostrará los diferentes importes de cada grupo fiscal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -"Obtenga las tasas de impuestos correctas en los Estados Unidos usando " -"TaxCloud" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." +"TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " +"and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " +"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"applies." msgstr "" -"La integración de **TaxCloud** le permite calcular correctamente el impuesto" -" sobre las ventas para cada dirección en los Estados Unidos y hace un " -"seguimiento de qué productos están exentos del impuesto y en qué estados se " -"aplica cada excepción. TaxCloud calcula el impuesto sobre las ventas en " -"tiempo real para cada estado, ciudad y jurisdicción especial de los Estados " -"Unidos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "En TaxCloud" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +msgid "TaxCloud registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." +"Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " +"complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " +"by clicking on :guilabel:`Stores`, then :guilabel:`Get Details`." msgstr "" -"Cree una cuenta gratuita en `TaxCloud `__ " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -"Registre su sitio web de Odoo en TaxCloud para obtener una *Identificación " -"de la API * y una *Clave API*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -"En la sección de Ajustes de TaxCloud, haga clic en *Ubicaciones* para " -"introducir la ubicación de sus oficinas y almacenes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." +"Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " +"store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"En Ajustes de TaxCloud, haga clic en *Gestión de los estados fiscales* para " -"verificar los estados en los que aplica el impuesto sobre las ventas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "En Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." +"Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " +":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " +"Codes` product categories from TaxCloud. Some categories may imply specific " +"tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Facturación/Contabilidad --> Configuración --> " -"Ajustes` y marque *TaxCloud - Calcular las tasas de impuestos basadas en los" -" códigos postales de los Estados Unidos* (nota: en realidad utiliza la " -"dirección completa)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Introduzca sus credenciales de TaxCloud." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "Haga clic en GUARDAR para registrar sus credenciales." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +"Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " +":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` is set on your products or product categories, or when no product " +"is found on an order/invoice." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el icono Actualizar situado junto a *Categoría predeterminada* " -"para importar las categorías de productos TIC (Códigos de Información sobre " -"Impuestos, por sus siglas en inglés) desde TaxCloud. Algunas categorías " -"pueden implicar tasas específicas o generar excepciones de tipo " -"producto/servicio." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:0 +msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +"If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " +"Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " +"select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -"Seleccione su *código TIC* predeterminado. Se aplicará en la creación de " -"cualquier producto nuevo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." +"If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" +" the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" +" (:guilabel:`🡕`) to set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the " +":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -"Establezca una categoría específica de TaxCloud TIC en la pestaña " -"*Información general* del producto, o en la categoría del producto." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que la dirección de su empresa esté completa (incluyendo el " -"estado y el código postal). Vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Usuarios y " -"empresas --> Empresas` para abrir y editar el registro de su empresa." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "Automatically post taxes to the correct Tax Payable account" -msgstr "" -"Contabilizar automáticamente los impuestos en la cuenta correcta de los " -"impuestos a pagar" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" -"For each one of your companies that uses TaxCloud, it might be necessary to " -"create a **User-Defined Default** so that the new taxes generated by the " -"TaxCloud integration are created with the correct Tax Payable account:" +"If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " +":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -"Tal vez sea necesario crear un **predeterminado definido por el usuario** " -"por cada una de sus empresas que use TaxCloud, de esta manera los impuestos " -"creados por la integración de TaxCloud se crearán en la cuenta correcta de " -"los impuestos a pagar:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" -"A User-Defined Default impacts all records at creation. It means that " -"**every** new tax will be set up to record income in the specified Tax " -"Payable account, unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different " -"income account (or there exists another User-Defined Default that takes " -"precedence)." +"A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " +"not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " +":guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the *All* :guilabel:`Product Category`, it " +"is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -"Un predeterminado definido por el usuario afecta todos los registros. Esto " -"quiere decir que **todos** los nuevos impuestos se registrarán en la cuenta " -"de impuestos a pagar específica, a menos que se editen manualmente para " -"especificar una cuenta diferente (o que exista otro valor predeterminado " -"definido por el usuario que tenga prioridad)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, " -"select the Tax Payable account for the company. Take note of the account's " -"``id`` in the URL string." +"Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " +"code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" +" edit your company address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" +" with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " +"default**. This process should be repeated for each one of your companies " +"that uses TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " +"**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " +"account unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income " +"account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " +"account, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Take note of the number after `id=`" +" in the URL string; it is the **Tax Payable account ID** and will be used " +"later." msgstr "" -"En :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Plan de cuentas` y " -"seleccione la cuenta de impuestos a pagar de la empresa. Tenga en cuenta el " -"``id`` de la cuenta en la cadena URL." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "The account's ID can be found in the URL string as 'id=...'." +msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> User-Defined " -"Defaults`, and click on *Create*." +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " +"and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Active el :ref:`modo de desarrollador `, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico --> Acciones --> Predeterminados " -"definidos por el usuario` y haga clic en *Crear*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:70 -msgid "Click on *Field*, then, in the drop-down menu, on *Search More*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " +"More...`." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en *Campo*, después, en el menú desplegable haga clic en *Buscar " -"más*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Click on 'Search More' in the 'Field' drop-down menu." +msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 msgid "" -"In the pop-up's search box, filter on the model ``tax.repartition.line`` and" -" the field ``account``. Select the ``account`` field of the " -"``tax.repartition.line`` model." +"Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," +" and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " +"Select the line with :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` under the " +":guilabel:`Model` column." msgstr "" -"En el cuadro de búsqueda, filtre el modelo ``tax.repartition.line`` y el " -"campo ``cuenta``. Seleccione el campo ``cuenta`` en el modelo " -"``tax.repartition.line``." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Select the 'account' field of the 'tax.repartition.line' model." +msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" -"In the **Default Value** field, enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable " -"account. Select the company for which this configuration should apply in the" -" *Company* field. Click *Save*." +"Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " +"the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " +":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " +":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"En el campo **Valor predeterminado**, ingrese el ID de la cuenta de " -"impuestos a pagar. Seleccione la empresa a la que debe aplicarse esta " -"configuración en el campo *Empresa*. Haga clic en *Guardar*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable account." +msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +"Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " +"`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" +" enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -"El impuesto de ventas lo calcula Odoo en base a las posiciones fiscales (ver" -" :doc:`fiscal_positions`). Se crea una posición fiscal para los Estados " -"Unidos al instalar *TaxCloud*. Todo funciona de forma inmediata." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar Odoo para que detecte automáticamente cuales clientes " -"deberán usar esta posición fiscal. Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " -"Configuración --> Posiciones fiscales` para abrir y editar el registro." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" -"Esta posición fiscal se establece automáticamente en cualquier orden de " -"venta, orden en línea o factura cuando el país del cliente es *Estados " -"Unidos*. Esto desencadena el cálculo automático de impuestos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" +" position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions` and select " +":guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (TaxCloud)`. Enable :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically` and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Añada sus productos. Tiene dos opciones para obtener el impuesto sobre las " -"ventas en la orden. Puede confirmarla, o puede guardarla y desde el Menú " -"*Acción* elegir **Actualizar impuestos con TaxCloud**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Cupones & Promociones" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -"Si utiliza los programas de cupones o promociones, la integración con " -"Taxcloud puede parecer un poco extraña." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " +"the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " +"computation." msgstr "" -"El problema radica en que Taxcloud no acepta líneas con importes negativos " -"como parte del cálculo de impuestos. Esto significa que el importe de las " -"líneas añadidas por el programa de promoción debe deducirse del total de las" -" líneas a las que afecta. Esto significa, entre otras cosas, que las órdenes" -" que empleen cupones o promociones con posición fiscal en Taxcloud se " -"**deben** facturar en su totalidad, no se pueden crear facturas para " -"entregas parciales, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." +"To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " +":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +msgid "" +"If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " +"TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " +"lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation, the amount of " +"the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of " +"the lines it impacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " +"promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" +" you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" +" which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " +"product's tax rate is 7%, the tax rate computed from the TaxCloud " +"integration displays 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in " +"the price sent to TaxCloud. However, in Odoo, the discount is on another " +"line entirely. Still, the tax computation is correct. Indeed, a 3.5% tax on " +"the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price, but this " +"might be unexpected from a user point of view." msgstr "" -"Otra peculiaridad ocurre en la interfaz del usuario: imagine que vende un " -"producto de la categoría Taxcloud *[20110] Computadoras* y tiene un programa" -" de promoción que ofrece un descuento del 50% en este producto. Si la tasa " -"de impuestos para este producto en particular es del 7%, la tasa de " -"impuestos que se calculará desde la integración de Taxcloud mostrará el " -"3.5%. Esto sucede porque el descuento está incluido en el precio que se " -"envía a Taxcloud, pero en Odoo este descuento está en otra línea. Al final, " -"el cálculo de los impuestos será correcto (ya que un impuesto del 3.5% sobre" -" el precio completo es el equivalente a un impuesto del 7% sobre la mitad " -"del precio), aunque esto puede ser una sorpresa desde el punto de vista del " -"usuario." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -29722,11 +29482,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:7 msgid "" -"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online/SaaS), and" -" organize them in various workspaces." +"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online), and " +"organize them in various workspaces." msgstr "" -"Puede subir cualquier tipo de archivo (máximo 64MB por archivo a través de " -"Odoo en línea/SaaS), y organizarlos en varios espacios de trabajo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Documents: product page `_" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index dcc202bed..6fd80c5e9 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ # Lucia Pacheco , 2022 # Marian Cuadra, 2022 # Raquel Iciarte , 2022 -# jabelchi, 2022 +# Josep Anton Belchi, 2022 # Xabi Spacebiker , 2022 # marcescu, 2022 # Vivian Montana , 2022 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -1295,11 +1295,11 @@ msgstr "" "and `?debug=prueba` activa el :ref:`modo de prueba " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:65 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "Localizar las herramientas de modo" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:67 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages. This menu contains additional " @@ -1312,23 +1312,23 @@ msgstr "" "sirven para entender o editar datos técnicos, como las vistas o las " "acciones. Contiene artículos del menú útiles, como:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:72 msgid "edit action" msgstr "editar acción" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:73 msgid "manage filters" msgstr "gestionar filtros" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:74 msgid "edit the current view" msgstr "editar la vista actual" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:75 msgid "see the `fields view get`" msgstr "ver la `vista de campos obtener`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:76 msgid "and much more." msgstr "y mucho más." @@ -2322,11 +2322,9 @@ msgstr "Restricción" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:84 msgid "" -"Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on the SaaS and " +"Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on Odoo Online and " "Odoo.sh platforms. Try using ports 465, 587, or 2525 instead." msgstr "" -"Tome en cuenta que el puerto 25 se bloquea por motivos de seguridad en las " -"plataformas SaaS y Odoo.sh. Intente usar los puertos 465, 587 o 2525." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:90 msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address" @@ -3255,13 +3253,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:138 msgid "" -"The **SaaS** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still " -"contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " +"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" +" contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " "recurring issue with the same client or domain." msgstr "" -"Los usuarios **SaaS** no tienen acceso a sus registros. Sin embargo, puede " -"contactar al `soporte de Odoo `_ si tiene un " -"problema recurrente con el mismo cliente o dominio." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143 msgid "Get help from support" @@ -4344,11 +4339,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" -"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " -"from free credits to test our IAP features." +"If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " +"credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -"Si está en Odoo en línea (SaaS) y tiene la versión Enterprise, tiene el " -"beneficio de créditos gratis para probar nuestras funciones IAP." #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" @@ -4422,12 +4415,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" -"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " -"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +"*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " +"SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -"*Odoo en línea (SaaS)*: solo se pueden utilizar los servicios IAP " -"proporcionados por Odoo (es decir, las funciones de SMS, correo postal, " -"revelar y autocompletar al partner)." #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 6bb4b22c1..109dc097f 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ # Translators: # Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2022 # marcescu, 2022 -# Jonathan Castillo , 2022 # Pedro M. Baeza , 2022 # Luis M. Ontalba , 2022 # Miguel Orueta , 2022 @@ -16,21 +15,21 @@ # José Cabrera Lozano , 2022 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2022 # AleEscandon , 2022 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2022 -# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # Pablo Rojas , 2022 -# jabelchi, 2022 +# Josep Anton Belchi, 2022 # Lucia Pacheco , 2022 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2022 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2022 +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -719,15 +718,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 @@ -2171,6 +2174,257 @@ msgstr "" "valida la transferencia, esos productos ingresan al inventario y se podrán " "usar para cumplir con las entregas de los clientes o fabricar productos." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory adjustments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " +"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " +"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, " +"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must" +" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts " +"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are " +"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22 +msgid "Add a new line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in " +"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the " +"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on " +"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If " +":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered " +"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40 +msgid "Count products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " +"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the " +"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the" +" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When " +":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away." +" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment," +" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in " +"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted " +"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before" +" applying the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 +msgid "Plan counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70 +msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be " +"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by " +"opening the column options icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are " +"scheduled for today or earlier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Count` and fill in the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" +" be accounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product" +" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On " +"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the " +"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93 +msgid "" +"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for" +" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the " +"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual " +"Inventory Day and Month` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" +" setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 +msgid "Cycle counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " +"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " +"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " +"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " +"counting more often at key locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " +"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 +msgid "Change the inventory frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " +"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " +"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " +"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" +" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " +"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " +"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Números de Lote/Serie" @@ -3106,6 +3360,120 @@ msgstr "" "pero le seguirán perteneciendo al propietario. Esto no afecta la valuación " "del inventario." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " +"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " +"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " +"be a better fit than the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " +"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " +"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "Add products to a wave" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " +"products to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " +"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " +"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " +"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " +"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " +":guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" +" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " +"product, location, carrier, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " +":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " +"transfer from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " +"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " +"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " +"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "View wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" +" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " +":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planificación" @@ -3646,293 +4014,421 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Productos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "Cómo escoger la estrategia de reabastecimiento adecuada" +msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " +"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " +"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " +"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" +" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " +"processes." msgstr "" -"Las reglas referentes a las existencias mínimas y la fabricación bajo " -"demanda tienen consecuencias similares pero reglas diferentes. Deberían " -"usarse según sus estrategias de producción y entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Terminología" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Regla de existencias mínimas" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -"Las reglas de existencias mínimas se usan para asegurarse de que siempre " -"tenga la cantidad mínima de un producto disponible para fabricar sus " -"productos o para responder las necesidades de sus clientes. Cuando el nivel " -"de existencias de un producto llega al mínimo, el sistema automáticamente " -"generará una orden de aprovisionamiento con la cantidad necesaria para " -"alcanzar el nivel de existencias máximo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " +"forecast quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " +"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " +"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " +"the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"from the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Fabricación sobre pedido" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"*regardless of the current stock level*." msgstr "" -"La función de Fabricación sobre pedido activará una orden de compra con la " -"cantidad de la orden de venta relacionada con el producto. El sistema **no**" -" revisará las existencias actuales. Esto significa que un borrador de orden " -"de compra se generará sin importar la cantidad del producto a la mano." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Reglas de existencias mínimas" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" +" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " +"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " +"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " +":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " +"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" +" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " +"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " +"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " +"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." msgstr "" -"La configuración de la regla de existencias mínimas está disponible a través" -" el módulo de Inventario. En el menú de control de inventario seleccione " -"\"Regla de reordenamiento\" en el menú desplegable. Ahí, seleccione " -"\"Crear\" para establecer los valores de existencias máximos y mínimos para " -"un producto en específico." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" +"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized and should be used for this purpose only." msgstr "" -"Mostrar la información sobre herramientas para los campos de \"cantidad " -"mínima\", \"cantidad máxima\" y \"múltiples cantidades\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " +"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " +"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." msgstr "" -"Luego, haga clic en su producto para acceder al formulario del producto " -"relacionado y, en el submenú de inventario, no olvide seleccionar un " -"proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." msgstr "" -"No olvide seleccionar el tipo de producto adecuado. Un consumible no se " -"puede almacenar y, por lo tanto, no se contará en la valoración de " -"inventario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." +"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " +"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " +"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " +"and security lead time." msgstr "" -"La configuración de Fabricación sobre pedido (MTO) está disponible en el " -"formulario de su producto en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Control de " -"inventario --> Productos` (o cualquier otro módulo que tenga acceso a los " -"productos)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" +" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " +"valuation." msgstr "" -"En el formulario del producto, en Inventario, haga clic en \"Fabricar sobre " -"pedido\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "Elegir entre las dos opciones " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " +"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " +"reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " +"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" +" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" +" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 +msgid "" +"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" +" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " +"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " +"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " +"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " +"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 +msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Warehouse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " +"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " +"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " +"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" +" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " +"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" +"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " +"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." msgstr "" -"De este modo, la elección entre las dos opciones depende de su estrategia de" -" inventario. Si prefiere tener una reserva y contar siempre con una cantidad" -" mínima, debe usar las reglas de existencias mínimas. Si prefiere reordenar " -"sus existencias únicamente tras confirmar una venta, es mejor utilizar la " -"regla Fabricación sobre pedido (MTO)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" -msgstr "Utilizar diferentes unidades de medida" +msgid "Use different units of measure" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." +" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " +"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " +"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " +"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " +"supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" -"En algunos casos es necesario gestionar productos en diferentes unidades de " -"medida. Por ejemplo, si compra productos en un país donde se utiliza el " -"sistema métrico y vende en un país regido por el sistema imperial, deberá " -"convertir las unidades. Otro caso común es comprar productos a sus " -"proveedores en paquetes más grandes y vender las unidades a sus clientes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" -"Puede configurar a Odoo para trabajar con diferentes unidades de medida para" -" un producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." +"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de *Inventario*, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`. En la sección de *Productos*, haga clic en *Unidades de medida*, " -"y luego en *Guardar*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" -msgstr "Crear nuevas unidades de medida" +msgid "Units of measure categories" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." +"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " +"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " +"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " +"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" +" only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de *Inventario* vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"UdM`. Ahí, haga clic en *Crear*. Como ejemplo, crearemos la unidad \"Caja de" -" 6\" que usaremos para el producto \"Huevo\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Set units of measure categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36 msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." +"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " +"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" +" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " +"new units." msgstr "" -"La categoría es importante para la conversión de la unidad, podrá convertir " -"productos de una unidad a otra solo si dichas unidades pertenecen a la misma" -" categoría. La caja de 6 es 6 veces más grande que la unidad de medida de " -"referencia para la categoría “Unidades”." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "Especificar unidades de medida en sus productos" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." +"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " +"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" +" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " +"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" +" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" +" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." +" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." msgstr "" -"En la :menuselection:`aplicación de Inventario --> Datos maestros --> " -"Productos`, abra el producto para el cual desea cambiar la unidad de medida " -"de compra o venta y haga clic en *Editar*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" +" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " +"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" -"En la pestaña de *Información general* puede seleccionar la *unidad de " -"medida* en la que se venderá el producto, la cual es también la unidad en la" -" se realizarán los traslados internos. También puede seleccionar la *unidad " -"de medida de compra*, la cual es la unidad de medida en la que compra el " -"producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "Traslado de una unidad a otra" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" -msgstr "Comprar en la UdM de compra" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." +"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" +" category." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de *Compra*, *cree* una nueva solicitud de cotización en la" -" que incluya el producto con la *unidad de medida* diferente y *confírmela*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -"En las órdenes de compra generadas de forma automática, la UdM que se " -"utiliza es la Caja de 6, lo que significa que es la UdM de compra. Usted " -"tiene, por supuesto, la posibilidad de modificar manualmente la UdM si lo " -"necesita. Cuando ingresa la *recepción* vinculada a la orden de compra, " -"puede observar que las 10 cajas de 6 unidades se han convertido a 60 " -"unidades. Por lo tanto, las existencias se manejan en unidades." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " +"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" +" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " +"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69 +msgid "Unit conversion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72 +msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " +"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " +"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78 +msgid "" +"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " +"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " +"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " +"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " +"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " +"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "Reabastecimiento" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " +"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " +":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " +"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." msgstr "" -"Al realizar un reabastecimiento a través del botón *Reabastecer* en el " -"formulario del producto, tiene la posibilidad de usar una unidad de medida " -"diferente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" -msgstr "Vender en UdM más grandes" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95 msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " +"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " +"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" +" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." msgstr "" -"Puede elegir la unidad de medida en el documento de la orden de venta y " -"decidir vender los huevos por docena. Al hacer esto, el precio se calcula " -"automáticamente a partir de la UdM de Unidades para adaptarse a la *UdM* " -"seleccionada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "Sell in a different UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " +"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" +" can be manually edited on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" +" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " +"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " +"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" +" delivery shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " +"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" +" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" -"En la orden de entrega, la *UdM* utilizada en la orden de venta se convierte" -" a la *UdM* utilizada en la gestión de existencias, en nuestro caso, las " -"Unidades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" @@ -3940,7 +4436,7 @@ msgstr "" "¿Cuándo debería usar Paquetes, Unidades de medida o Empaquetados especiales?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" +msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "Unidades de medida" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 @@ -3955,89 +4451,101 @@ msgstr "" " medida en la que gestiona sus existencias y la que utiliza al comprar el " "producto a sus proveedores." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "" +"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase " +"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different " +"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective " +"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to " +"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)." msgstr "" -"La *conversión* entre las distintas unidades de medida se hace de forma " -"automática. La única condición es que todas las unidades deben estar en la " -"*misma categoría* (Unidad, Peso, Volumen, Longitud, etc)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21 msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet" +" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a " +"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity " +"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates" +" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the " +"quantity in feet." msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, si tengo la siguiente regla de reordenamiento para el huevo y " -"ejecuto el planificador, la cantidad que se agrega a la orden de compra " -"generada de forma automática será en docenas, pero lo que ingresará a las " -"existencias será en unidades." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paquetes" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30 msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, " +"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the " +"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -"El paquete es el contenedor físico en el que pone uno o varios productos de " -"una recolección. Por ejemplo, cuando entrega un producto, puede decidir " -"separar la cantidad en dos paquetes diferentes. Esto le permite tener un " -"reporte con la cantidad de productos en cada paquete." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." +"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by " +"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first " +"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. " +"Repeat for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery into different packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery package details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49 +msgid "Packagings" +msgstr "Empaquetados" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a " +"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a " +"pallet for the packaging." msgstr "" -"Para separar una entrega en paquetes diferentes tiene que establecer la " -"cantidad hecha en la cantidad del paquete deseado y luego hacer clic en " -"\"PONER EN PAQUETE\". Debe hacer esto para cada paquete." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Empaquetado" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase " +"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and " +"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while " +"UoMs are generic." msgstr "" -"El empaquetado es el contenedor físico que protege a su producto. Si vende " -"computadoras, el empaquetado contiene la computadora con el aviso y los " -"cables de energía." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Different product packaging examples." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, los empaquetados se utilizan en las órdenes de venta con propósitos" -" informativos. Se pueden especificar en el formulario del producto, en la " -"pestaña de inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Package field on purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode" +" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in " +"the packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" msgstr "" -"Otro uso útil de los empaquetados es para la recepción de productos. Al " -"escanear el código de barras del empaquetado, Odoo agrega el número de " -"unidades contenidas en el empaquetado de la recolección." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Ajuste de Inventario" +msgid "Replenishment strategies" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" @@ -4115,58 +4623,62 @@ msgstr "Integrar costos adicionales con productos (costos en destino)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -"La función de costos en destino en Odoo le permite incluir costos " -"adicionales (envío, seguro, derechos aduanales, etc.) en el costo del " -"producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " +"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " +"costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" -"Los costos en destino solo se pueden aplicar a productos con un método de " -"costo PEPS o AVCO (costo promedio) y una valoración de inventario " -"automatizada (la cual requiere que la aplicación de Contabilidad esté " -"instalada)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "" -"Primero, debe ir a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`" -" y active la función de costos en destino. También puede determinar el " -"diario predeterminado en el que se registrarán los asientos contables de " -"costos en destino." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "Agregar costos a productos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "Recibir la factura de proveedor" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " +"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " +"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " +"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " +"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " +"information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" -"Imaginemos que recibimos una factura de derechos de aduana para un envío. " -"Seleccionaremos la casilla de *Costos en destino* en la línea de factura de " -"proveedor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." -msgstr "El producto con costos en destino debe ser del tipo servicio." +msgid "" +"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " +"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." @@ -4175,44 +4687,58 @@ msgstr "" "el producto y evitar tener que seleccionar la casilla en cada factura de " "proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" -"En la parte superior de la factura de proveedor podemos ver el botón *Crear " -"costos en destino*. Al hacer clic en este botón se crean los costos en " -"destino de forma automática. Ahora podemos decidir en qué recolección se " -"aplicarán estos costos adicionales." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50 msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." +"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " +":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " +"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " +"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " +"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " +"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " +"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Ahora podemos hacer clic en *Calcular* e ir a la pestaña *Ajustes de " -"valoración* para ver el impacto en mis costos de producto. El último paso es" -" validar el costo en destino." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." +"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" -"Puedo acceder al asiento de diario creado por el costo en destino al hacer " -"clic en el asiento." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." +"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " +"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " +"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " +"landed cost entry to the accounting journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " +"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " +"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " +"Costing)` method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Landed cost journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Landed cost records can also be directly created in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " +"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" -"No tiene que empezar desde la factura de proveedor, también puede ir a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Costos en destino` y crear " -"directamente ahí el costo en destino." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" @@ -5103,84 +5629,256 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Almacenes" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre almacenes y ubicaciones?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " +"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " +"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " +"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " +"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " +"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " +"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" +" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " +"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " +"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " +"resupply this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Set route on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " +"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " +"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " +"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" +" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " +"by moving the product from one warehouse to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " +":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " +"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " +"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " +"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." +" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " +"tracked in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " +"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, un **almacén** es el edificio/lugar real en el cual almacena sus " -"artículos. Puede configurar múltiples almacenes y crear movimientos entre " -"almacenes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as many locations as you need under one warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" -"Una **ubicación** es un espacio específico dentro de su almacén. Se puede " -"considerar una sububicación de su almacén: un estante, un piso, un pasillo, " -"etc. Por lo tanto, una ubicación es parte solo de un almacén y no es posible" -" vincularla a múltiples almacenes. Puede configurar tantas ubicaciones como " -"necesite en un almacén." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "Hay 3 tipos de ubicaciones:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9 +msgid "Warehouse" +msgstr "Almacén" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " +"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " +"can create moves between warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "Ubicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " +"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " +"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " +"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " +"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22 +msgid "There are three types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " +"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" -"Las **ubicaciones físicas** son ubicaciones internas parte de las bodegas de" -" las cuales usted es el propietario. Estas pueden ser el área de carga y " -"descarga de su almacén, una estantería o un departamento, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " +"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -"Las **ubicaciones de partner** son espacios dentro del almacén de un " -"proveedor o cliente. Estos funcionan de la misma manera que las ubicaciones " -"físicas con la única diferencia que usted no es el propietario del almacén." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " +"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " +"(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" -"Las **ubicaciones virtuales** son lugares que no existen, pero en los cuales" -" se pueden colocar productos cuando no están físicamente en un inventario " -"aún (o ya no lo están). Son útiles cuando quiere colocar productos perdidos " -"fuera de sus existencias (en la **Pérdida de inventario**), o cuando quiere " -"tomar en cuenta productos que van camino a su almacén " -"(**Aprovisionamientos**)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " +"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " +"organization of the warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " +":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " +"The short name is five characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" +"Campo de nombre corto para un almacén en la aplicación de Inventario de " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " +"letters of location]\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " +"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " +"created warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " +":guilabel:`Locations` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, las ubicaciones se estructuran jerárquicamente. Puede estructurar " -"sus ubicaciones como un árbol, en una relación dependiente padre-hijo. Esto " -"le da niveles más detallados de análisis de sus operaciones de inventario y " -"la organización de sus almacenes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Routes" @@ -5316,251 +6014,99 @@ msgstr "Traslados entre almacenes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" -" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " -"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " -"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +"When owning several warehouses, goods might need to be transferred from one " +"warehouse to another. This type of transfer is called an *inter-warehouse " +"transfer*. While physically performing the inter-warehouse transfer might be" +" simple, the administrative part can be complex. Fortunately, Odoo comes " +"with an intuitive flow that helps save time when registering inter-warehouse" +" transfers." msgstr "" -"Cuando se tienen varios almacenes, es posible que necesite trasladar bienes " -"de un almacén a otro. Tal comportamiento se denomina *traslados entre " -"almacenes*. Aunque esta acción es físicamente fácil de realizar, la parte " -"administrativa puede ser complicada. Afortunadamente, Odoo incluye un flujo " -"intuitivo que ayuda a ahorrar tiempo al registrar dichos traslados." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" -"Primero, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y habilite la " -"función **Ubicaciones de almacenamiento**. Luego, haga clic en guardar." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Enabling the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar la función de ubicación de almacenamiento en la aplicación de " -"Inventario de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " -"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." -msgstr "" -"Si desea gestionar varias rutas en sus almacenes, habilite la función " -"**Rutas multietapa** y revise :doc:`use-routes`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "Crear un nuevo almacén" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " -"click on **Create**." -msgstr "" -"El siguiente paso es crear su nuevo almacén. Para hacerlo, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Gestión de almacenes --> Almacenes` y haga" -" clic en **Crear**." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" -"Complete el **nombre del almacén** y un **nombre corto**. El nombre corto " -"debe ser de máximo cinco caracteres." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" -"Campo de nombre corto para un almacén en la aplicación de Inventario de " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" -" of location])." -msgstr "" -"El **nombre corto** aparece en sus órdenes de traslado y demás documentos de" -" almacén. Recomendamos utilizar uno que sea fácil de entender (por ejemplo.:" -" WH/[primeras letras de la ubicación])." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " -"warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" -"Ahora, regrese a su tablero. Ahí se generaron de forma automática nuevas " -"operaciones relacionadas con su almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer type for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Tablero de la aplicación de Inventario que muestra un nuevo tipo de traslado" -" para el almacén con creación más reciente." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "Crear un nuevo inventario" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " -"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " -"the case, you can skip this step." -msgstr "" -"Si crea un nuevo almacén, tal vez ya tenga un inventario existente en él. En" -" ese caso, debe crear un inventario en Odoo. Si este no es el caso, ignore " -"este paso." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " -"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " -"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de Inventario, seleccione :menuselection:`Operaciones --> " -"Ajuste de inventario`. Luego, cree un nuevo inventario al hacer clic en " -"**Crear**. Complete la **referencia de inventario** y la **fecha** y " -"asegúrese de seleccionar el almacén y ubicación correctos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the inventory adjustment form before hitting the start button." -msgstr "" -"Vista del formulario de ajuste de inventario antes de hacer clic en el botón" -" de iniciar." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " -"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " -"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " -"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en **Iniciar inventario**. Podrá ingresar sus productos existentes" -" en la nueva ventana. Seleccione el producto e indique la **cantidad real** " -"disponible en el almacén. La cantidad teórica no se puede cambiar porque " -"representa una cantidad calculada a partir de las órdenes de compra y venta." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the actual physical inventory of the new warehouse." -msgstr "Vista del inventario físico real del nuevo almacén." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " -"all your products." -msgstr "" -"No olvide validar su inventario una vez que haya registrado el estado de " -"todos sus productos." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Crear un traslado interno" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " -"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " -"as follows:" +"The following paragraphs detail a sample inter-warehouse transfer, referred " +"to as an *internal transfer*, use case. The sample use case assumes that the" +" user has already configured their second warehouse." msgstr "" -"El paso final es crear su traslado interno. Si desea trasladar ocho unidades" -" de un producto de su primer almacén a otro, proceda como se indica a " -"continuación:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:17 msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " -"Transfer`." +"To transfer eight units of a product from the first warehouse to another " +"one, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:19 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, select an internal movement " +"operation of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on the three " +"vertical dots icon on the top right corner of the operation card and select " +":guilabel:`Planned Transfer`." msgstr "" -"En su tablero, seleccione un movimiento interno de uno de los dos almacenes." -" Para hacerlo, haga clic en :menuselection:`Gestionar --> Traslado " -"planeado`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the choice between planned transfer and immediate transfer." msgstr "" "Vista de la elección entre un traslado planeado y un traslado inmediato." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" -"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " -"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " -"\"new\" warehouse)." +"On the new planned transfer form, select the :guilabel:`Source Location` (in" +" this case, the first warehouse) and the :guilabel:`Destination Location` " +"(in this case, the second warehouse)." msgstr "" -"En la nueva ventana, seleccione la zona de ubicación de origen (en este " -"caso, su almacén \"viejo\") y la zona de ubicación de destino (en este caso," -" su almacén \"nuevo\")." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " -"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +"Next, add the products that will be transferred by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then click on :guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Mark " +"as ToDo` once done. After that, Odoo puts the transfer in the " +":guilabel:`Waiting` status. Then, click on :guilabel:`Reserve` to reserve " +"the number of products in the source warehouse." msgstr "" -"Agregue los productos que desea trasladar al hacer clic en **Agregar un " -"artículo**, luego haga clic en **Guardar** y **Marcar como por hacer** " -"cuando acabe." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the internal transfer form." msgstr "Vista del formulario de traslado interno." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " -"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +"If :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer` was selected instead of :guilabel:`Planned" +" Transfer`, Odoo processes the transfer automatically after the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button is clicked on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" -"Si selecciona **Traslado inmediato**, Odoo procesa el traslado " -"automáticamente después de que hace clic en **Validar**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciona **Marcar como por hacer**, Odoo pone el traslado en el estado " -"de **En espera de disponibilidad**. Haga clic en **Reservar** para reservar " -"el número de productos en su almacén de origen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "También es posible trasladar manualmente cada producto:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, open the souce location's internal " +"transfer operation page." msgstr "" -"A través de su tablero, seleccione la orden de traslado en su ubicación de " -"origen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the dashboard with a zoom of the pending internal transfer." msgstr "Vista del tablero con acercamiento al traslado interno pendiente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Select the right transfer order." -msgstr "Seleccione la orden de traslado correcta." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Open the desired transfer order form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the pending internal transfers list." msgstr "Vista de la lista de traslados internos pendientes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " -"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " -"many products you process." +"Click on the pencil icon in the lower right corner to open the operation " +"details window. In this new window, the quantity of products can be manually" +" set." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el pequeño logo de lápiz en la esquina inferior derecha para " -"abrir la ventana de detalles de operación. En esta nueva ventana puede " -"indicar de forma manual cuántos productos procesa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "" @@ -5570,29 +6116,24 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la ventana emergente de una orden parcial porque no todos los " "productos se mueven al mismo tiempo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " -"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +"To process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the products can't " +"be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo automatically asks if a " +"*backorder* should be created." msgstr "" -"Si decide procesar parcialmente la orden de traslado (por ejemplo, aún no se" -" puede enviar una parte de los productos debido a un evento inesperado), " -"Odoo automáticamente le pregunta si desea crear una **orden parcial**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +"Create a backorder if it is expected that the remaining products will be " +"processed later." msgstr "" -"Cree una orden parcial si espera procesar los productos restantes después." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "" -"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " -"products." +"Do not create a backorder if the remaining products will not be " +"supplied/received." msgstr "" -"No cree una orden parcial si no suministrará o recibirá los productos " -"restantes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" @@ -5677,76 +6218,56 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente una orden de entrega, con un producto reservado en el " "almacén A y otro en el almacén B." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" -msgstr "Usar rutas y reglas pull o push" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." +"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " +"made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" -"En la gestión de inventario, la estrategia de cadena de suministro determina" -" cuando deben fabricarse los productos, entregarse a centros de distribución" -" y estar disponibles en el canal minorista." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:9 msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," +" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " +"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" +" the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" -"Este tipo de procesos estratégicos se pueden configurar mediante las " -"*Rutas*, así como las *reglas push y pull*. Una vez que todo está " -"configurado de forma adecuada, la aplicación de Inventario puede generar " -"automáticamente los traslados siguiendo las instrucciones dadas por las " -"reglas. Sí, Odoo le simplifica la vida." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:14 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "Dentro del almacén" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." +"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " +"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " +"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " +"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" -"Imaginemos un plan de almacén genérico, en el que se encuentran los muelles " -"de recepción, un área de control de calidad, ubicaciones de almacenamiento, " -"áreas de recolección y empaquetado, y muelles de envío. Todos los productos " -"pasan por todas estas ubicaciones, que también activan todas las reglas de " -"la ruta." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" -"Vista de un almacén genérico con áreas de existencias y de control de " -"calidad" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:25 msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " +"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " +"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " +"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" +" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " +"respective locations." msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, los camiones de los proveedores descargan los palés de " -"productos ordenados en los muelles de recepción. A continuación, los " -"operadores escanean los productos en el área de recepción. Algunos de estos " -"productos se envían a una zona de control de calidad (por ejemplo, los " -"destinados a usarse durante el proceso de fabricación), mientras que otros " -"se almacenan directamente en sus respectivas ubicaciones." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products" -msgstr "Vista de una regla push genérica al recibir productos" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " @@ -5763,20 +6284,15 @@ msgstr "" "y las transportadoras los acercan a los muelles de envío, listos para " "entregarse a los clientes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries" -msgstr "Vista de una regla pull genérica al preparar entregas" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:45 +msgid "Pull rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "Reglas pull" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." @@ -5785,140 +6301,106 @@ msgstr "" "aprovisionamientos, mientras que las *reglas push* se activan debido a " "productos que llegan a ubicaciones específicas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:50 msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." +"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " +"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " +"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " +"Location*." msgstr "" -"Se puede decir que las *reglas pull* se utilizan para cumplir con una orden " -"de venta. Por lo tanto, Odoo genera una necesidad en la *ubicación del " -"cliente* para cada producto en la orden. Debido a que las *reglas pull* se " -"activan debido a una necesidad, Odoo busca una *regla pull* definida en la " -"*ubicación del cliente*. En nuestro caso, se encuentra una regla pull de " -"orden de entrega que traslada productos del *área de envío* a la *ubicación " -"del cliente*, y se crea un traslado entre ambas locaciones." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " +"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " +"between the two locations is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" -"Luego, Odoo encuentra otra regla pull que trata de satisfacer la necesidad " -"del *área de envío*: la *regla de empaquetado* que traslada productos del " -"*área de empaquetado* al *área de envío*. Y, finalmente, se activan otras " -"reglas hasta que se crea un traslado entre las *existencias* y el *área de " -"recolección*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:63 msgid "" -"All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." +"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" +" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " +"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " +"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " +"finally the delivery order." msgstr "" -"Odoo pregenera todos estos traslados, empezando por el final y yendo hacia " -"atrás. Mientras trabaja, el operador procesa estos traslados en el orden " -"inverso: primero la recolección, luego el empaquetado y después la orden de " -"entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Reglas push" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:69 +msgid "Push rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " +"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " +"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -"Por otro lado, las *reglas push* son mucho más fáciles de entender. En lugar" -" de pregenerar documentos según las necesidades, se activan en vivo cuando " -"los productos llegan a una ubicación específica. Las *reglas push* " -"básicamente dicen: \"cuando un producto llega a una ubicación específica, se" -" debe trasladar a otra ubicación\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:75 msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." +"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " +"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " +"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " +"locations for different products." msgstr "" -"Un ejemplo simple sería: cuando un producto llega al *área de recepción*, se" -" deben trasladar a la *ubicación de almacenamiento*. Como se pueden aplicar " -"distintas reglas a distintos productos, puede asignar distintas ubicaciones " -"de almacenamiento a distintos productos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:79 msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." +"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" +" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" +" to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -"Otra regla podría ser: cuando lleguen productos a la ubicación, se deben " -"trasladar al *área de control de calidad*. Una vez realizado el control de " -"calidad, se deben trasladar a la *ubicación de inventario*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:83 msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." +"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " +"already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" -"Las *reglas push* se pueden activar solo si ninguna *regla pull* pregeneró " -"los traslados ascendentes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:87 msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " +"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " +"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " +"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" +" per customer order." msgstr "" -"Los conjuntos de reglas como estas se llaman rutas. El grupo en la regla " -"define como se agrupan o no los productos en el mismo traslado. Por ejemplo," -" durante la operación de recolección, todas las órdenes se agrupan en un " -"traslado, mientras que la operación de empaquetado respeta el agrupamiento " -"por orden de cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" -msgstr "Uso de rutas y reglas" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:93 +msgid "Use routes and rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:95 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +"manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" -"Ya que las *rutas* son un conjunto de *reglas push y pull*, Odoo le ayuda a " -"gestionar la configuración avanzada de rutas como:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" -msgstr "Gestionar cadenas de fabricación de productos." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:98 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" -msgstr "Gestionar ubicaciones predeterminadas por producto." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 +msgid "Manage default locations per product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " +"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" -"Definir rutas dentro de sus almacenes de acuerdo a las necesidades " -"empresariales, como el control de calidad, servicios posventa, o " -"devoluciones de proveedores." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." @@ -5926,498 +6408,378 @@ msgstr "" "Ayudar a la gestión de alquileres al generar movimientos de devolución " "automatizados para los productos alquilados." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " +"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Para configurar una ruta como las descritas anteriormente, abra la " -"**aplicación de Inventario** y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`. Luego active la función de *Rutas multietapa*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -"Activación de la función de múltiples pasos en la aplicación de Inventario " -"de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:113 msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." +"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" -"La función de *ubicaciones de inventario* se activa de forma automática con " -"las *rutas multietapa*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " +"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" -"Una vez que se completó el primer paso, debe elegir entre rutas configuradas" -" previamente o personalizadas. Ambas se explican a continuación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" -msgstr "Rutas configuradas previamente" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "Rutas pre-configuradas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:122 msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." +"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " +"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" -"Las rutas configuradas previamente de Odoo están disponibles en el menú de " -"almacenes. Para encontrarlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Configuración --> Almacenes`. Ahí abra su almacén y edítelo para ver las " -"rutas configuradas previamente para envíos entrantes y salientes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory" -msgstr "Almacén con preconfiguración en la aplicación de Inventario de Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:131 msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " +"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" +" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" +" the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" -"Algunas rutas más avanzadas, como la de recolección-empaquetado-envío, ya " -"están configuradas para facilitarle la vida. Se basan en su elección de " -"envíos. Una vez que haya tomado una decisión, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Rutas` para ver las rutas " -"que Odoo generó para usted." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers" -msgstr "Vista de todas las rutas preconfiguradas que Odoo ofrece" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:140 msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " +"the route form, the user can view which places the route is " +":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " +"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " +"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " +"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" -"Abrir una de esas rutas le permite ver donde puede aplicar la ruta. Todas " -"las categorías de producto seleccionadas en el almacén *SuEmpresa* están " -"configuradas para seguir la ruta de 3 pasos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse" -msgstr "Vista de un ejemplo de ruta que se aplica en una categoría y almacén" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." +"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" -"Aunque es más fácil para muchas empresas, este proceso puede no ajustarse a " -"la suya. Por lo tanto, puede configurar rutas personalizadas en las que " -"puede definir sus propias reglas, pero también la ubicación de origen y " -"destino de cada acción. Como ejemplo, aquí están las reglas de la ruta " -"preconfigurada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:150 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " +":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " +":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " +":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" -"Ejemplo de reglas con acciones Push y Pull en la aplicación de Inventario de" -" Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:159 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Rutas personalizadas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:161 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " +"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " +"places." msgstr "" -"Para crear una ruta personalizada, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Configuración --> Rutas`, haga clic en crear y elija dónde se puede " -"seleccionar esta ruta. Hay combinaciones disponibles." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example" -msgstr "Vista de un ejemplo de una ruta Recolectar - Empacar - Enviar" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:169 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " +":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" -"Cada lugar tiene un comportamiento distinto, es importante seleccionar solo " -"los de utilidad y adaptar cada ruta en consecuencia." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:172 msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." +"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " +"be manually set on the product category form by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " +"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -"Al aplicar la ruta en una categoría de producto (:menuselection:`Inventario " -"--> Configuración --> Categorías de producto`), se aplican todas las reglas " -"configuradas en la ruta a **todos** los productos de la categoría. Por " -"ejemplo, esto puede ser útil si utiliza el proceso de triangulación para " -"todos los productos de la misma categoría." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category" -msgstr "Vista de una ruta que se aplica a \"todas\" las categorías de productos" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:177 msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " +"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " +"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " +"from the same category." msgstr "" -"El mismo comportamiento se aplica a los almacenes. Si selecciona " -"*Almacenes*, todos los traslados que ocurren dentro del almacén seleccionado" -" y cumplen las condiciones de las reglas vinculadas siguen esa ruta." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse" -msgstr "Vista del menú de ruta al seleccionar \"Aplicable\" en un almacén" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " +":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " +"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " +"that route." msgstr "" -"Para las *líneas de la orden de venta*, es más o menos lo contrario. Debe " -"elegir la ruta usted mismo al crear la cotización. Esto es bastante útil si " -"algunos productos utilizan rutas diferentes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines" -msgstr "" -"Vista del menú de ruta al seleccionar \"Aplicable\" en las líneas de orden " -"de venta" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" -"Si trabaja con este tipo de ruta, es importante tener en cuenta que se debe " -"seleccionar en la orden de venta, como se muestra a continuación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " +"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " +"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -"Vista del menú que permite agregar nuevas líneas a las órdenes de venta" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." -msgstr "Posteriormente, se puede elegir la ruta en cada línea del documento." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " +"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " +"quotation/sales order." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders" -msgstr "Vista de las rutas que se agregaron a las órdenes de venta" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:204 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." +"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " +"manually set on the product form." msgstr "" -"Por último, hay rutas que se pueden aplicar a productos. Estas funcionan más" -" o menos como las categorías de productos: una vez seleccionada, debe " -"establecer manualmente a qué productos se aplica." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products" -msgstr "Vista del menú al seleccionar \"Aplicable\" en productos" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:207 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " +"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " +"select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Datos maestros --> " -"Productos` y abra el que desea aplicar la ruta. Posteriormente, vaya a la " -"*pestaña de Inventario* y seleccione la ruta que creó." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected" -msgstr "Vista de un formulario de producto en donde debe seleccionar una ruta" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" -"Si, a primera vista, la configuración de las rutas parece fácil, no olvide " -"que aún no hemos establecido ninguna regla. Aunque no son difíciles de " -"configurar, son vitales para tener rutas funcionales." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:216 +msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:219 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Reglas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:221 msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" +" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " +"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -"Las reglas se deben definir en las rutas. Para hacerlo, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Rutas`, luego vaya a la " -"sección de *Reglas* y haga clic en el botón de *Agregar una línea*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules" -msgstr "Vista del menú de reglas donde se pueden agregar nuevas reglas" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " +":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -"Las reglas disponibles activan varias acciones. Si Odoo ofrece reglas *push*" -" y *pull*, también hay otras disponibles. A continuación las explicaremos:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or from a manufacturing order which requires a specific component." -" When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking" -" to fulfill this need." +":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" +" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " +"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " +"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " +"this need." msgstr "" -"**Tomar de (Pull)**: esta regla se activa por la necesidad de un producto en" -" una ubicación específica. La necesidad puede venir de una orden de venta " -"validada o de una orden de fabricación que requiere un componente " -"específico. Cuando la necesidad aparece en la ubicación de destino, Odoo " -"genera una recolección para satisfacer esta necesidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In the case you move products to the source " -"location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination" -" location." +":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " +"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " +"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " +"destination location." msgstr "" -"**Enviar a (Push)**: esta regla se activa por la llegada de algunos " -"productos en la ubicación de origen definida. En caso de que mueva productos" -" de la ubicación de origen, Odoo genera una recolección para mover esos " -"productos a la ubicación de destino." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:239 msgid "" -"**Pull & Push**: this rule allows generating pickings in the two situations " -"explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific " -"location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that " -"need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered " -"to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to" -" the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " +"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " +"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " +"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " +"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -"**Pull y Push**: esta regla permite generar recolecciones en las dos " -"situaciones que se explicaron anteriormente. Significa que cuando se " -"necesitan productos en una ubicación específica, se crea un traslado de una " -"ubicación anterior para satisfacer esa necesidad. Esto crea una necesidad en" -" la ubicación anterior y se activa una regla para satisfacerla. Una vez que " -"se satisfaga la segunda necesidad, los productos se envían a la primera " -"ubicación y se satisfacen todas las necesidades." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:244 msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " +"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -"**Comprar**: cuando se necesitan productos en la ubicación de destino, se " -"crea una solicitud de cotización para satisfacer la necesidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -"**Fabricar**: cuando se necesitan productos en la ubicación de origen, se " -"crea una orden de fabricación para satisfacer la necesidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone" +"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" +"zone." msgstr "" -"Vista general de un traslado que se solicitó entre las zonas de existencias " -"y de empaquetado" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:254 msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " +"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" -"También debe definir el *tipo de operación*. Esta operación permite definir " -"qué tipo de recolección se crea de la regla. Con la captura de pantalla " -"anterior, la recolección que se creó es, por ejemplo, un traslado interno." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:257 msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" +"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " +":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" -"Por otro lado, el *método de suministro*, permite definir qué pasa en la " -"ubicación de origen:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" +" of the source location." msgstr "" -"**Tomar de las existencias**: los productos se toman de las existencias " -"disponibles de la ubicación de origen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:263 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " +"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -"**Activar otra regla**: el sistema trata de encontrar una regla de " -"existencias para traer los productos a la ubicación de origen. Se ignoran " -"las existencias disponibles." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " +"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" +" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " +"products to the source location." msgstr "" -"**Tomar de las existencias, si no hay disponibles, activar otra regla**: se " -"toman los productos de las existencias disponibles de la ubicación de " -"origen. Si no hay existencias disponibles, el sistema trata de encontrar una" -" regla para traer productos a la ubicación de origen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" -"En la sección de *planeación* puede determinar cómo se comporta Odoo cuando " -"se reprograma una de las recolecciones de la cadena. En caso de que decida " -"**propagar la reprogramación**, también se reprograma el próximo movimiento." -" Si prefiere tener la elección de reprogramar el siguiente movimiento, puede" -" decidir recibir una alerta mediante una *siguiente actividad*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "¿Qué hay de un flujo completo?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." +"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " +"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" -"¿Recuerda nuestra ruta personalizada de Recolectar - Empaquetar - Enviar? La" -" usaremos para probar un flujo completo con una ruta personalizada avanzada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 +msgid "Sample full route flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" +" flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -"Primero, echemos un vistazo a nuestras reglas y sus métodos de suministro: " -"tenemos tres reglas, todas son reglas **Tomar de (Pull From)**. Los métodos " -"de suministro son los siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:282 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" +" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " +"Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" -"**Tomar de las existencias**: cuando se necesitan productos en WH/Zona de " -"empaquetado, se crean *recolecciones* de WH/Existencias (traslados internos " -"de WH/Existencias a WH/Zona de empaquetado) para satisfacer la necesidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:285 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -"**Activar otra regla**: cuando se necesitan productos en WH/Salida, se crean" -" *paquetes* de WH/Zona de empaquetado (traslados internos de WH/Zona de " -"empaquetado a WH/Salida) para satisfacer la necesidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:288 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -"**Activar otra regla**: cuando se necesitan productos en ubicaciones de " -"partners o clientes, se crean órdenes de entrega de WH/Salida para " -"satisfacer la necesidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route" -msgstr "" -"Vista general de todos los traslados creados a partir de la ruta Recolectar " -"- Empaquetar - Enviar" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:291 msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -"Esto significa que, cuando un cliente ordena un producto, se crea una orden " -"de entrega para satisfacer la orden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" -"Vista de las operaciones que se crearon a partir de un traslado con regla " -"Pull" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:299 msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." +"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " +"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -"Si el documento de origen es la misma orden de venta, el estado no es el " -"mismo. De hecho, el estado es **En espera de otra operación** si el traslado" -" anterior en la lista aún no se hace." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process" -msgstr "Vista de los distintos estados de traslados al principio del proceso" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:307 msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " +"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " +"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -"Para preparar la orden, las transportadoras necesitan productos empaquetados" -" en el área de salida, así que se solicita un traslado interno de la zona de" -" empaquetado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " -"output zones" +"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" -"Vista de las operaciones detalladas para un traslado entre las zonas de " -"empaquetado y de salida" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:315 +msgid "" +"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " +"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " +"output zones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:322 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " @@ -6428,40 +6790,31 @@ msgstr "" "interno y los empleados pueden recolectar los productos requeridos del " "almacén." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" -" zones" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" +" zones." msgstr "" -"Vista de las operaciones detalladas para un traslado entre las zonas de " -"existencias y de empaquetado" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:329 msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " +"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " +"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" +" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " +"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " +"items." msgstr "" -"Como se explicó en la introducción de esta documentación, el último paso en " -"el proceso (la orden de venta en este caso) es el primero que se debe " -"activar, el cual luego activa otras reglas hasta que llegamos al primer paso" -" del proceso (en este caso, el traslado interno de existencias al área de " -"empaquetado). Ahora todo está listo para ser procesado para que el cliente " -"pueda recibir los artículos que ordenó." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:334 msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." +"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" +" have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" -"En nuestro caso, el producto se entrega a los clientes cuando se han " -"activado todas las reglas y se han realizado todos los traslados." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done" -msgstr "Vista de los estados de traslados cuando se termina el proceso" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" @@ -6473,110 +6826,253 @@ msgstr "¿Qué es una regla de almacenamiento?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." +" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " +"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" -"Una buena implementación de almacén se encarga de que los productos se " -"muevan automáticamente a su ubicación de destino. Para facilitar este " -"proceso, Odoo usa *reglas de almacenamiento*. Pero, ¿qué es una regla de " -"almacenamiento? El almacenamiento es el proceso de tomar los productos " -"recibidos y ponerlos directamente en la ubicación más adecuada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -"Si, por ejemplo, un almacén contiene sustancias volátiles, es importante " -"asegurarse de que ciertos productos no se almacenen cerca debido a una " -"potencial reacción química. Aquí es donde intervienen las reglas de " -"almacenamiento, para evitar almacenar productos erróneamente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de *Inventario* vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes` y active la función de *Rutas multietapa*. Al hacer esto, las " -"*ubicaciones de almacenamiento* se activarán de forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" -msgstr "Configurar una regla de almacenamiento" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" -"En algunos casos, como para una tienda minorista que almacena frutas y " -"verduras, debemos almacenar productos en distintas ubicaciones para mantener" -" la calidad de los productos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegetables* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:26 +msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" msgstr "" -"Supongamos que hay una ubicación de almacén *WH/Stock* y dos sububicaciones " -"*WH/Stock/Verduras* y *WH/Stock/Frutas*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:28 msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " +"products should be stored in different locations depending on several " +"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " +"and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" +" the following sub-locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:37 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:39 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:43 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:45 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:47 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " +"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " +"redirected to the right storage location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " +"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " +"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "Take the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" +" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " +"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " +"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:75 +msgid "Using Storage Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " +"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " +"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:89 +msgid "Create a Storage Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " +"storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:100 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " +"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " +"location is considered available to store a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " +"location is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " +"the same product is already there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " +"in this location at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " +"linked to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" -"Para gestionar dichas ubicaciones, crearemos reglas de almacenamiento. Para " -"hacerlo, abra la aplicación de *Inventario* y vaya a " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Reglas de almacenamiento`. Luego, haga " -"clic en \"Crear\" y configure su primera regla que indica la ubicación " -"principal a la que ingresará el producto antes de ser redirigido a la " -"ubicación adecuada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:119 +msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "" -"Las reglas de almacenamiento se pueden definir ya sea por producto o por " -"categoría de producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121 msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." +"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " +"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:124 +msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" -"Si le compro manzanas y zanahorias a mi proveedor, se agruparán en la misma " -"recepción, pero se redirigirán a la ubicación adecuada de forma automática " -"gracias a las reglas de almacenamiento. Esta información está disponible en " -"el *Reporte de inventario*, en el menú de Reportes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "¿Qué es una estrategia de remoción (PEPS, UEPS, LIFO)?" +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." +"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control" +" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date." msgstr "" -"Normalmente, las *estrategias de remoción* se definen en las operaciones de " -"recolección para seleccionar los mejores productos y así optimizar la " -"distancia para el trabajador, con fines de control de calidad, o para mover " -"primero los productos con la fecha de caducidad más próxima." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -6596,404 +7092,347 @@ msgstr "¿Qué sucede dentro del almacén?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " "through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" -"Imagine un plan de almacén genérico, con un área y muelles de recepción, " -"ubicaciones de almacenamiento, áreas de recolección y empaquetado, y muelles" -" de envío. Todos los productos atraviesan estas ubicaciones, pero algunas " -"reglas, como las estrategias de remoción, pueden afectar qué productos se " -"toman en las recolecciones." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." -msgstr "En espera de entrega de existencias en los muelles." +msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the " +"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -"Aquí, los camiones de los proveedores descargan palés de bienes en los " -"muelles. Posteriormente, los operadores escanean los productos en el área de" -" recepción, con fecha de recepción y fecha de caducidad, si el producto la " -"tiene. Después de esto, los productos se almacenan en sus respectivas " -"ubicaciones." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area." +msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." msgstr "" -"Productos que ingresan a kas existencias a través del área de recepciones." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the" +" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same " +"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the " +"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, " +"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best." msgstr "" -"A continuación, se crean varias órdenes para el mismo producto, pero no " -"recibió los bienes el mismo día y no tienen la misma fecha de caducidad. En " -"ese caso, lógicamente prefiere enviar primero aquellos con la fecha más " -"cercana. Dependiendo de la estrategia de remoción que eligió, Odoo genera un" -" traslado con los productos que son más compatibles con sus ajustes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "" -"products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates " -"into account." +":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n" +"account." msgstr "" -"Productos que se empaquetan en el área de empaquetado para enviarse, " -"considerando las fechas de expiración." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." +"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " +"transfer form." msgstr "" -"En el formulario de traslado puede encontrar el número de lote o de serie " -"del producto para recolectar en la entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "Primeras entradas, primeras salidas (PEPS)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." +"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some " +"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first." msgstr "" -"Al usar la estrategia de **Primeras entradas, primeras salidas**, la demanda" -" de algunos productos activa una regla de remoción que solicita un traslado " -"del número de lote o de serie que ingresó primero a sus existencias." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, " +":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" -"Para ser más claros, imaginemos que tiene tres lotes de clavos en su " -"almacén. Tienen los siguientes números de lote: 00001, 00002, 00003, cada " -"uno tiene 5 cajas de clavos. 00001 ingresó a las existencias el 23 de mayo, " -"00002 el 25 de mayo y 00003 el 1 de junio. Un cliente ordena 6 cajas el 11 " -"de junio. Con la estrategia *PEPS*, se solicita un traslado de cinco cajas " -"de 00001 y una caja de 00002, porque 00001 ingresó a sus existencias antes " -"que los demás. Se toma la caja de 00002 porque tiene la fecha de ingreso más" -" antigua después de 00001." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58 msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on" +" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer " +"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes " +"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because " +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from " +":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date " +"after :guilabel:`00001`." msgstr "" -"Así, para cada orden de un producto con la estrategia *PEPS*, Odoo solicita " -"un traslado de los bienes que llevan en su inventario la mayor cantidad de " -"tiempo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`" +" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been" +" in the stock for the longest period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "Últimas entradas, primeras salidas (UEPS)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71 msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." +"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* " +"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. " +"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a " +"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently." msgstr "" -"Al igual que para PEPS, la estrategia de **Últimas entradas, primeras " -"salidas** se basa en mover productos según la fecha en la que ingresaron a " -"las existencias. En este caso, la demanda de algunos productos activa una " -"regla de remoción que solicita un traslado del último número de lote o de " -"serie que ingresó a sus existencias." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." -msgstr "" -"Para un mejor entendimiento, imaginemos que tiene tres lotes de tornillos en" -" su almacén. Tienen los siguientes números de lote: 10001, 10002, 10003, " -"cada uno con 10 cajas de tornillos. 10001 ingresó a las existencias el 1 de " -"junio, 10002 el 3 de junio y 10003 el 6 de junio. Un cliente ordena 7 cajas " -"el 8 de junio. Con la estrategia *UEPS*, se solicita un traslado de siete " -"cajas de 10003 porque tiene la última fecha de ingreso a las existencias." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and " +":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it." msgstr "" -"Básicamente, para cada orden de un producto con la estrategia *UEPS*, se " -"solicita un traslado para el último producto que ingresó a sus existencias." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." +":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on" +" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer " +"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of " +":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -"Esta estrategia está prohibida en muchos países y puede llevar a tener solo " -"productos antiguos u obsoletos en sus existencias." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "Primero en expirar, primero en salir (FEFO, por sus siglas en inglés)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85 msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." +"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" +" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock " +"is requested." msgstr "" -"La estrategia de **Primero en expirar, primero en salir** es un poco " -"diferente de las dos anteriores. En este caso, lo importante es la fecha de " -"caducidad y no la fecha en la que el producto ingresó a las existencias." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." +"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries " +"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock." msgstr "" -"Imaginemos tres lotes de cajas de 6 huevos (en este caso específico, utilice" -" :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). Tienen los " -"siguientes números de lote: 20001, 20002, and 20003, cada uno con 5 cajas. " -"20001 ingresó a las existencias el 1 de julio y su fecha de caducidad es el " -"15 de julio, 20002 ingresó el 2 de julio y su fecha de caducidad es el 14 de" -" julio y 20003 ingresó el 4 de julio y su fecha de caducidad es el 21 de " -"julio. Un cliente ordena 6 cajas el 5 de julio. Con la estrategia *FEFO*, se" -" solicita un traslado de 5 cajas de 20002 y una de 20001. El traslado de " -"todas las cajas del lote 20002 es porque tienen la fecha de caducidad más " -"próxima. El traslado también solicita una caja de 20001 porque tiene la " -"fecha de caducidad más próxima después de 20002." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "Primero en expirar, primero en salir (FEFO, por sus siglas en inglés)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95 msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." +"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " +"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " +"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -"Recuerde que para cada orden de un producto con la estrategia *FEFO*, se " -"solicita un traslado para el producto que tiene la fecha de caducidad más " -"próxima a la fecha de la orden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "Uso de estrategias de remoción" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99 msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" +" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " +"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following " +"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " +"with five boxes in it." msgstr "" -"Para identificar algunas unidades de otras debe rastrearlas, ya sea por " -"*número de lote* o *de serie*. Para hacerlo, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. Luego active las funciones de " -"*Ubicación de inventario*, *Rutas multietapa* y *Números de lote y de " -"serie*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." -msgstr "" -"Funciones por habilitar para utilizar las estrategias de remoción de forma " -"adecuada." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103 msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " +"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " +"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" +" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " +"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " +"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" +" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " +":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " +":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" -"Para trabajar con la estrategia *FEFO* active la función de *Fechas de " -"expiración*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " +"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " +"has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" -"A continuación, debe definir su estrategia de remoción en las *categorías de" -" productos* a través de :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> " -"Categorías de producto`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117 +msgid "Closest Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " +"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," +" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " +"that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" -"\"Forzar estrategia de remoción\" configurada como Primeras entradas, " -"Primeras salidas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "PEPS (Primeras entradas, primeras salidas)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." +"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " +"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " +"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " +"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " +"alphabetic order." msgstr "" -"Como mencionamos anteriormente, la estrategia *PEPS* implica que los " -"productos almacenados primero son los primeros en salir. Las empresas deben " -"usar este método si venden productos con ciclos de demanda cortos, como " -"ropa, y así garantizar que no se quedarán con estilos anticuados en sus " -"existencias." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +msgid "Use removal strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " +"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" -"Para este ejemplo, creamos tres lotes de camisas blancas. Son de la " -"categoría de productos Todos/Ropa, donde establecimos *PEPS* como su " -"estrategia de remoción. Ahora tenemos los tres lotes disponibles en nuestra " -"ubicación de existencias (WH/Stock)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." +msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." msgstr "" -"Vista de los lotes de camisetas blancas para evaluación de inventarios." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." -msgstr "" -"El lote 000001 contiene 5 camisas, 000002 contiene 3 camisas y 000003 " -"contiene 2. Como se puede ver, 000001 ingresó a las existencias primero. " -"Creemos una orden de venta de seis camisas blancas para verificar que los " -"productos de ese lote son los primeros en salir." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also " +"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category." msgstr "" -"En la orden de venta vinculada a la recolección puede ver que se reservaron " -"los números de lote más viejos gracias a la estrategia *PEPS*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy." -msgstr "Dos lotes que se reservan para venderse con una estrategia PEPS." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "UEPS (Últimas entradas, primeras salidas)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." +msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out." msgstr "" -"La estrategia *UEPS* es lo contrario. De hecho, los productos que ingresaron" -" al último son los primeros en salir. Se utiliza principalmente con " -"productos sin vida útil." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" +msgstr "PEPS (Primeras entradas, primeras salidas)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies " +"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method" +" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and" +" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " +"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " +"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find " +"the three lots available." msgstr "" -"A pesar de que nuestras camisas blancas son ropa, podemos decir que son " -"atemporales. Así que usémoslas para probar nuestra estrategia *UEPS*. Una " -"vez más, abra la categoría de producto en :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Configuración --> Categorías de producto` y cambie la estrategia de remoción" -" a *UEPS*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." msgstr "" -"Opción de \"Forzar estrategia de remoción\" configurada como una estrategia " -"\"Últimas entradas, Primeras salidas\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains " +"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a " +"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot " +":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should " +"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " +"strategy." msgstr "" -"Ahora, creemos una orden de venta para 4 camisas, podemos observar que se " -"reservan productos de los lotes 000003 y 000002." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy." -msgstr "Dos lotes que se reservan para venderse con una estrategia LIFO." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "¡Recuerde que la estrategia *UEPS* está prohibida en muchos países!" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "FEFO (Primero en expirar, primero en salir)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." +msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" -"Con la estrategia *FEFO*, los productos no se recolectan según su fecha de " -"recepción. En este caso, se envían según su fecha de caducidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." -msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información sobre fechas de caducidad, consulte :doc:`la " -"documentación relacionada " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" +msgstr "UEPS (Últimas entradas, primeras salidas)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " -"Numbers`." +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is " +"mostly used for products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " +"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`." msgstr "" -"Al activar las *Fechas de caducidad* es posible definir distintas fechas en " -"el número de serie o de lote que se usaran en *FEFO*. Se pueden establecer " -"estas fechas en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Datos maestros --> Números de" -" lote/de serie`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001." -msgstr "Vista de la fecha de remoción para 0000001." +msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved" +" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned " +"in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206 +msgid "" +"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way " +"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular " +"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible " +"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be " +"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can " +"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." @@ -7002,7 +7441,7 @@ msgstr "" "más reciente. Los lotes sin fecha de remoción definida se recolectan después" " de los lotes con fecha de remoción." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" @@ -7012,87 +7451,76 @@ msgstr "" "fechas de caducidad pasadas se pueden recolectar para órdenes de entrega si " "no se remueven de las existencias!" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230 msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." +"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal " +"Strategy` field." msgstr "" -"Para usar la estrategia *FEFO* vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Configuración --> Categorías de producto` y elija *FEFO* como la función " -"*Forzar estrategia de remoción*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" -"Opción de \"Forza estrategia de remoción\" configurada como una estrategia " -"FEFO." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238 msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." +"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of " +"them." msgstr "" -"En este caso en específico, usemos crema para manos. Como siempre, tenemos " -"tres lotes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "**Número de lote o de serie**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "**Producto**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "**Fecha de expiración**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "0000001" msgstr "0000001" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "Crema para manos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "30/09/2019" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "0000002" msgstr "0000002" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "30/11/2019" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "0000003" msgstr "0000003" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "31/10/2019" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250 msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically" +" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and" +" :guilabel:`0000003`." msgstr "" -"Cuando hacemos una venta de 25 unidades de crema para manos podemos ver que " -"los números de lote que Odoo reservó automáticamente son los que tienen la " -"fecha de caducidad más cercana: 0000001 y 0000003." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." +msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." msgstr "" -"Dos lotes de crema para manos reservados para venderse con la estrategia " -"FEFO." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 msgid "Shipping" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 0c8f9fd54..aeca921f1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -304,11 +304,9 @@ msgstr "O vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ver mis servicios`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -"Si está en Odoo en línea (SaaS) y tiene la versión Enterprise, cuenta con " -"créditos de muestra para probar la función." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "More common questions" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 52f9fab1d..2d74c201d 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -9,18 +9,18 @@ # Luis M. Ontalba , 2022 # Pablo Rojas , 2022 # Josep Anton Belchi, 2022 -# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2022 # Lucia Pacheco , 2022 +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -960,11 +960,9 @@ msgstr "Una computadora o tableta con un navegador web actualizado." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" msgstr "" -"Una instancia de SaaS u Odoo en funcionamiento y que tenga las aplicaciones " -"de Punto de venta y IoT instaladas." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" @@ -1039,16 +1037,11 @@ msgstr "**Báscula**: conecte su báscula y enciéndala. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " +"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." msgstr "" -"**Pantalla del cliente**: conecte un monitor a la Caja IoT mediante un cable" -" HDMI. Puede acceder a la Pantalla del cliente desde cualquier otra " -"computadora al acceder a la página de inicio de la Caja IoT y hacer clic en " -"el botón de *Pantalla del PdV*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " @@ -1058,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "" "consulte la :doc:`documentación sobre terminales de pago " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" @@ -1069,7 +1062,7 @@ msgstr "" "IoT* y elija los dispositivos que desea utilizar en este Punto de venta. " "Guarde los cambios." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "La configuración está lista. Puede iniciar una nueva sesión de PdV." @@ -1357,6 +1350,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Conexión" @@ -1875,6 +1869,161 @@ msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." msgstr "" "Vista de tablero de la báscula electrónica cuando no se está pesando nada." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " +":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +msgid "IoT Box model 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see usage below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +msgid "IoT Box model 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " +"plugging it back into its power source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " +":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "" +"The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" +"connected to an IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " +"Display` will be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:66 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Uso" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:69 +msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" +" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box Devices` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " +"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " +"with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status" +" with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " +"and update when changes are performed on the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:97 +msgid "Display a website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " +"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " +"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 msgid "Mail Plugins" msgstr "Plugins de correo" @@ -2348,7 +2497,7 @@ msgstr "Abra cualquier correo, el atajo debe aparecer." msgid "Studio" msgstr "Studio" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:17 msgid "" "Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " "knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" @@ -2357,41 +2506,41 @@ msgstr "" "necesidad de saber codificación. Por ejemplo, en cualquier aplicación puede " "agregar o modificar:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Fields `" msgstr ":doc:`Campos `" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`Views `" msgstr ":doc:`Vistas `" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`Models `" msgstr ":doc:`Modelos `" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" msgstr ":doc:`Acciones automatizadas `" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 -msgid "PDF reports" -msgstr "Reportes en PDF" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:25 msgid "Approval rules" msgstr "Reglas de aprobación" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:26 msgid "Security rules" msgstr "Reglas de seguridad" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:28 msgid "" "Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." msgstr "" "O puede :doc:`crear una aplicación desde cero `." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:31 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "`Tutoriales de Odoo: Studio `_" @@ -4261,6 +4410,541 @@ msgstr "" "encargará de añadir los módulos subyacentes como dependencias del módulo " "exportado." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "Reportes en PDF" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Diseño" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Light" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "Archivado" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Negrita" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Listado" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Tipo de letra" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Colores" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Pie de página" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Formato de papel" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " +"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Externo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Interno" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Vacío" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Bloquear" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "Inline" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Mesa" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:263 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Columna" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"<../../general/users/access_rights>` the element should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 msgid "Views" msgstr "Vistas" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index a3178d0d8..54451f594 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -502,13 +502,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -"Si usa Odoo en línea (SaaS) y tiene la versión Enterprise, cuenta con " -"créditos gratis de muestra para probar la función." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) `" msgstr "" ":doc:`Compras dentro de la app (IAP) " @@ -850,11 +848,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit " +"from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -"Si usa Odoo en línea (SaaS) y tiene la versión Enterprise, cuenta con " -"créditos gratis de muestra para probar la función." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -2102,18 +2098,12 @@ msgstr "Certificación e instalación local" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"odoo.com Odoo Online instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " "modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " "support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " "is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " "module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." msgstr "" -"La certificación otorgada por el gobierno está restringida al uso en el SaaS" -" de odoo.com. El uso del módulo desde el código fuente o una versión " -"modificada **no** estará certificada. Para usuarios con instalación local, " -"también soportamos el módulo de datos fiscales en dichas instalaciones. La " -"mayor restricción es que requiere una versión ofuscada del módulo " -"``pos_blackbox_be`` que se provee sobre pedido para clientes Enterprise." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 msgid "Restrictions" @@ -4995,101 +4985,18 @@ msgstr "Mercados compatibles" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " -"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " -"unsupported marketplace `." +"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" +" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " +"marketplace `." msgstr "" -"El conector de Amazon actualmente es compatible con 9 mercados. Si el " -"mercado no se encuentra en la siguiente lista, puede :ref:`agregarlo como un" -" mercado no compatible `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 -msgid "**North America region**" -msgstr "**Norte América**" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Canada" -msgstr "Canadá" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Amazon.ca" -msgstr "Amazon.ca" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "México" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Amazon.com.mx" -msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "US" -msgstr "Estados Unidos" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "Amazon.com" -msgstr "Amazon.com" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 -msgid "**Europe region**" -msgstr "**Europa**" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Alemania" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Amazon.de" -msgstr "Amazon.de" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "España" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Amazon.es" -msgstr "Amazon.es" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "France" -msgstr "Francia" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "Amazon.fr" -msgstr "Amazon.fr" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "UK" -msgstr "Reino Unido" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "Amazon.co.uk" -msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Italy" -msgstr "Italia" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Amazon.it" -msgstr "Amazon.it" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Holanda" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Amazon.nl" -msgstr "Amazon.nl" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`manage`" @@ -5367,7 +5274,7 @@ msgstr "" "asigne otro equipo de ventas a uno de los dos registros de su cuenta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr ":doc:`features`" @@ -5543,85 +5450,48 @@ msgstr "" "resolver con una cancelación al conciliar los pagos en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:76 -msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" -msgstr "Agregar un mercado no compatible" +msgid "Add a new marketplace" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:78 msgid "" -"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not created by default " -"as they are not officially supported by Odoo but might be compatible with " -"your seller account. These marketplaces can be added manually should you " -"wish to use them. See :ref:`here ` for the " -"exhaustive list of natively supported marketplaces." +":ref:`All marketplaces are supported by the Amazon Connector " +"`, but recently created ones might be missing" +" from your database. To add a new marketplace, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -"Algunos mercados de Amazon, como Amazon Brasil, no se crean de forma " -"predeterminada porque no son compatibles de forma oficial con Odoo, pero " -"pueden ser compatibles con su cuenta de vendedor. Estos mercados se pueden " -"agregar de forma manual si desea utilizarlos. Consulte :ref:`aquí " -"` la lista completa de mercados compatibles " -"de forma nativa." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." +msgstr "Active el :ref:`modo de desarrollador `." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:83 msgid "" -"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " -"Documentation `_. The marketplace must belong to the " -"same region as that of your seller account." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors " +"--> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -"Para descubrir si un mercado eventualmente es compatible, consulte la " -"`Documentación de Amazon `_. El mercado debe pertenecer a la misma " -"región de su cuenta de vendedor." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:85 msgid "" -"To add a new marketplace, activate the :ref:`developer mode `." -msgstr "" -"Para agregar un nuevo mercado, active el :ref:`modo de desarrollador " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." -msgstr "" -"Una vez hecho esto, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> " -"Ajustes --> Conectores --> Sincronización de Amazon --> Mercados de Amazon`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:93 -msgid "" -"From there, create a new marketplace record. Enter the Marketplace ID and " -"select the Amazon Region for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon " -"Documentation for marketplace IDs `_, and the Seller Central URL as described in" -" the `Amazon Documentation for seller central URLs `_, " +"and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` as described in the `Amazon " +"Documentation for seller central URLs `_." msgstr "" -"Desde ahí, cree un nuevo registro de mercado. Introduzca el ID de mercado y " -"seleccione la región de Amazon de su mercado, como se describe en la " -"`Documentación de Amazon sobre los ID de mercado `_, y el URL de central" -" de vendedor, como se describe en la `Documentación de Amazon para los URL " -"de central de vendedor `_." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:91 msgid "" -"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve " -"it (e.g.: ``Amazon.se``). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " +"Set the name of the record to `Amazon.` to easily retrieve it " +"(e.g.: **Amazon.se**). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " ":guilabel:`Region` and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` fields should " "respectively hold the *MarketplaceId*, the selected Amazon region and the " "*Seller Central URL* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -"Establezca el nombre de registro como ``Amazon.`` para " -"obtenerlo con facilidad (por ejemplo: ``Amazon.se``). Los campos " -":guilabel:`identificador API`, la :guilabel:`región` y el :guilabel:`URL de " -"central de vendedor` deben contener respectivamente los valores de *ID de " -"mercado*, la región de Amazon seleccionada y el *URL de central de vendedor*" -" de la documentación de Amazon." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, update the Amazon Account configuration by " "going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors" @@ -5644,17 +5514,6 @@ msgstr "" "significa que no es compatible o no está disponible para su cuenta de " "vendedor." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " -"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " -"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." -msgstr "" -"Como los mercados agregados de forma manual no son compatibles con Odoo de " -"forma oficial, no hay garantía de que agregar uno como se describe " -"anteriormente funcionará, tampoco se puede considerar como un bug al " -"contactar al soporte de Odoo." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "Conector de eBay" @@ -6000,10 +5859,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "Para cambiar al nuevo mecanismo de sincronización:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 -msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." -msgstr "Active el :ref:`modo de desarrollador `." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index b0d0b70ee..5b8a3444a 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# marcescu, 2022 # Francisco de la Peña , 2022 +# marcescu, 2022 # Josep Anton Belchi, 2022 # Marian Cuadra, 2022 # Pablo Rojas , 2022 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -1690,9 +1690,8 @@ msgstr "" "de dónde vienen sus leads y oportunidades." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic with Plausible.io" +msgid "Website analytics with Plausible.io" msgstr "" -"Cómo llevar el seguimiento del tráfico de su sitio web con Plausible.io" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Plausible.io:" @@ -1701,76 +1700,78 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:7 msgid "" -"`Create a Plausible.io account `__ if you " +"`Create a Plausible.io account `_ if you " "don't have any." msgstr "" -"`Cree una cuenta de Plausible.io `__ si no " -"tiene una." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:8 msgid "" -"`Create your website `__ and `Start " +"`Create your website `_ and `Start " "collecting data` if it is not already done." msgstr "" -"`Cree su sitio web `__ y `comience a " -"recolectar datos` si aún no lo ha hecho." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:10 msgid "" -"Go through the `list of your websites `__ and " +"Go through the `list of your websites `_ and " "click on the gear icon." msgstr "" -"Recorra la `lista de sus sitios web `__ y haga " -"clic en el icono de enlace." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Click on cog icon in the list of websites" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:16 msgid "" -"Click on the button `+ New Link` in the tab Visibility to create your Shared" -" links." +"Click on the button :guilabel:`+ New Link` in the tab Visibility to create " +"your Shared links." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón `+ Nuevo enlace` en la pestaña de Visibilidad para " -"crear sus enlaces compartidos." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a shared link in the Visibility tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:22 msgid "" "Choose a name (and NO password - it is not supported to embed it in Odoo) " -"and click on the button `Create Shared Link`" +"and click on the button `Create Shared Link`." msgstr "" -"Elija un nombre (y NINGUNA contraseña, no es posible insertarla en Odoo) y " -"haga clic en el botón `Crear enlace compartido`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Credentials creation for the new shared link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:29 msgid "" -"Copy the new Shared Link url from Plausible.io and paste it in the Settings " -"of Odoo" +"Copy the new Shared Link URL from Plausible.io and paste it into the " +"Settings of Odoo." msgstr "" -"Copie el nuevo URL de enlace compartido de Plausible.io y péguelo en los " -"ajustes de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:34 -msgid "You are on the Odoo Saas Platform?" -msgstr "¿Está en la plataforma de Odoo SaaS?" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Copy the shared link URL from Plausible.io" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Paste the shared link URL to Odoo settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "**You are on the Odoo Online Platform**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 msgid "" -"When you `create your database on www.odoo.com/trial " -"`__, we create it for you on our own server. You" -" don't have anything to do." +"When you `create your Odoo Online database `_, " +"we create it for you on our own server. You don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -"Cuando `crea su base de datos en www.odoo.com/trial " -"`__, la creamos por usted en su propio servidor." -" Usted no tiene que hacer nada." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:40 -msgid "What about the Goal?" -msgstr "¿Y la meta?" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "**What about the Goal?**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 msgid "" -"Odoo push out-of-the-box some custom event: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." +"Odoo pushes out-of-the-box custom events: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." msgstr "" -"Odoo tiene eventos personalizados desde el principio: `Generación de leads` " -"y `Tienda`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" @@ -3066,10 +3067,14 @@ msgid "" "indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " "etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" +"Al indexar su sitio web, los motores de búsqueda toman en cuenta las reglas " +"generales de indexación del archivo a``/robots.txt`` (robots permitidos, " +"ruta del mapa del sitio, etc.) que Odoo crea de forma automática. Su " +"contenido es:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usuario: \\* Mapa del sitio: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 msgid "" @@ -3077,6 +3082,9 @@ msgid "" "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " "address." msgstr "" +"Esto indica que todos los robots tienen permiso para indexar su sitio web y " +"que no existe ninguna otra regla de indexación más que la especificada en el" +" mapa del sitio en la siguiente dirección." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 msgid "" @@ -3086,24 +3094,30 @@ msgid "" "Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system " "upgrades." msgstr "" +"Puede personalizar el archivo *robots* con el :ref:`modo de desarrollador " +"` desde *Ajustes --> Técnico --> Interfaz de usuario --> " +"Vistas* (excluir robots, excluir algunas páginas, redirigir a un mapa del " +"sitio personalizado). También puede hacer que los datos del modelo de la " +"vista sean *no actualizables*, esto evitará que el archivo se reinicie " +"después de las actualizaciones del sistema." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unsplash (imágenes gratis)." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:6 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generar una clave de acceso de Unsplash" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:9 msgid "" -"**As a SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow " -"this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own Odoo " -"Unsplash key in a transparent way." +"**As an Odoo Online user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to" +" follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own" +" Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:13 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Saas users" +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Odoo Online users" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:15 @@ -3116,9 +3130,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" -"Diríjase a su `tablero de aplicaciones " -"`_ y haga clic en **New " -"Application**." +"Vaya a su `tablero de aplicaciones " +"`_ y haga clic en **Nueva " +"aplicación**." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:23 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." @@ -3131,25 +3145,29 @@ msgid "" "that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " "**Create application**." msgstr "" +"Se le pedirá que introduzca un **nombre de aplicación** y una " +"**descripción**. Asegúrese de escribir \"**Odoo:**\" antes del nombre de su " +"aplicación para que Unsplash pueda reconocerla como una instancia de Odoo. " +"Hecho esto, haga clic en **Crear aplicación**." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:35 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" -"Debería redirigirle a su página de detalles de aplicación. Desplácese un " -"poco hacia abajo para encontrar su **llave de acceso**." +"Debería ser redirigido a la página de detalles de su solicitud. Baje un poco" +" para encontrar su **clave de acceso**." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:42 msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " -"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a " +"restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:46 msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generar un ID de aplicación de Unsplash" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:49 msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." @@ -3161,9 +3179,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -"Diríjase a su `tablero de aplicaciones " -"`_ y haga clic en su aplicación " -"Unsplash recién creada bajo **Your applications**." +"Vaya a su `tablero de aplicaciones " +"`_ y haga clic en su aplicación de " +"Unsplash recién creada en **Sus aplicaciones**." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -3171,12 +3189,16 @@ msgid "" "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" msgstr "" +"Será redirigido a la página de detalles de su aplicación. Podrá ver el **ID " +"de la aplicación** en la URL de su navegador. El siguiente es un ejemplo de " +"cómo se debería ver: " +"``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:65 msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " -"requests per hour restriction." +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 " +"Unsplash requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:5 @@ -3185,7 +3207,7 @@ msgstr "Publicar" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestionar varios sitios web" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3193,6 +3215,9 @@ msgid "" "customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " "revenue are now just a few clicks away!" msgstr "" +"Los sitios web múltiples de Odoo ofrecen amplias posibilidades de " +"diversificación y segmentación de clientes para su empresa. Conseguir una " +"mayor audiencia y aumentar sus ingresos nunca fue tan fácil." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -3200,12 +3225,19 @@ msgid "" "domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," " slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" msgstr "" +"Cada sitio web puede funcionar de forma totalmente independiente, con su " +"propio tema, marca, nombre de dominio, encabezado, pie de página, páginas, " +"idiomas, productos, entradas de blog, foro, diapositivas, eventos, canales " +"de chat en vivo, etc. ¡Empecemos!" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 msgid "" "To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" " Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." msgstr "" +"Si desea crear un nuevo sitio web, vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes`. Encontrará el botón *Crear un nuevo sitio web* " +"en la primera sección." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -3214,6 +3246,11 @@ msgid "" " of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " "visitors to it using Geo IP." msgstr "" +"En el siguiente campo, establezca un nombre para su nuevo sitio web y un " +"nombre específico de dominio. Deje vacío para publicar su nuevo sitio web " +"bajo el dominio predeterminado de su base de datos de Odoo. Después podrá " +"establecer algunos grupos de países para redirigir a los visitantes usando " +"Geo IP." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -3221,12 +3258,18 @@ msgid "" "purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " "theme!" msgstr "" +"Después, seleccione un tema. Este nuevo sitio web puede tener un propósito o" +" audiencia totalmente diferente al primero, por lo que puede usar otro tipo " +"de tema." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " "website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." msgstr "" +"Una vez que seleccione un tema, podrá crear la página principal de su sitio " +"web. Preste atención a los indicadores morados, le servirán como guía al " +"empezar." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -3234,6 +3277,9 @@ msgid "" " Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See :ref:`domain-" "name/existing`." msgstr "" +"Si utiliza Odoo online, no olvide redirigir cualquier nombre de dominio " +"nuevo a su base de datos de Odoo (``CNAME``) y autorizarlo desde Odoo. " +"Consulte :ref:`domain-name/existing`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 msgid "Create the menu" @@ -3245,10 +3291,13 @@ msgid "" "edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" " edit the menu of the current website." msgstr "" +"El nuevo sitio web tiene un menú predeterminado con todas las aplicaciones " +"instaladas. Para editarlo, haga clic en :menuselection:`Páginas --> Editar " +"menú`. A partir de ahora solo se editará el menú de la página web actual." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiar de un sitio web a otro" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -3257,6 +3306,10 @@ msgid "" "website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" " sign in." msgstr "" +"¡Es tan fácil como contar a tres! El menú para cambiar de sitio web se " +"encuentra en la esquina superior derecha. Al acceder a otro sitio web se " +"conectará con el dominio del mismo. Si utiliza otro dominio, se le pedirá al" +" usuario que inicie sesión." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -3264,6 +3317,10 @@ msgid "" "website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " "redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." msgstr "" +"Cuando haga el cambio, se le redirigirá a la misma ruta de dominio que en el" +" otro sitio web (por ejemplo, ``/shop/myproduct``). Si no se utiliza esta " +"URL, se le redirigirá a una página 404, pero se le pedirá que cree una nueva" +" página desde ahí." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 msgid "Add features" @@ -3275,22 +3332,29 @@ msgid "" " your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " "removing the menu item." msgstr "" +"Las aplicaciones web que decida instalar (por ejemplo, Diapositivas o Blogs)" +" estarán disponibles en todos sus sitios web. También puede ocultarlas en un" +" sitio web, solo debe eliminar el elemento del menú." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 msgid "" "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " "First, select the website to configure." msgstr "" +"Cada sitio web cuenta con una gran variedad de opciones específicas en la " +"configuración. Primero, seleccione el sitio web que desea configurar." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " "only impact the very website you are working on." msgstr "" +"Después, observe las opciones marcadas con el icono del mundo. Esto quiere " +"decir que solo afectan a la página web en la que está trabajando." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por ejemplo, puede establecer funciones específicas como:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "languages," @@ -3302,15 +3366,15 @@ msgstr "nombres de dominio," #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "social media links," -msgstr "enlaces a las redes sociales," +msgstr "enlaces a redes sociales," #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "modo de portal del cliente (B2C vs. B2B)," #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" +msgstr "canales específicos de chat en vivo," #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 msgid "etc." @@ -3318,7 +3382,7 @@ msgstr "etc." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Las otras opciones son generales y se aplican a todos sus sitios web." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "Manage domain names" @@ -3331,6 +3395,11 @@ msgid "" "set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " "redirected to the right website using GeoIP." msgstr "" +"Como se mencionó anteriormente, sus sitios web pueden compartir el mismo " +"nombre de dominio o utilizar uno específico. Si lo comparte y quiere adaptar" +" el contenido por región, establezca grupos de países en la configuración de" +" cada sitio web. Se redirigirá a los visitantes a la página web correcta " +"mediante GeoIP." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -3338,37 +3407,49 @@ msgid "" "don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" "installation`" msgstr "" +"Se instala Geo IP de forma predeterminada en Odoo online. Si usa Odoo local," +" no olvide instalar la biblioteca *GeoIP*. Consulte :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 msgid "" "If you setup an extra website and specify the domain name you will have to " "do three things to get this feature to work:" msgstr "" +"Si desea activar un sitio web adicional con su propio nombre de dominio, " +"deberá seguir estos pasos:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 msgid "" "Setup an A-record in the DNS configuration of your hosting provider so that " "\"www.mywebsite2.ext\" is redirected to the IP of your Odoo instance." msgstr "" +"Establezca un registro A en la configuración DNS de su proveedor de " +"alojamiento para que se redirija \"www.mywebsite2.ext\" a la IP de su " +"instancia de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:134 msgid "" "Create an extra Nginx ``server`` block in which you set the ``server_name`` " "that you've set in the :guilabel:`Website domain` field." msgstr "" +"Cree un bloque adicional de ``server`` Nginx en el que se establezca el " +"``server_name`` como se definió en el :guilabel:`Dominio del sitio web`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "" "Reload and restart your Nginx instance to use the new ``server`` block." msgstr "" +"Actualice y reinicie su instancia de Nginx para utilizar el nuevo bloque de " +"``server``." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personalizar la experiencia del visitante" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -3378,6 +3459,12 @@ msgid "" "audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" +"Gracias al menú \"Personalizar\", es posible profundizar en la experiencia " +"del cliente, ya que ofrece opciones de visualización específicas para cada " +"sitio web. Explore las diferentes páginas y adáptelas a su nuevo público. " +"Preste atención a los flujos de trabajo y las páginas automáticas (pago en " +"Comercio electrónico, blogs, eventos, etc.) ya que son las que más opciones " +"tienen." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:152 msgid "Publish specific content per website" @@ -3390,12 +3477,19 @@ msgid "" "that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" +"Al igual que las páginas estáticas, cualquier contenido creado desde el " +"front-end (producto, publicación de blog, etc.) solo se publicará en el " +"sitio web actual. Sin embargo, puede cambiarlo desde el formulario de " +"edición en el backend, solo debe dejar el campo *Sitio web* en blanco. Esto " +"hará que se publique en todos sus sitios web." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" msgstr "" +"Los siguientes son todos los objetos que puede vincular a *uno o todos sus " +"sitios web*:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 msgid "Products" @@ -3403,7 +3497,7 @@ msgstr "Productos" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Categorías de productos en Comercio electrónico" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:170 msgid "Blogs" @@ -3411,7 +3505,7 @@ msgstr "Blogs" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "Canales de presentaciones" +msgstr "Cursos" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 msgid "Forums" @@ -3423,7 +3517,7 @@ msgstr "Eventos" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Puestos de trabajo" +msgstr "Vacantes" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index b36671d29..03aa7ce89 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -14,7 +14,6 @@ # Maxime Chambreuil , 2022 # Benjamin Stienon , 2022 # Jonathan Castillo , 2022 -# Olivier Dony , 2022 # Florent de Labarre , 2022 # Richard Mouthier , 2022 # Alexandra Jubert, 2022 @@ -33,22 +32,22 @@ # Vallen Delobel , 2022 # Arnaud Willem , 2022 # Ludvig Auvens , 2022 -# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # Camille Dantinne , 2022 # Khadija Mbazaa , 2022 -# Fernanda Marques , 2022 # 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2022 # Cécile Collart , 2022 # Jolien De Paepe, 2022 +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 +# Fernanda Marques , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2022\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -100,6 +99,7 @@ msgid "Bank and cash" msgstr "Banque et liquidités" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:123 msgid "Bank feeds" msgstr "" @@ -110,180 +110,116 @@ msgstr "Relevés de compte" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" -"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " -"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " -"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +"Importing your bank statements allows you to keep track of your bank account" +" transactions and reconcile them with the ones recorded in Odoo." msgstr "" -"L'intégration de vos extraits bancaires dans la Comptabilité Odoo vous " -"permet de suivre les mouvements de trésorerie et de les rapprocher des " -"écritures enregistrées dans la comptabilité." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" -"We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " -"the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +"We recommend using :doc:`the bank synchronization feature " +"` for more efficiency. However, if you do not want to " +"use it or if your bank is not yet supported, other options exist:" msgstr "" -"Nous vous recommandons d'utiliser la synchronisation bancaire pour plus " -"d'efficacité. Veuillez lire la documentation associée : " -":doc:`bank_synchronization`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " -"not a supported institution, you still have other options:" +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank;" msgstr "" -"Cependant, si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser la synchronisation bancaire ou " -"si votre banque n'est pas un établissement pris en charge, vous avez encore " -"d'autres options :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 -msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" -msgstr "Importez les relevés bancaires fournis par votre banque" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 -msgid "Register the bank statements manually" -msgstr "Enregistrez vos relevés bancaires manuellement" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "Importation de relevés bancaires" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" "Odoo accepte de nombreux formats de fichiers pour importer des relevés " "bancaires :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 -msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" -msgstr "Format SEPA recommandé (CAMT.053)" +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 -msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "Valeurs séparées par des virgules (.CSV)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 -msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 -msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 -msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "Belgique : Extrait de compte codifié (.CODA)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" -"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " -"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " -"Statement*." +"To import a file, go to the Accounting dashboard and click on " +":guilabel:`Import (Statements)` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window, or click " +"on the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button and then on :guilabel:`Import " +"Statement`." msgstr "" -"Pour les importer, allez dans :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Aperçu --> " -"Banque`, cliquez sur *Importer relevés*, ou sur les trois points, puis sur " -"*Importation relevé*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone msgid "Import a bank statement file in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 -msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, sélectionnez le fichier que vous souhaitez importer et cliquez sur " -"*Importer*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:34 msgid "" -"Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " -"and **map** the different columns you want to import." +"Next, select the file you want to import and click on :guilabel:`Upload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the file uploaded, the **import widget** helps you set formatting " +"options and **map** the different columns you want to import. You also can " +":guilabel:`test` the bank statement file before importing it to your " +"database." msgstr "" -"Odoo ouvre un **widget d'importation** pour vous aider à définir les " -"**Options de formatage** et **schématiser** les différentes colonnes que " -"vous souhaitez importer." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone msgid "Register bank statements manually in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " -"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." -msgstr "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) est un ancien format de fichier qui n'est " -"plus pris en charge depuis 2005. Si possible, préférez les fichiers OFX aux " -"fichiers QIF." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:45 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Enregistrez vos relevés bancaires manuellement" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually. To do so, go " +"to the :guilabel:`Accounting dashboard` and click on the :guilabel:`Create " +"Statements` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window. Alternatively, you can click " +"the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button, and then :guilabel:`New " +"Statement`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 -msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" -"Si nécessaire, vous pouvez également enregistrer vos relevés bancaires " -"manuellement." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " -"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the " +":guilabel:`Partner` field. You can also type in the payments’ references in " +"the :guilabel:`Label` field. Add a new line for each transaction written on " +"the original bank statement." msgstr "" -"Pour cela, allez dans :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Aperçu --> Banque`, " -"cliquez sur *Créer des relevés*, ou sur les trois points, puis sur *Nouveau " -"relevé*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:61 msgid "" -"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez une nouvelle ligne pour chaque transaction inscrite sur le relevé " -"bancaire original." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " -"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." -msgstr "" -"Pour faciliter le processus de lettrage, assurez-vous de remplir le champ " -"*Partenaire*. Vous pouvez également inscrire les références des paiements " -"dans le champ *Libellé*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." -" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"The **Ending Balance** and the **Computed Balance** should have the same " +"amount. If this is not the case, make sure there are no mistakes in the " "transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -"Le *Solde final* et le *Solde calculé* doivent avoir le même montant. Si ce " -"n'est pas le cas, assurez-vous qu'il n'y a pas d'erreur dans les montants " -"des transactions." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "À faire" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" -msgstr "" -"Ajouter le lien du document à la nouvelle documentation traitant du lettrage" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 -msgid "Bank synchronization: Automatic import" -msgstr "Synchronisation bancaire: Import automatique" +msgid "Bank synchronization: automatic import" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -298,52 +234,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features `_, and click on " -"*See list of supported institutions*." -msgstr "" -"Pour vérifier si votre banque est compatible avec Odoo, accédez à `Odoo " -"Comptabilité Fonctionnalités `_, et cliquez sur *Voir la liste des institutions supportées*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Checking a bank's compatibility with Odoo" +":guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 -msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." -msgstr "Plus de 20 000 institutions à travers le monde sont supportées." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:14 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "Pour se connecter aux banques, Odoo utilise plusieurs web-services :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "**Plaid** : États-Unis d'Amérique et Canada" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "**Yodlee**: Partout dans le monde" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:18 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`plus d'informations `)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`plus d'informations `)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "Bank synchronization is not available for trial databases." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid "**EnableBanking**: Scandinavian countries" msgstr "" -"La synchronisation bancaire n'est pas disponible pour les bases de données " -"d'essai." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:20 @@ -364,7 +292,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:55 @@ -378,11 +306,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:266 @@ -395,11 +323,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:26 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "Utilisateurs On-premise" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -414,25 +342,22 @@ msgstr "" "d'erreur de connexion, veuillez vérifier que vous n'avez pas de pare-feu ou " "de proxy bloquant l'adresse suivante :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:34 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "https://production.odoofin.com/" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 -msgid "First Synchronization" -msgstr "Première Synchronisation" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " -"the accounting dashboard." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "First synchronization" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez lancer la synchronisation soit en allant dans " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Ajouter un compte " -"bancaire` ou via la barre de configuration du tableau de bord comptable." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can start synchronization either by going to the Accounting app and " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank" +" Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." @@ -440,36 +365,39 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez maintenant rechercher votre institution bancaire. Sélectionnez-" "la et suivez les étapes pour vous synchroniser." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" -" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." +" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is " +"disabled." msgstr "" -"Si vous rencontrez des problèmes lors de votre première synchronisation, " -"veuillez vérifier que votre navigateur Web ne bloque pas les pop-ups et que " -"votre bloqueur de publicités est désactivé." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:49 msgid "" -"During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " -"secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" -" want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect " -"suspicious activity on your account, we block all requests coming from your " -"account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number. The third-" -"party provider may request more information in order to connect with your " -"bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." +"When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick " +"the date when you start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo " +"accounting database. For example, if you import your closing balance in Odoo" +" on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting transactions on the " +"01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023." msgstr "" -"Lors de votre première synchronisation, il vous sera demandé un numéro de " -"téléphone pour sécuriser votre compte. La raison pour laquelle nous " -"demandons de telles informations est que nous ne voulons pas que vos données" -" tombent entre de mauvaises mains. Par conséquent, si nous détectons une " -"activité suspecte sur votre compte, nous bloquons toutes les demandes " -"provenant de votre compte et vous devez le réactiver en utilisant ce numéro " -"de téléphone. Le fournisseur tiers peut demander plus d'informations afin de" -" se connecter avec votre établissement bancaire. Ces informations ne sont " -"pas stockées sur les serveurs d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure " +"your account. We ask for such information because we don't want your data " +"falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activities " +"on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you " +"need to reactivate it using that phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect " +"with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's " +"servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " @@ -480,49 +408,32 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez modifier la périodicité de création des relevés bancaires dans " "les paramètres de votre journal." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez retrouver toutes vos synchronisations en allant dans " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Synchronisation en " -"ligne`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "Synchroniser manuellement" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:73 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " -"clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Après votre première synchronisation, les journaux créés sont synchronisés " -"par défaut toutes les 12 heures. Si vous le souhaitez, vous pouvez " -"synchroniser manuellement en cliquant sur le bouton *Synchroniser " -"maintenant* sur le tableau de bord." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Synchronize Now Button" +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 msgid "" -"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " -"Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " -"Transactions* button." -msgstr "" -"Ou vous pouvez aller dans :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration -->" -" Synchronisation en ligne`, sélectionnez votre institution puis cliquez sur " -"le bouton *Récupérer les transactions*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Online Synchronization Form view" +"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click " +"on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:82 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -538,39 +449,33 @@ msgstr "" "synchronisations en ligne. Dans ce cas, assurez-vous d'effectuer des " "synchronisations manuelles." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 msgid "Issues" msgstr "Problèmes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "Erreur de synchronisation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:93 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " -"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select the connection that " -"failed, and copy the error description and the reference." +"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard-->" +" Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the " +"connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -"Pour signaler une erreur de connexion au `support d'Odoo " -"`_, allez dans :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " -"Configuration --> Synchronisation en ligne`, sélectionnez la connexion qui a" -" échoué, et copiez la description de l'erreur et la référence." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:98 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "Synchronisation déconnectée" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:100 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " -"the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." +"the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." msgstr "" -"If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " -"the proxy using the *Reconnecter* button." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support `_ directly with your client" @@ -581,13 +486,13 @@ msgstr "" "directement avec votre identifiant client ou la référence de l'erreur " "répertoriée dans le chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:111 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" "Processus de migration pour les utilisateurs ayant installé Odoo avant " "décembre 2020" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:113 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." @@ -595,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous êtes On-premise, assurez-vous d'abord que votre source est à jour " "avec la dernière version d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." @@ -604,111 +509,78 @@ msgstr "" "doivent installer le nouveau module manuellement pour utiliser les nouvelles" " fonctionnalités." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " -"default filter in the search bar and type: " -"**account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* " -"button to install the new module." -msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, allez dans :menuselection:`Apps --> Mettre à jour la liste " -"des applications`, supprimez le filtre par défaut dans la barre de recherche" -" et tapez : **account_online_synchronization**. Vous pouvez ensuite cliquer " -"sur le bouton *Installer* pour installer le nouveau module." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Installation button of the account_online_synchronization module" +"default filter in the search bar and type `account_online_synchronization`. " +"You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users" +" refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " -"CTRL+F5." -msgstr "" -"Enfin, assurez-vous que tous vos utilisateurs actualisent leur page Odoo en " -"appuyant sur CTRL+F5." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:125 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " -"won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " -"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`). " -"It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new " -"ones." +"won't work anymore." msgstr "" -"Toutes les synchronisations précédentes sont déconnectées lors de " -"l'installation et ne fonctionneront plus. Vous pouvez les trouver " -"directement dans le menu de synchronisation (:menuselection:`Comptabilité " -"--> Configuration --> Synchronisation en ligne`). Il n'est pas possible de " -"resynchroniser ces connexions ; il faut en faire de nouveaux." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " -"for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +"You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these " +"connections; you have to make new ones." msgstr "" -"Veuillez ne pas désinstaller *account_online_sync* qui est le module " -"précédent pour la synchronisation en ligne. Le nouveau le remplace." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:130 msgid "" -"By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " -"Accounting." +"Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for " +"online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, *account_online_synchronization* est installé automatiquement " -"avec la comptabilité." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +msgid "" +"By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" +" Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "La synchronisation ne fonctionne pas en temps réel. Est-ce normal ?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:140 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " -"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," -" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button. You can also synchronize and " -"fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so " -"it is possible that clicking on *Synchronize Now* does not get your latest " -"transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard`, and click on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button. You can " +"also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`. Some " +"providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on" +" :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you " +"already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -"Le processus n'est pas destiné à fonctionner en temps réel, car les " -"fournisseurs tiers synchronisent vos comptes à différents intervalles. Pour " -"forcer la synchronisation et récupérer les relevés, rendez-vous dans votre " -"*Tableau de bord comptable*, et cliquez sur le bouton *Synchroniser " -"maintenant*. Vous pouvez également synchroniser et récupérer des " -"transactions via :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> " -"Synchronisation en ligne`. Certains fournisseurs n'autorisent qu'une " -"actualisation par jour, il est donc possible que cliquer sur *Synchroniser " -"maintenant* n'obtienne pas vos dernières transactions si vous avez déjà " -"effectué une telle action plus tôt dans la journée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:148 msgid "" -"A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " -"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" -" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " -"status changes." +"A transaction can be visible on your bank account but not be fetched if it " +"has the status :guilabel:`Pending`. Only transactions with the " +":guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not " +"**Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." msgstr "" -"Une transaction peut être visible sur votre compte bancaire, mais ne pas " -"être récupérée si elle a le statut *En attente*. Seules les transactions " -"avec le statut *Envoyé* seront récupérées. Si elle n'est pas encore " -"*Postée*, vous devrez attendre que le statut change." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" "La fonctionnalité de synchronisation bancaire en ligne est-elle incluse dans" " mon contrat ?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:155 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." @@ -716,13 +588,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Version Community** : non, cette fonctionnalité n'est pas incluse dans la " "version community." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" "**Version en ligne** : Oui, même si vous bénéficiez du contrat One App Free." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:157 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." @@ -730,11 +602,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Version Entreprise** : Oui, si vous disposez d'un contrat Entreprise " "valide lié à votre base de données." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "Certaines banques ont un statut \"Bêta\". Qu'est-ce que ça veut dire ?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -751,13 +623,13 @@ msgstr "" "processus de développement puisque le fournisseur disposera de données et de" " retours réels de la connexion." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" "Pourquoi mes transactions ne se synchronisent-elles que lorsque j'actualise " "manuellement ?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -769,11 +641,11 @@ msgstr "" " ou un autre type de MFA. Pour cette raison, l'intégrateur ne peut pas " "extraire les transactions tant que le code de sécurité n'est pas fourni." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "Toutes mes transactions passées ne sont pas dans Odoo, pourquoi ?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:177 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." @@ -781,29 +653,24 @@ msgstr "" "Pour certaines institutions, les transactions ne peuvent être récupérées que" " jusqu'à 3 mois dans le passé." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "Pourquoi ne vois-je aucune transaction ?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " -"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization` to click on the *Fetch Accounts* button on the " -"connection." +"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the " +":guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." msgstr "" -"Lors de votre première synchronisation, vous avez sélectionné les comptes " -"bancaires que vous avez décidé de synchroniser avec Odoo. Si vous n'avez " -"synchronisé aucun de vos comptes, vous pouvez aller dans " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Synchronisation en ligne`" -" pour cliquer sur le bouton *Récupérer les comptes* lors de la connexion." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "Il se peut également qu'il n'y ait pas de nouvelles transactions." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:189 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " @@ -814,34 +681,30 @@ msgstr "" "veuillez `soumettre un ticket au support d'Odoo " "`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "Comment mettre à jour mes identifiants bancaires ?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:195 msgid "" -"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " -"update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." +"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`,open the" +" connection you want to update your credentials and click on the " +":guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez mettre à jour vos informations d'identification en allant dans " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Synchronisation en " -"ligne`, ouvrez la connexion que vous souhaitez mettre à jour vos " -"informations d'identification et cliquez sur le bouton *Mettre à jour les " -"informations d'identification*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:201 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr ":doc:`ponto`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr ":doc:`saltedge`" @@ -1100,6 +963,11 @@ msgstr "" "Utiliser une institution en bêta est bénéfique pour Ponto, cela leur permet " "d'avoir un réel retour d'expérience sur la connexion avec l'institution." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "Salt Edge en tant que fournisseur de synchronisation bancaire" @@ -1314,215 +1182,212 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Divers" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" -msgstr "Faire un virement bancaire d'une banque à une autre" +msgid "Internal transfer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." +"In Odoo, internal money transfers can be made in a few clicks. You need at " +"least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and " +"one cash journal." msgstr "" -"Une entreprise peut avoir plusieurs comptes bancaires ou plusieurs caisses " -"enregistreuses. Dans Odoo il est possible de gérer les transferts internes " -"d'argent en seulement quelques clics." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:11 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." +"An internal transfer account is automatically created on your database based" +" on your company's localization and depending on your country’s legislation." +" If needed, the default :guilabel:`Internal transfer account` can be " +"modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." msgstr "" -"Prenons l'exemple suivant pour illustrer. Mon entreprise a deux comptes " -"bancaires et je veux transférer 50.000 euros d'un compte bancaire à l'autre." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "Vérifier votre plan comptable et le compte de transfert par défaut" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " -"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +"At least two bank accounts are needed to make internal transfers. Refer to " +":doc:`Bank and cash accounts section <../setup/bank_accounts>` to see how to" +" add an additional bank account to your database." msgstr "" -"Pour gérer les transferts internes, vous devez avoir un compte de transfert " -"dans votre plan comptable. Odoo va automatiquement créer un compte en " -"fonction du pays de votre plan comptable. Pour paramétrer votre plan " -"comptable et vérifier le compte de transfert par défaut, allez dans la " -"comptabilité, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration -> Configuration`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:22 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:24 msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +"Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you " +"want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." msgstr "" -"Votre plan comptable a été pré-installé en fonction du pays spécifié lors de" -" l'installation, il ne peut pas être changé." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." -msgstr "" -"Le compte de transfert par défaut a été généré automatiquement en fonction " -"de la législation de votre pays. Si nécessaire, il peut être modifié sur la " -"même page." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "Créer un deuxième compte bancaire / Journal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" -"Avant de pouvoir enregistrer un transfert interne, vous devez ajouter une " -"nouvelle banque à votre tableau de bord de comptabilité. Pour ce faire " -"entrez dans le module de comptabilité, cliquez sur " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Comptes bancaires`. Créez un nouveau " -"compte bancaire. Vous devriez remplir le champ **Numéro de compte**. Vous " -"pouvez également créer et modifier votre banque pour spécifier les détails " -"de votre banque." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "Après sauvegarde, vous avez maintenant 2 comptes bancaires." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "Enregistrez un transfert interne d'une banque à une autre." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 -msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." -msgstr "" -"Nous allons maintenant transférer 50.000 euros de notre compte bancaire " -"**Bank** vers notre compte bancaire **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:28 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Enregistrer un transfert interne" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:30 msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " -"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +"From the Accounting Dashboard, click on the drop-down selection button " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) on one of your banks. In the :guilabel:`New` column click on" +" :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the " +"transfer." msgstr "" -"La première étape consiste à enregistrer le paiement interne. Pour ce faire," -" allez dans votre tableau de bord de comptabilité. cliquez sur le bouton " -"**Plus** de l'une de vos banques et sélectionnez **Transfert interne**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Confirm` to register your internal transfer." +" The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is " +"**automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:46 +msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "**Compte**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Débit**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Crédit**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:55 +msgid "Outstanding Payments account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:144 +msgid "$1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:75 +msgid "**Internal transfer account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:146 +msgid "**$1,000**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:63 +msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:72 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:80 msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +"There are one outstanding payment and one outstanding receipt pending in " +"your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the " +"sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." msgstr "" -"Créez un nouveau paiement. Le Type de paiement sera automatiquement réglé " -"sur Transfert interne. Sélectionnez la **Banque** vers laquelle vous " -"souhaitez réaliser le transfert, spécifiez le **Montant** et ajoutez un " -"**Mémo** si vous le souhaitez." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " -"bank statements and reconcile`_)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" msgstr "" -"Ce mémo est important si vous souhaitez effectuer un rapprochement " -"automatique (voir `Importer des relevés bancaires et effectuer un " -"rapprochement`_)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Enregistrer et confirmer les modifications pour enregistrer le paiement." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"D'un point de vue comptable l'argent est maintenant comptabilisé sur le " -"compte de transfert. Nous aurons besoin d'importer des relevés bancaires " -"pour comptabiliser l'argent sur le compte définitif." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "Importer les relevés bancaires et les rappocher" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." +msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -"Notez que le solde bancaire calculé par Odoo est différent de celui du " -"dernier relevé de votre banque." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:93 msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." +"The next step is to book the bank statements to finalize the transaction by " +"creating, :doc:`importing <../feeds/bank_statements>`, or " +":doc:`synchronizing <../feeds/bank_synchronization>` your " +":guilabel:`Transactions lines`. Fill in the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and " +"click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` button." msgstr "" -"Cela est dû au fait que vous n'avez pas importé le relevé bancaire " -"confirmant la réception et l'envoi de l'argent. Il est donc nécessaire " -"d'importer votre relevé bancaire et de rapprocher le paiement avec la ligne " -"correcte du relevé bancaire. Une fois que vous avez reçu vos relevés " -"bancaires, cliquez sur le bouton **nouveau relevé** de la banque " -"correspondante pour les importer." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:105 msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." +"In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, " +"the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -"Remplissez vos lignes de **Transactions**. Une fois terminé, Odoo affichera " -"une **Balance Calculée**. Cette balance calculée est la balance finale " -"théorique de votre compte bancaire. Si elle correspond à votre relevé " -"bancaire, cela signifie qu'aucune erreur n'a été faite. Remplissez le champ " -"**Solde Final** et cliquez sur le bouton **Rapprocher**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 -msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "La fenêtre suivante va s'ouvrir :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Reconcile your payment" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:133 +msgid "Bank journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:122 +msgid "Outstanding Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:125 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:129 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +"The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related " +"to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." msgstr "" -"Vous devez choisir des contreparties pour le paiement. Sélectionnez la ligne" -" de relevé bancaire correspondant au paiement et cliquez sur le bouton " -"**Rapprocher**. Fermez le relevé pour terminer la transaction." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " -"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:142 +msgid "Outstanding Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -"Les mêmes étapes devront être répétées une fois que vous aurez reçu votre " -"deuxième relevé bancaire. Notez que si vous indiquez le même montant et la " -"même note dans le relevé bancaire et dans les opérations de paiement, le " -"lettrage se fera automatiquement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "Bank reconciliation" @@ -1547,6 +1412,13 @@ msgstr "" "lettrage**, particulièrement utiles avec les écritures récurrentes telles " "que les frais bancaires." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "À faire" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " @@ -1968,245 +1840,223 @@ msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configuration" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Accounts" -msgstr "Comptes bancaires" +msgid "Bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " -"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " -"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." +"You can manage as many bank or cash accounts as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to have all your banking data up-to-date " +"and ready for :doc:`reconciliation <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` " +"with your journal entries." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez gérer autant de **Comptes bancaires** que nécessaire sur votre " -"base de données. Bien les configurer vous permet de vous assurer que toutes " -"vos données bancaires sont à jour et prêtes pour le lettrage avec vos " -"*écritures comptables*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " -"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." +"In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post " +"all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are " +"automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." msgstr "" -"Dans l'app Comptabilité d'Odoo, chaque compte bancaire est configuré pour " -"avoir un *Journal* dédié qui est configuré pour publier toutes les entrées " -"dans un *Compte* dédié." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" -" are automatically created and configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:14 +msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." msgstr "" -"Chaque fois que vous ajoutez un compte bancaire, un journal dédié et un " -"compte dédié sont automatiquement créés et configurés." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:16 msgid "" -"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " -"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" -" are displayed when appropriate." +"Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." msgstr "" -"Chaque **Journal bancaire** est affiché par défaut sur **l'Aperçu " -"comptable** sous la forme d'une carte pratique. Il comprend des boutons " -"d'action qui s'affichent s'il y a lieu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone msgid "" -"Bank Journals Cards are displayed on the Accounting Overview in Odoo " -"Accounting" +"Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action " +"buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 -msgid "Add a new Bank Account" -msgstr "Ajouter un nouveau compte bancaire" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" -" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " -"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:26 +msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:29 +msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez soit connecter votre compte bancaire à votre base de données " -"Odoo, soit configurer votre compte bancaire manuellement et " -":doc:`télécharger les relevés bancaires manuellement " -"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 -msgid "Bank Synchronization" -msgstr "Synchronisation bancaire" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically." -msgstr "" -"Connectez votre compte bancaire à votre base de données et synchronisez " -"automatiquement vos relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " -"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "" -"Pour synchroniser un nouveau compte bancaire, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration`, cliquez sur *Ajouter un " -"compte bancaire*, puis recherchez votre banque dans la liste, cliquez sur " -"*Connecter*, et suivez les instructions à l'écran." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this bank synchronization." -msgstr "" -":doc:`Cliquez ici <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` pour plus " -"d'informations sur cette synchronisation bancaire." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "" -"Select a bank institution in the list and connect it to Odoo Accounting" +"To connect your bank account to your database, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`," +" select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " +"instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 -msgid "Manual configuration" -msgstr "Configuration manuelle" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually." -msgstr "" -"Si votre établissement bancaire ne peut pas être synchronisé " -"automatiquement, ou si vous préférez ne pas le synchroniser avec votre base " -"de données, vous pouvez également configurer votre compte bancaire " -"manuellement." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" -" out the form." -msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter manuellement un nouveau compte bancaire, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration`, cliquez sur *Ajouter un " -"compte bancaire*, puis sur *Créer*, et remplissez le formulaire." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 -msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." -msgstr "**Nom** : le nom du compte bancaire, tel qu'il est affiché sur Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 -msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." -msgstr "" -"**Numéro de compte** : votre numéro de compte bancaire (IBAN en Europe)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 -msgid "" -"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " -"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." -msgstr "" -"**Banque** : cliquez sur *Créer et Modifier* pour configurer les coordonnées" -" bancaires. Ajoutez le nom de l'établissement bancaire et son code " -"d'identification (BIC ou SWIFT)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" -" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." -msgstr "" -"**Code** : ce code est le *code abrégé* de votre Journal, tel qu'il est " -"affiché sur Odoo. Par défaut, Odoo crée un nouveau Journal avec ce code " -"abrégé." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " -"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " -"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " -"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." -msgstr "" -"**Journal** : ce champ s'affiche si vous avez un journal bancaire existant " -"qui n'est pas encore lié à un compte bancaire. Si oui, alors sélectionnez le" -" *Journal* que vous souhaitez utiliser pour enregistrer les transactions " -"financières liées à ce compte bancaire ou créez-en un nouveau en cliquant " -"sur *Créer et Modifier*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " -"accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Odoo détecte le type de compte bancaire (par exemple, IBAN) et active " -"certaines fonctionnalités en conséquence." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Add manually a new bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Configuration avancée" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " -"modify." -msgstr "" -"Pour modifier un compte bancaire existant, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Comptes bancaires`, et " -"ouvrez le compte bancaire que vous souhaitez modifier." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" -" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " -"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" -" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " -"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." -msgstr "" -"Si vous devez modifier les coordonnées bancaires. Allez sur le journal de " -"votre banque, accédez au champ *Numéro de compte* et cliquez sur le bouton " -"*Lien externe* à côté de la flèche de liste. Là, vous pouvez modifier le " -"numéro de compte bancaire, le titulaire du compte et les détails de votre " -"établissement bancaire en cliquant sur le *Lien externe* à côté du champ " -"*Banque*. Ces données sont utilisées pour enregistrer certains paiements." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " -"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " -"in the **Bank Statements** section." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer comment les relevés bancaires sont enregistrés et " -"publiés dans la section **Provenance des relevés bancaires** et quels types " -"de paiements sont activés dans la section **méthodes** sous l'onglet " -"*Configuration des paiements*. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Advanced configuration of a bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:39 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "Créer un compte bancaire" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't want " +"to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it`" +" (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables " +"some features accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank " +"account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to " +"match your bank account information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Create a cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " +":ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can " +"review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:68 +msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to" +" your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Manually configure your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/outstanding_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:90 +msgid "Suspense account" +msgstr "Compte d'attente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` " +"until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:96 +msgid "Profit and loss accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending " +"balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the " +":guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance " +"of a cash register differs from what the system computes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "Devise" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:111 +msgid "Account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external " +"link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click " +"on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your " +"bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Edit your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three" +" options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet " +"if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if " +"you want to import your bank statement using a different format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your" +" bank is synchronized with your database." msgstr "" -"`Tutoriels Odoo : Notions de base sur la comptabilité " -"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank account in a foreign currency" @@ -4293,6 +4143,7 @@ msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:87 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "Plan comptable" @@ -7131,14 +6982,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 msgid "Technical name" msgstr "Nom technique" @@ -8987,10 +8838,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the SKR03 is installed by " +"default." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le SKR03 est installé " -"par défaut." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" @@ -9012,7 +8862,6 @@ msgstr "Bilan" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Pertes et Profits" @@ -9408,9 +9257,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:227 msgid "" -"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " -"In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " -"systems." +"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online " +"service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on " +"external systems." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:231 @@ -14210,11 +14059,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" +" by default." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le PGCE PYMEs 2008 est" -" installé par défaut." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" @@ -14330,9 +14177,9 @@ msgstr "" "spécifique au secteur hôtelier passera de 3,8% à 3,7%." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgid "" +"How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (Odoo Online or On-premise)?" msgstr "" -"Comment mettre à jour vos taxes dans Odoo Enterprise (SaaS ou On Premise)?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -15010,20 +14857,11 @@ msgstr "Commencer" msgid "Initial configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plan comptable" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"The **chart of accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" -"Le **Plan comptable (COA)** est la liste de tous les comptes utilisés pour " -"enregistrer les transactions financières dans le grand livre d'une " -"organisation." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -15034,8 +14872,8 @@ msgstr "" " rapports financiers. La plupart du temps, ils sont répertoriés comme suit :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" -msgstr "Comptes de bilan" +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 @@ -15053,6 +14891,10 @@ msgstr "Passifs" msgid "Equity" msgstr "Capitaux propres" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +msgid "Profit & Loss:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 @@ -15067,66 +14909,54 @@ msgstr "Note de frais" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" -"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," -" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +"When browsing your chart of accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by :guilabel:`Account Type`." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous parcourez votre plan comptable, vous pouvez filtrer les comptes" -" par numéro, dans la colonne de gauche, et également les regrouper par type " -"de compte." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgid "Configuration of an account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " -"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " -"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"company on your database) determines which **fiscal localization package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard chart of accounts " "already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" -"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" -" Journal Entry has been posted." +"It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a" +" journal entry has been posted." msgstr "" -"Il n'est pas possible de modifier la **localisation fiscale** d'une " -"entreprise une fois qu'une écriture comptable a été publiée." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouveau compte, allez dans :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " -"Configuration --> Plan comptable`, cliquez sur *Créer*, et remplissez le " -"formulaire." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" -msgstr "Code et nom" +msgid "Code and name" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" -"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"Each account is identified by its **code** and **name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -"Chaque compte est identifié par son **Code** et son **Nom**, qui indiquent " -"également l'objectif du compte." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "" -"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +"Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" msgstr "" -"Configurer correctement le **Type de compte** est essentiel car il sert à " -"plusieurs fins :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" @@ -15146,11 +14976,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:61 msgid "" -"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " -"and select the right type among the following list:" +"To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down " +"selector and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" -"Pour configurer un type de compte, ouvrez le sélecteur déroulant du champ " -"**Type** et sélectionnez le bon type parmi la liste suivante :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Report" @@ -15230,148 +15058,162 @@ msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "Hors bilan" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" msgstr "" -"Automatisation des investissements, des dépenses reportées et des revenus " -"reportés" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:107 msgid "" -"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " -":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " -"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"Some **account types** display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`assets ` entries, :ref:`deferred expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`deferred revenues " "` entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" -msgstr "Vous avez trois choix pour le champ **Automatisation** :" +msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` field:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "**Non :** c'est la valeur par défaut. Rien ne se passe." +msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " -"corresponding form." +":guilabel:`Create in draft`: whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill " +"out the corresponding form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:116 msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " -"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +":guilabel:`Create and validate`: you must also select a **model**. Whenever " +"a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:120 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default taxes" msgstr "" -"Veuillez vous référer à la documentation associée pour plus d'informations." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Taxes par défaut" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:122 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Étiquettes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "Account Groups" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 +msgid "Account groups" msgstr "Groupes de comptes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 msgid "" -"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +"**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " -"Balance**." +"Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of" +" the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the " +"group `131000`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 -msgid "" -"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " -"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " -"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " -"the right Account Group." +msgid "Create account groups manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 msgid "" -"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " -"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +"Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The " +"following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a new account group, :ref:`developer mode ` and " +"head to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Account " +"Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code " +"prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note " +"that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`to` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Account groups creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app-->Reporting-->Trial Balance`, then open the " +":guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Autoriser le lettrage" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "Allow reconciliation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 msgid "" -"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " -"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " -"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as " +":guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used" +" to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing " +"reconciliation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:162 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's " +"settings, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "Obsolète" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, " +"and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:193 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 @@ -15518,6 +15360,46 @@ msgstr "" "de données, vous pouvez également configurer votre compte bancaire " "manuellement en cliquant sur *Créer* et en remplissant le formulaire." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "**Nom** : le nom du compte bancaire, tel qu'il est affiché sur Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" +"**Numéro de compte** : votre numéro de compte bancaire (IBAN en Europe)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" +"**Banque** : cliquez sur *Créer et Modifier* pour configurer les coordonnées" +" bancaires. Ajoutez le nom de l'établissement bancaire et son code " +"d'identification (BIC ou SWIFT)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" +"**Code** : ce code est le *code abrégé* de votre Journal, tel qu'il est " +"affiché sur Odoo. Par défaut, Odoo crée un nouveau Journal avec ce code " +"abrégé." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" +"**Journal** : ce champ s'affiche si vous avez un journal bancaire existant " +"qui n'est pas encore lié à un compte bancaire. Si oui, alors sélectionnez le" +" *Journal* que vous souhaitez utiliser pour enregistrer les transactions " +"financières liées à ce compte bancaire ou créez-en un nouveau en cliquant " +"sur *Créer et Modifier*." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " @@ -15568,6 +15450,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Configuration --> " "Périodes Fiscales` et en mettant à jour les valeurs." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Plan comptable" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " @@ -15753,6 +15640,12 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriels Odoo : Notions de base sur la comptabilité " +"`_" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:3 msgid "Main accounting concepts" msgstr "Principaux concepts comptables" @@ -16721,14 +16614,6 @@ msgstr "" "Une pièce comptable typique générée à partir d'une facture validée " "ressemblera à ce qui suit :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "**Compte**" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" @@ -16739,26 +16624,6 @@ msgstr "**Tiers**" msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "**Date d'échéance**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Débit**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Crédit**" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 @@ -19694,168 +19559,15 @@ msgstr "Payer plusieurs factures à la fois" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " +"facilitating the reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`../supplier_bills/manage`" msgstr "" -"Odoo fournit un moyen simple et efficace pour gérer plusieurs factures à la " -"fois, avec différentes options rapides ou complexes. Avec un seul processus," -" tout le monde est capable de gérer les factures et le paiement en quelques " -"clics." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "Payez plusieurs factures fournisseurs en un seul paiement" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "Enregistrer plusieurs paiements" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'exemple suivant, nous allons générer quelques factures. Vous pouvez " -"contrôler l'ensemble du processus sur votre tableau de bord de Comptabilité " -"(premier écran que vous obtenez lorsque vous ouvrez l'application de " -"Comptabilité)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" -"Pour créer une facture, ouvrez le menu du tableau de bord et cliquez sur " -"**Factures fournisseur**. Dans la fenêtre des factures fournisseur, cliquez " -"sur **Créer**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez le fournisseur auquel vous souhaitez acheter l'article, puis " -"cliquez sur Ajouter un élément pour ajouter un (ou plusieurs) article(s). " -"Cliquez sur **Enregistrer** et **Valider**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "Payer les factures fournisseurs, l'une après l'autre" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" -"Nous allons maintenant enregistrer un paiement pour une facture seulement. " -"Ouvrez la facture, puis cliquez sur **Payer**. Sélectionnez la Méthode de " -"paiement, la Date et le Montant, et cliquez sur **Enregistrer le " -"règlement**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous avez validé le paiement, le système rapprochera " -"automatiquement le paiement avec la facture, et marquera la facture " -"**Payée**. Le système génèrera également un mouvement à partir du compte de " -"paiement et le rapprochera avec la transaction d'achat" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "Payer plusieurs factures d'un coup" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" -"Afin d'illustrer le processus précisément, créez au moins 2 autres factures " -"suivants le guide ci-dessus. **Assurez-vous que toutes les factures " -"proviennent du même fournisseur.**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" -"Dans les Factures fournisseurs, sélectionnez les nouveaux factures que vous " -"venez de créer en cochant la case à côté de chacune d'elles. Dans le menu " -"Autres options situé en haut et au milieu de la page, cliquez sur " -"**Enregistrer le règlement**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" -"Saisissez les détails du paiement. Le système calcule le montant total des " -"deux factures, mais vous pouvez le modifier librement. Cliquez sur " -"**Valider**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "Enregistrer le paiement, rapprocher par la suite" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également rapprocher un paiement avec des factures après que le " -"paiement ait été enregistré." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "Tout d'abord, nous devons créer un paiement" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" -"Ceci se fait par :menuselection:`Tableau de bord --> Banque --> Plus --> " -"Envoyer de l'argent`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" -"Création un ordre de paiement avec la méthode de paiement par chèque. " -"Sélection du fournisseur concerné et saisie du montant qui reste à payer. " -"Après saisie de tous les détails, nous vous confirmerons l'ordre de paiement" -" qui va générer la transaction de paiement avec le système." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" -"Comme vous pouvez le voir, l'état de paiement de factures montre ce qui est " -"comptabilisé et ce qui reste à rapprocher." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir reçu un relevé bancaire de la banque avec des détails de " -"paiement, vous pouvez rapprocher la transaction à partir du tableau de bord." -" Le montant de la transaction sera automatiquement récupéré." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:72 @@ -19863,81 +19575,70 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "Paiements partiels de plusieurs factures fournisseurs" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Group payments" msgstr "" -"Comment payer plusieurs factures fournisseurs à la fois si elles ont des " -"escomptes de caisse ?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." +"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " +"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " +"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " +":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." msgstr "" -"Vous avez déjà appris diverses façons de payer des factures, mais qu'en est-" -"il du paiement partiel ? Prenons un autre exemple où nous allons faire un " -"paiement partiel pour plusieurs factures." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Register payment button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:25 +msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:27 msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." +"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " +"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " +"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." msgstr "" -"Nous créons plusieurs factures et les payons partiellement par des relevés " -"bancaires." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." +"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " +"more bills." msgstr "" -"Nous ajoutons des conditions de règlement qui permettent des escomptes de " -"caisse où le vendeur nous offre une réduction pour paiement anticipé." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:39 msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." +"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " +"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " +"to your needs." msgstr "" -"Nous créons les factures suivantes en utilisant les conditions de règlement " -"ci-dessus." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "Nous avons créé les factures suivantes :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:43 +msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " +"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`. Make sure to apply " +"the :doc:`payment terms <../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms>`" +" to the **bills** *instead* of the invoices." msgstr "" -"Nous allons payer les factures en créant un relevé bancaire où nous " -"ajusterons l'escompte que notre fournisseur consent en vertu des conditions " -"de règlement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" -"Avant de rapprocher ce relevé bancaire, nous devons créer un modèle de " -"relevé d'escompte de caisse" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, nous allons revenir au relevé de banque et ouvrir la vue de " -"rapprochement." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 @@ -20611,6 +20312,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "**Non :** c'est la valeur par défaut. Rien ne se passe." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -20934,22 +20641,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 -msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgid "AI-powered document digitization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " -"traditional paper invoices into vendor bills and customer invoices forms in " -"your accounting." +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into " +"vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial " "intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor " -"bills and customer invoices forms are automatically created and populated " +"bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated " "based on the scanned invoices." msgstr "" @@ -20960,45 +20665,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR " -"`_." +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The more documents you scan, the better the system identifies the correct " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Digitalization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitalization` and " -"choose whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` " -"should be processed automatically or manually." +"Digitization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitization` and choose " +"whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` (this " +"includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on " +"demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option can also be selected. It " -"enables to get only one line created per tax in the new bill, regardless of " -"the number of lines from the invoice." +"If you enable the :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option, only one " +"line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines " +"on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 msgid "Invoice upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 msgid "Upload invoices manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button of your vendor bills journal. Alternatively, go to " @@ -21007,63 +20703,98 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:40 msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 msgid "" "You can configure your connected scanner to send scanned documents to an " "email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft " "customer invoices or vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 msgid "" -"You can modify the email alias of a journal by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, opening the " -"appropriate journal, opening the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and " -"modifying the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field." +"You can modify the email alias of a journal. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. Under :guilabel:`General Settings: Discuss`, " +"enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:49 msgid "" -"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can send your " -"scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., `inbox-" -"financial@example.odoo.com`)." +"The email alias is now available in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab of" +" the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can " +"automatically send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` " +"workspace (e.g., `inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:56 -msgid "Invoice digitization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 msgid "" -"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " -"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitalization` to do it " -"manually." +"The default email aliases `vendor-bills@` and `customer-invoices@` followed " +"by the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` you set are automatically created for the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` journals, " +"respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " -"clicking on the respective tags (available in Edit mode) and selecting the " -"proper information instead." +"To change a default email alias, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`. Select the journal you want to " +"edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email " +"Alias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:66 +msgid "Invoice digitization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +msgid "" +"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " +"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and " +"selecting the proper information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:75 +msgid "Data recognition with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 +msgid "" +"It is essential to review and correct (if needed) the information uploaded " +"during digitization. Then, you have to post the document by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system " +"identifies the correct data for future digitizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Tarification" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 msgid "" "The **invoice digitization** is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:87 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to " @@ -21071,14 +20802,19 @@ msgid "" "Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SaaS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:78 -msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:96 +msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 @@ -21670,9 +21406,9 @@ msgstr "" "compte, faites correspondre le paiement aux deux écritures de journal " "associées." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" @@ -22263,11 +21999,11 @@ msgid "Applicability" msgstr "Applicabilité" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 -msgid "Factur-X (CII)" +msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "Default format on Odoo (enabled by default)" +msgid "For French and German companies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:25 @@ -22396,27 +22132,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:71 msgid "" -"By default, the :guilabel:`Factur-X` option is enabled. It means that an XML" -" file is automatically included in the PDF document that is sent." +"Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for " +"interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option " +":guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the " +"invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like " +"Chorus Pro." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:74 msgid "" "The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's " ":guilabel:`General Information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via " "existing access points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 msgid "Add new formats to a database created before July 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:82 msgid "" "If your database was created before July 2022 and you wish to use one of the" " formats available from July 2022, you have to :ref:`install " @@ -22425,29 +22164,29 @@ msgid "" "country-specific module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:88 msgid "" "If you want to use the Belgian format E-FFF in a database created prior to " "July 2022, you need to :ref:`install `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 msgid "Belgium - E-Invoicing (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" msgstr "Belgium - E-Facturation (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 msgid "`l10n_be_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 msgid "Import/Export electronic invoices with UBL/CII" msgstr "Importer/Exporter des factures électroniques avec UBL/CII" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:99 msgid "`account_edi_ubl_cii`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:102 msgid "" "Once the new module is installed, UBL 2.0 and UBL 2.1 formats no longer " "appear in the journal since UBL BIS Billing 3.0 is available and more widely" @@ -22886,6 +22625,10 @@ msgstr "" "logiciel et qui veulent continuer l'année en cours sans recommencer depuis " "le début." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 +msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 msgid "" "**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " @@ -23297,15 +23040,6 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " -"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " -"fonctionnalité." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 msgid "" "Click `here `_ to know about our " @@ -25220,6 +24954,70 @@ msgstr "" "Ce rapport vous permet de voir les montants **nets** et **taxes** pour " "toutes les taxes regroupées par type (vente/achat)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:3 +msgid "Tax carryover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When performing tax reports, the **tax carryover** feature allows carrying " +"amounts from one period to another without creating new entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It has been created to meet the legal requirements of specific locations, " +"where amounts must be transferred from period to period (for example, " +"because the total of the line is negative)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The feature is activated by default in countries where it is required, such " +"as Belgium, France, and Italy. There is no specific configuration required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100" +" for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this case, as per local regulation, grid 81 of the tax report may contain" +" a negative amount. But it must be declared to the government as zero, and " +"the negative amount should be carried over to the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a " +"pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "" +"pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:32 +msgid "" +"At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount " +"was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that" +" will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing " +"transactions and the carryover from the previous period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration of the tax return" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:5 msgid "Taxation" msgstr "" @@ -25912,126 +25710,173 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +"Cash basis taxes are due when the payment is made, as opposed to standard " +"taxes that are due when the invoice is confirmed. Reporting your income and " +"expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in " +"some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." +"You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year, and the payment " +"is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you " +"must pay is for the 2nd quarter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, enable :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +"Then, define the :guilabel:`Tax Cash Basis Journal`. Click on the external " +"link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the" +" :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:28 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +"By default, the journal entries of the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Taxes` journal " +"are named using the :guilabel:`CABA` short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Taxes` to configure your taxes. You can either " +":guilabel:`Create` a new tax or update an existing one by clicking on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +"The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to " +"post taxes until the payment is registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" +"Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" +"is registered" msgstr "" -"Prenons un exemple. Vous réalisez une vente de 100 $ avec une taxe de 15 % " -"sur la base de trésorerie. Lorsque vous validez la facture client, " -"l'écriture suivante est créée dans votre comptabilité :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Journal de facturation des clients" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, decide of the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Exigilibity`. Select :guilabel:`Based on Payment`, so the tax is due when " +"the payment of the invoice is received. You can then also define the " +":guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded " +"as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "" +"Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" +"reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +msgid "Impact of cash basis taxes on accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Créances 115 $" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Compte fiscal temporaire 15 $" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Compte de revenus 100 €" +msgid "" +"To illustrate the impact of cash basis taxes on accounting transactions, " +"let's take an example with the sales of a product that costs 1,000$, with a " +"cash basis tax of 15%." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Vous recevez le paiement quelques jours après :" +msgid "" +"The following entries are created in your accounting, and the tax report is " +"currently empty." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Journal de banque" +msgid "**Customer journal (INV)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Banque 115 $" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +msgid "Receivable $1,150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Journal pour taxes sur base des paiements" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Income $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:103 +msgid "Temporary tax account $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:77 +msgid "When the payment is then received, it is registered as below :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Bank journal (BANK)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgid "Bank $1,150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:90 msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." +"Once the payment is registered, you can use the :guilabel:`Cash Basis " +"Entries` smart button on the invoice to access them directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Default taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Finally, upon reconciliation of the invoice with the payment, the below " +"entry is automatically created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Journal (Caba)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:105 +msgid "Income account $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:107 +msgid "Tax Received $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The journal items :guilabel:`Income account` vs. :guilabel:`Income account` " +"are neutral, but they are needed to ensure correct tax reports in Odoo with " +"accurate base tax amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Using a default :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` is recommended so your" +" balance is at zero and your income account is not polluted by unnecessary " +"accounting movements. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Taxes`, and select a :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` " +"under :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 @@ -26562,254 +26407,256 @@ msgstr "" "taxe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -"Obtenez des taux d'imposition corrects aux États-Unis en utilisant TaxCloud" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." +"TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " +"and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " +"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "Dans TaxCloud " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -"Créez un compte gratuit dans `TaxCloud `__ " -"site Web." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +"Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " +"complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " +"by clicking on :guilabel:`Stores`, then :guilabel:`Get Details`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -"Dans Paramètres sur TaxCloud, cliquez sur *Emplacements* pour saisir " -"l'emplacement de vos bureaux et entrepôts." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." +"Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " +"store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Dans Paramètres sur TaxCloud, cliquez sur *Gérer les États fiscaux* pour " -"vérifier les États où vous percevez la taxe de vente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "Dans Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." +"Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " +":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " +"Codes` product categories from TaxCloud. Some categories may imply specific " +"tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Introduisez vos identifiants TaxCloud." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur SAUVER pour enregistrer vos informations d'identification." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +"Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " +":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` is set on your products or product categories, or when no product " +"is found on an order/invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:0 +msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +"If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " +"Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " +"select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "Automatically post taxes to the correct Tax Payable account" +"If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" +" the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" +" (:guilabel:`🡕`) to set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the " +":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" -"For each one of your companies that uses TaxCloud, it might be necessary to " -"create a **User-Defined Default** so that the new taxes generated by the " -"TaxCloud integration are created with the correct Tax Payable account:" +"If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " +":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" -"A User-Defined Default impacts all records at creation. It means that " -"**every** new tax will be set up to record income in the specified Tax " -"Payable account, unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different " -"income account (or there exists another User-Defined Default that takes " -"precedence)." +"A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " +"not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " +":guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the *All* :guilabel:`Product Category`, it " +"is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, " -"select the Tax Payable account for the company. Take note of the account's " -"``id`` in the URL string." +"Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " +"code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" +" edit your company address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" +" with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " +"default**. This process should be repeated for each one of your companies " +"that uses TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " +"**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " +"account unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income " +"account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " +"account, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Take note of the number after `id=`" +" in the URL string; it is the **Tax Payable account ID** and will be used " +"later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "The account's ID can be found in the URL string as 'id=...'." +msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> User-Defined " -"Defaults`, and click on *Create*." +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " +"and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:70 -msgid "Click on *Field*, then, in the drop-down menu, on *Search More*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " +"More...`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Click on 'Search More' in the 'Field' drop-down menu." +msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 msgid "" -"In the pop-up's search box, filter on the model ``tax.repartition.line`` and" -" the field ``account``. Select the ``account`` field of the " -"``tax.repartition.line`` model." +"Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," +" and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " +"Select the line with :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` under the " +":guilabel:`Model` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Select the 'account' field of the 'tax.repartition.line' model." +msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" -"In the **Default Value** field, enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable " -"account. Select the company for which this configuration should apply in the" -" *Company* field. Click *Save*." +"Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " +"the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " +":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " +":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable account." +msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Comment cela fonctionne" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +"Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " +"`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" +" enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -"La taxe de vente est calculée dans Odoo en fonction des positions fiscales " -"(voir :doc:`positions fiscales`). Une position fiscale pour les États-Unis " -"est créée lors de l'installation de *TaxCloud*. Tout fonctionne d'entrée de " -"jeu." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer Odoo pour qu'il détecte automatiquement quels clients" -" doivent utiliser cette position fiscale. Accédez à " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Positions fiscales` pour " -"ouvrir et modifier l'enregistrement." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" -"Désormais, cette position fiscale est automatiquement définie sur toute " -"commande client, commande Web ou facture lorsque le pays du client est " -"*États-Unis*. Cela déclenche le calcul automatisé de la taxe." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" +" position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions` and select " +":guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (TaxCloud)`. Enable :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically` and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Ajoutez votre ou vos produits. Vous avez deux options pour obtenir la taxe " -"de vente sur la commande. Vous pouvez la confirmer, ou vous pouvez " -"l'enregistrer et dans le menu *Action*, choisissez **Mettre à jour les taxes" -" avec TaxCloud**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Bons & Promotions" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez les programmes de coupons ou de promotions, l'intégration " -"avec TaxCloud peut sembler un peu étrange." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " +"the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " +"computation." msgstr "" -"Le problème réside dans le fait que Taxcloud n'accepte pas les lignes avec " -"des montants négatifs dans le cadre du calcul de la taxe. Cela signifie que " -"le montant des lignes ajoutées par le programme de promotion doit être " -"déduit du total des lignes qu'il impacte. Cela signifie, entre autres " -"complications, que les commandes qui utilisent des coupons ou des promotions" -" avec une position fiscale Taxcloud **doivent** être entièrement facturées -" -" vous ne pouvez pas créer de factures pour des livraisons partielles, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." +"To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " +":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +msgid "" +"If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " +"TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " +"lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation, the amount of " +"the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of " +"the lines it impacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " +"promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" +" you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" +" which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " +"product's tax rate is 7%, the tax rate computed from the TaxCloud " +"integration displays 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in " +"the price sent to TaxCloud. However, in Odoo, the discount is on another " +"line entirely. Still, the tax computation is correct. Indeed, a 3.5% tax on " +"the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price, but this " +"might be unexpected from a user point of view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 @@ -27435,12 +27282,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:7 msgid "" -"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online/SaaS), and" -" organize them in various workspaces." +"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online), and " +"organize them in various workspaces." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez télécharger n'importe quel type de fichier (max 64 Mo par " -"fichier sur Odoo Online/SaaS), et les organiser dans différents espaces de " -"travail." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Documents: product page `_" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 307deb0c4..9f28f0bde 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Camille Dantinne , 2022\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -1299,11 +1299,11 @@ msgstr "" "`, et `?debug=tests` active le " ":ref:`mode test `." -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:65 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:67 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages. This menu contains additional " @@ -1316,23 +1316,23 @@ msgstr "" "données techniques, comme les vues ou les actions. Il contient des éléments " "de menu utiles tels que :" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:72 msgid "edit action" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:73 msgid "manage filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:74 msgid "edit the current view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:75 msgid "see the `fields view get`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:76 msgid "and much more." msgstr "et bien plus." @@ -2253,7 +2253,7 @@ msgstr "Restriction" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:84 msgid "" -"Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on the SaaS and " +"Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on Odoo Online and " "Odoo.sh platforms. Try using ports 465, 587, or 2525 instead." msgstr "" @@ -3082,13 +3082,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:138 msgid "" -"The **SaaS** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still " -"contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " +"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" +" contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " "recurring issue with the same client or domain." msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs **SaaS** n'auront pas accès à leurs logs. Cependant, vous " -"pouvez toujours contacter le `Support d'Odoo `_ ," -" si vous rencontrez un problème récurrent avec le même client ou domaine." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143 msgid "Get help from support" @@ -4176,11 +4173,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" -"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " -"from free credits to test our IAP features." +"If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " +"credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -"Si je suis sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et que j'ai la version Entreprise, je " -"bénéficie de crédits gratuits pour tester les fonctionnalités IAP." #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" @@ -4252,12 +4247,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" -"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " -"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +"*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " +"SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -"*Odoo en ligne (SAAS)* : seuls les services IAP fournis pra Odoo peuvent " -"être utilisés (c'est-à-dire les fonctions SMS, Snailmail, Reveal et Partner " -"Autocomplete)." #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 9a8c17a3a..f813661f8 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -19,18 +19,18 @@ # Cécile Collart , 2022 # Vallen Delobel , 2022 # Katerina Katapodi , 2022 -# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # Jérôme Tanché , 2022 # Fernanda Marques , 2022 +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -697,15 +697,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 @@ -1855,6 +1859,257 @@ msgid "" "to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory adjustments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " +"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " +"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, " +"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must" +" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts " +"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are " +"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22 +msgid "Add a new line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in " +"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the " +"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on " +"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If " +":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered " +"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40 +msgid "Count products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " +"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the " +"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the" +" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When " +":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away." +" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment," +" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in " +"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted " +"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before" +" applying the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 +msgid "Plan counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70 +msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be " +"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by " +"opening the column options icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are " +"scheduled for today or earlier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Count` and fill in the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" +" be accounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product" +" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On " +"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the " +"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93 +msgid "" +"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for" +" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the " +"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual " +"Inventory Day and Month` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" +" setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 +msgid "Cycle counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " +"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " +"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " +"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " +"counting more often at key locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " +"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 +msgid "Change the inventory frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " +"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " +"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " +"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" +" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " +"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " +"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Lots et numéros de série" @@ -2570,6 +2825,120 @@ msgid "" "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " +"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " +"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " +"be a better fit than the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " +"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " +"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "Add products to a wave" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " +"products to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " +"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " +"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " +"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " +"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " +":guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" +" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " +"product, location, carrier, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " +":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " +"transfer from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " +"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " +"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " +"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "View wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" +" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " +":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planification" @@ -2980,219 +3349,420 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Produits" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " +"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " +"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " +"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" +" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " +"processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Terminologie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Règle de stock minimum" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " +"forecast quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " +"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " +"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " +"the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"from the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Approvisionnement à la commande" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"*regardless of the current stock level*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Règles de stock minimum" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" +" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " +"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " +"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " +":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " +"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" +" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " +"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " +"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " +"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" +"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized and should be used for this purpose only." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " +"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " +"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." +"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " +"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " +"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " +"and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" +" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " +"valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "Choix entre les deux options" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " +"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " +"reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " +"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" +" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" +" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 +msgid "" +"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" +" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " +"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " +"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " +"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " +"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 +msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Warehouse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " +"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " +"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " +"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" +" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " +"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" +"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " +"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." msgstr "" -"Le choix entre les deux options est donc dépendant de votre stratégie " -"d'inventaire. Si vous préférez avoir un stock tampon et toujours avoir au " -"moins un stock minimum, la règle de stock minimum doit être utilisée. Si " -"vous souhaitez réapprovisionner vos stocks seulement si votre vente est " -"confirmée, il est préférable d'utiliser l'Approvisionnement à la commande." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgid "Use different units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." +" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " +"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " +"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " +"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " +"supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer Odoo pour travailler avec différentes unités de " -"mesure pour un article." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." +"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." +"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " +"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " +"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " +"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" +" only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Set units of measure categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36 msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." +"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " +"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" +" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " +"new units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." +"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " +"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" +" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " +"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" +" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" +" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." +" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" +" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " +"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." +"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" +" category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " +"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" +" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " +"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69 +msgid "Unit conversion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72 +msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " +"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " +"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78 +msgid "" +"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " +"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " +"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " +"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " +"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " +"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "Réassort" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " +"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " +":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " +"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " +"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " +"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" +" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " +"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" +" can be manually edited on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" +" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " +"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " +"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" +" delivery shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " +"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" +" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 @@ -3200,7 +3770,7 @@ msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" +msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "Unités de mesure" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 @@ -3211,66 +3781,101 @@ msgid "" "supplier." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "" +"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase " +"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different " +"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective " +"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to " +"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21 msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet" +" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a " +"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity " +"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates" +" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the " +"quantity in feet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Colis" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30 msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, " +"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the " +"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." +"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by " +"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first " +"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. " +"Repeat for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery into different packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery package details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49 +msgid "Packagings" +msgstr "Colisages" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a " +"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a " +"pallet for the packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Conditionnement" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase " +"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and " +"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while " +"UoMs are generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Different product packaging examples." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Package field on purchase order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode" +" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in " +"the packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr ":doc:`uom`" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Ajustement de stock" +msgid "Replenishment strategies" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" @@ -3328,74 +3933,118 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " +"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " +"costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "Recevoir la facture fournisseur" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " +"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " +"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " +"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " +"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " +"information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgid "" +"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " +"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50 msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." +"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " +":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " +"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " +"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " +"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " +"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " +"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." +"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." +"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " +"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " +"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " +"landed cost entry to the accounting journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " +"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " +"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " +"Costing)` method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Landed cost journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Landed cost records can also be directly created in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " +"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 @@ -4168,80 +4817,254 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Entrepôts" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "Quelle sont les différences entre des entrepôts et des emplacements ?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " +"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " +"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " +"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " +"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " +"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " +"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" +" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " +"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " +"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " +"resupply this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Set route on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " +"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " +"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " +"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" +" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " +"by moving the product from one warehouse to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " +":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " +"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " +"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " +"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." +" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " +"tracked in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " +"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, un **Entrepôt** est le bâtiment où vos articles sont stockés. " -"Vous pouvez configurer plusieurs entrepôts et créer des mouvements entre " -"entrepôts." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as many locations as you need under one warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "Il existe 3 types d'emplacements :" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9 +msgid "Warehouse" +msgstr "Entrepôt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " +"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " +"can create moves between warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "Lieu" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " +"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " +"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " +"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " +"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22 +msgid "There are three types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " +"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" -"Les **Emplacements Physiques** sont des emplacements internes qui font " -"partie des entrepôts que vous possédez. Ça peut être les zones de chargement" -" et de déchargement de votre entrepôt, une étagère, un service, etc..." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " +"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -"Les **Emplacements des Partenaires** sont des espaces dans l'entrepôt d'un " -"client et/ou d'un fournisseur. Ils fonctionnent de la même manière que les " -"Emplacements Physiques, la seule différence étant que vous n'êtes pas " -"propriétaire de l'entrepôt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " +"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " +"(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" -"Les **Emplacements Virtuels** sont des lieux qui n'existent pas, mais dans " -"lesquels les produits peuvent être placés quand ils ne sont pas encore (ou " -"plus) physiquement dans un stock. Ils sont utilisés lorsque vous voulez " -"placer des articles perdus hors de votre stock (dans la **Perte de stock**)," -" ou lorsque vous voulez prendre en compte des articles qui sont sur le " -"chemin de votre entrepôt (**Approvisionnement**) ." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " +"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " +"organization of the warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " +":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " +"The short name is five characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " +"letters of location]\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " +"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " +"created warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " +":guilabel:`Locations` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, les emplacements sont organisés hiérarchiquement. Vous pouvez " -"organiser vos emplacements comme un arbre, avec des relations parent-enfant." -" Cela vous donne des niveaux plus détaillés de l'analyse de vos opérations " -"de stock et de l'organisation de vos entrepôts." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Routes" @@ -4341,187 +5164,97 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" -" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " -"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " -"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +"When owning several warehouses, goods might need to be transferred from one " +"warehouse to another. This type of transfer is called an *inter-warehouse " +"transfer*. While physically performing the inter-warehouse transfer might be" +" simple, the administrative part can be complex. Fortunately, Odoo comes " +"with an intuitive flow that helps save time when registering inter-warehouse" +" transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Enabling the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " -"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "Création d'un nouvel entrepôt" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " -"click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" -" of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " -"warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer type for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "Créez un nouvel inventaire" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " -"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " -"the case, you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " -"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " -"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the inventory adjustment form before hitting the start button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " -"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " -"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " -"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the actual physical inventory of the new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " -"all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Créez un transfert interne" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " -"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " -"as follows:" +"The following paragraphs detail a sample inter-warehouse transfer, referred " +"to as an *internal transfer*, use case. The sample use case assumes that the" +" user has already configured their second warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:17 msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " -"Transfer`." +"To transfer eight units of a product from the first warehouse to another " +"one, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:19 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, select an internal movement " +"operation of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on the three " +"vertical dots icon on the top right corner of the operation card and select " +":guilabel:`Planned Transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the choice between planned transfer and immediate transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" -"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " -"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " -"\"new\" warehouse)." +"On the new planned transfer form, select the :guilabel:`Source Location` (in" +" this case, the first warehouse) and the :guilabel:`Destination Location` " +"(in this case, the second warehouse)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " -"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +"Next, add the products that will be transferred by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then click on :guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Mark " +"as ToDo` once done. After that, Odoo puts the transfer in the " +":guilabel:`Waiting` status. Then, click on :guilabel:`Reserve` to reserve " +"the number of products in the source warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the internal transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " -"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +"If :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer` was selected instead of :guilabel:`Planned" +" Transfer`, Odoo processes the transfer automatically after the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button is clicked on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "Il est également possible de transférer chaque produit manuellement :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, open the souce location's internal " +"transfer operation page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the dashboard with a zoom of the pending internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Select the right transfer order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Open the desired transfer order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the pending internal transfers list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " -"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " -"many products you process." +"Click on the pencil icon in the lower right corner to open the operation " +"details window. In this new window, the quantity of products can be manually" +" set." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone @@ -4530,22 +5263,23 @@ msgid "" "same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " -"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +"To process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the products can't " +"be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo automatically asks if a " +"*backorder* should be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +"Create a backorder if it is expected that the remaining products will be " +"processed later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "" -"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " -"products." +"Do not create a backorder if the remaining products will not be " +"supplied/received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4613,55 +5347,56 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." +"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " +"made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:9 msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," +" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " +"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" +" the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:14 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." +"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " +"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " +"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " +"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:25 msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " +"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " +"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " +"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" +" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " +"respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " @@ -4671,513 +5406,527 @@ msgid "" " to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "Comment cela fonctionne-t-il ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:45 +msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:50 msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." +"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " +"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " +"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " +"Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " +"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " +"between the two locations is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:63 msgid "" -"All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." +"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" +" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " +"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " +"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " +"finally the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Règles de flux poussés" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:69 +msgid "Push rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " +"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " +"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:75 msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." +"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " +"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " +"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " +"locations for different products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:79 msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." +"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" +" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" +" to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:83 msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." +"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " +"already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:87 msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " +"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " +"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " +"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" +" per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:93 +msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:95 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +"manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:98 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" -msgstr "Gérer les emplacements par défaut par produit;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 +msgid "Manage default locations per product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " +"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " +"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:113 msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." +"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " +"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "Des routes pré-configurées" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:122 msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." +"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " +"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:131 msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " +"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" +" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" +" the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:140 msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " +"the route form, the user can view which places the route is " +":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " +"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " +"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " +"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." +"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:150 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " +":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " +":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " +":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:159 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:161 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " +"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " +"places." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:169 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " +":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:172 msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." +"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " +"be manually set on the product category form by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " +"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:177 msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " +"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " +"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " +"from the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " +":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " +"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " +"that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " +"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " +"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " +"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " +"quotation/sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:204 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." +"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " +"manually set on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:207 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " +"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " +"select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:216 +msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:219 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Règles" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:221 msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" +" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " +"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " +":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or from a manufacturing order which requires a specific component." -" When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking" -" to fulfill this need." +":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" +" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " +"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " +"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " +"this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In the case you move products to the source " -"location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination" -" location." +":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " +"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " +"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " +"destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:239 msgid "" -"**Pull & Push**: this rule allows generating pickings in the two situations " -"explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific " -"location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that " -"need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered " -"to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to" -" the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " +"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " +"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " +"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " +"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:244 msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " +"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone" +"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" +"zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:254 msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " +"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:257 msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" +"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " +":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" +" of the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:263 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " +"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " +"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" +" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " +"products to the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." +"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " +"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 +msgid "Sample full route flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" +" flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:282 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" +" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " +"Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:285 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:288 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:291 msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:299 msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." +"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " +"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:307 msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " +"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " +"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " -"output zones" +"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:315 +msgid "" +"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " +"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " +"output zones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:322 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" -" zones" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" +" zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:329 msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " +"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " +"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" +" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " +"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:334 msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." +"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" +" have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 @@ -5190,76 +5939,252 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." +" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " +"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:26 +msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:28 msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegetables* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " +"products should be stored in different locations depending on several " +"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " +"and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" +" the following sub-locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:37 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:39 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:43 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:45 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:47 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " +"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " +"redirected to the right storage location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " +"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " +"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "Take the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" +" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " +"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " +"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:75 +msgid "Using Storage Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " +"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " +"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:89 +msgid "Create a Storage Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " +"storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:100 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " +"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " +"location is considered available to store a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " +"location is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " +"the same product is already there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " +"in this location at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " +"linked to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:119 +msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121 msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." +"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " +"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:124 +msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." +"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control" +" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 @@ -5276,367 +6201,428 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " "through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." +msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the " +"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area." +msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the" +" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same " +"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the " +"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, " +"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "" -"products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates " -"into account." +":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n" +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." +"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " +"transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "Comment cela fonctionne-t-il ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." +"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some " +"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, " +":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58 msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on" +" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer " +"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes " +"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because " +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from " +":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date " +"after :guilabel:`00001`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`" +" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been" +" in the stock for the longest period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71 msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." +"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* " +"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. " +"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a " +"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and " +":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." +":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on" +" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer " +"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of " +":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85 msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." +"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" +" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock " +"is requested." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." +"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries " +"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95 msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." +"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " +"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " +"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99 msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" +" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " +"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following " +"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " +"with five boxes in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103 msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " +"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " +"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" +" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " +"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " +"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" +" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " +":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " +":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " +"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " +"has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117 +msgid "Closest Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " +"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," +" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " +"that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." +"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " +"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " +"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " +"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " +"alphabetic order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "Use removal strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " +"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." +msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also " +"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy." +msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies " +"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method" +" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and" +" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " +"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " +"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find " +"the three lots available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains " +"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a " +"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot " +":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should " +"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy." +msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is " +"mostly used for products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " +"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved" +" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned " +"in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206 +msgid "" +"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way " +"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular " +"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible " +"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be " +"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can " +"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001." +msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230 msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." +"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal " +"Strategy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238 msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." +"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of " +"them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "**Lot / Numéro de série**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "**Produit**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "**Date d'expiration**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "30/09/2019" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "0000003" msgstr "0000003" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250 msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically" +" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and" +" :guilabel:`0000003`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." +msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 3cf4d15fc..d9bdb2b3e 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Camille Dantinne , 2022\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -309,12 +309,9 @@ msgstr "Ou allez dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> Voir mes services`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " -"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " -"fonctionnalité." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "More common questions" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 3e2fd7786..bef6954dc 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -899,11 +899,9 @@ msgstr "Un ordinateur ou une tablette avec un navigateur web à jour;" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" msgstr "" -"Une instance Saas ou Odoo avec le Point de ventes et l'application IoT " -"installés;" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" @@ -967,26 +965,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " +"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" " select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" "La configuration est faite, vous pouvez lancer votre nouvelle session PdV." @@ -1212,6 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Connexion" @@ -1681,6 +1679,161 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " +":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +msgid "IoT Box model 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see usage below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +msgid "IoT Box model 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " +"plugging it back into its power source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " +":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "" +"The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" +"connected to an IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " +"Display` will be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:66 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Usage" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:69 +msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" +" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box Devices` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " +"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " +"with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status" +" with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " +"and update when changes are performed on the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:97 +msgid "Display a website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " +"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " +"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 msgid "Mail Plugins" msgstr "" @@ -2071,46 +2224,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Studio" msgstr "Studio" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:17 msgid "" "Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " "knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Fields `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`Views `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`Models `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 -msgid "PDF reports" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:24 -msgid "Approval rules" +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:26 msgid "Security rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:28 msgid "" "Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:31 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "" @@ -3499,6 +3652,541 @@ msgid "" "modules as dependencies of the exported module." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Agencement" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Léger" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "En boîte" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Gras" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Rayé" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Police de caractères " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Couleurs" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Bas de page" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Format du papier" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " +"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Externe" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Interne" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Vide" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Bloc" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "En ligne" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Table" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:263 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Colonne" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"<../../general/users/access_rights>` the element should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 msgid "Views" msgstr "Vues" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index b7f97ae8f..bd4cd63be 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2022\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -552,14 +552,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " -"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " -"fonctionnalité." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) `" msgstr "" ":doc:`Achat intégré dans l'application (IAP) " @@ -903,11 +900,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit " +"from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et que vous avez la version Enterprise, " -"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester la fonctionnalité." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -2166,18 +2161,12 @@ msgstr "Certification et On-premise" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"odoo.com Odoo Online instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " "modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " "support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " "is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " "module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." msgstr "" -"La certification accordée par le gouvernement est limitée à l'utilisation " -"sur l'instance SaaS d'odoo.com. L'utilisation du module à partir de la " -"source ou d'une version modifiée **ne sera pas** certifiée. Nous prenons " -"également en charge l'utilisation d'un module fiscale pour les clients sur " -"site. Cependant, une version figée du module peut être fournie sur demande " -"pour les clients Enterprise." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 msgid "Restrictions" @@ -4894,102 +4883,18 @@ msgstr "Marketplaces prises en charge" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " -"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " -"unsupported marketplace `." +"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" +" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " +"marketplace `." msgstr "" -"Le connecteur Amazon prend actuellement en charge 9 marketplaces. Si vous en" -" trouvez une qui n'est pas répertoriée ci-dessous, vous pouvez " -":ref:`l'ajouter en tant que marketplace non prise en charge `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 -msgid "**North America region**" -msgstr "**Région Amérique du Nord**" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Canada" -msgstr "Canada" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Amazon.ca" -msgstr "Amazon.ca" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Mexique" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Amazon.com.mx" -msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "US" -msgstr "USA." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "Amazon.com" -msgstr "Amazon.com" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 -msgid "**Europe region**" -msgstr "**Région Europe**" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Allemagne" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Amazon.de" -msgstr "Amazon.de" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Espagne" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Amazon.es" -msgstr "Amazon.es" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "France" -msgstr "France" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "Amazon.fr" -msgstr "Amazon.fr" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "UK" -msgstr "UK" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "Amazon.co.uk" -msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Italy" -msgstr "Italie" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Amazon.it" -msgstr "Amazon.it" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Pays-Bas" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Amazon.nl" -msgstr "Amazon.nl" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`gérer`" @@ -5198,7 +5103,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr ":doc:`fonctionnalités`" @@ -5320,58 +5225,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:76 -msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgid "Add a new marketplace" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:78 msgid "" -"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not created by default " -"as they are not officially supported by Odoo but might be compatible with " -"your seller account. These marketplaces can be added manually should you " -"wish to use them. See :ref:`here ` for the " -"exhaustive list of natively supported marketplaces." +":ref:`All marketplaces are supported by the Amazon Connector " +"`, but recently created ones might be missing" +" from your database. To add a new marketplace, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " -"Documentation `_. The marketplace must belong to the " -"same region as that of your seller account." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:83 msgid "" -"To add a new marketplace, activate the :ref:`developer mode `." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors " +"--> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:93 -msgid "" -"From there, create a new marketplace record. Enter the Marketplace ID and " -"select the Amazon Region for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon " -"Documentation for marketplace IDs `_, and the Seller Central URL as described in" -" the `Amazon Documentation for seller central URLs `_, " +"and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` as described in the `Amazon " +"Documentation for seller central URLs `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:91 msgid "" -"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve " -"it (e.g.: ``Amazon.se``). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " +"Set the name of the record to `Amazon.` to easily retrieve it " +"(e.g.: **Amazon.se**). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " ":guilabel:`Region` and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` fields should " "respectively hold the *MarketplaceId*, the selected Amazon region and the " "*Seller Central URL* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, update the Amazon Account configuration by " "going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors" @@ -5384,13 +5279,6 @@ msgid "" "unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " -"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " -"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "Connecteur eBay" @@ -5683,10 +5571,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "Pour basculer sur le nouveau mécanisme de synchronisation : " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 -msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index f0a3ee655..71340f613 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shark McGnark , 2022\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -1702,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" "comprendre d'où viennent vos pistes et opportunités." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic with Plausible.io" +msgid "Website analytics with Plausible.io" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:5 @@ -1711,58 +1711,77 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:7 msgid "" -"`Create a Plausible.io account `__ if you " +"`Create a Plausible.io account `_ if you " "don't have any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:8 msgid "" -"`Create your website `__ and `Start " +"`Create your website `_ and `Start " "collecting data` if it is not already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:10 msgid "" -"Go through the `list of your websites `__ and " +"Go through the `list of your websites `_ and " "click on the gear icon." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Click on cog icon in the list of websites" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:16 msgid "" -"Click on the button `+ New Link` in the tab Visibility to create your Shared" -" links." +"Click on the button :guilabel:`+ New Link` in the tab Visibility to create " +"your Shared links." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a shared link in the Visibility tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:22 msgid "" "Choose a name (and NO password - it is not supported to embed it in Odoo) " -"and click on the button `Create Shared Link`" +"and click on the button `Create Shared Link`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Credentials creation for the new shared link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:29 msgid "" -"Copy the new Shared Link url from Plausible.io and paste it in the Settings " -"of Odoo" +"Copy the new Shared Link URL from Plausible.io and paste it into the " +"Settings of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:34 -msgid "You are on the Odoo Saas Platform?" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Copy the shared link URL from Plausible.io" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Paste the shared link URL to Odoo settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "**You are on the Odoo Online Platform**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 msgid "" -"When you `create your database on www.odoo.com/trial " -"`__, we create it for you on our own server. You" -" don't have anything to do." +"When you `create your Odoo Online database `_, " +"we create it for you on our own server. You don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:40 -msgid "What about the Goal?" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "**What about the Goal?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 msgid "" -"Odoo push out-of-the-box some custom event: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." +"Odoo pushes out-of-the-box custom events: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 @@ -3129,18 +3148,14 @@ msgstr "Générer une clé d'accès Unsplash" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:9 msgid "" -"**As a SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow " -"this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own Odoo " -"Unsplash key in a transparent way." +"**As an Odoo Online user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to" +" follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own" +" Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -"**En tant qu'utilisateur SaaS**, vous êtes prêt à utiliser Unsplash. Vous " -"n'aurez pas besoin de suivre ce guide pour configurer les informations " -"Unsplash puisque vous utiliserez notre propre clé Odoo Unsplash de manière " -"transparente." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:13 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Saas users" -msgstr "Générer une clé d'accès Unsplash pour les utilisateurs non-SaaS" +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Odoo Online users" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:15 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." @@ -3183,13 +3198,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:42 msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " -"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a " +"restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -"**En tant qu'utilisateur non-SaaS**, vous ne pourrez pas vous enregistrer " -"pour une clé Unsplash de production et serez limité à votre clé de test qui " -"a une restriction de 50 requêtes Unsplash par heure." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:46 msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" @@ -3222,13 +3234,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:65 msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " -"requests per hour restriction." +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 " +"Unsplash requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" -"**En tant qu'utilisateur non-SaaS**, vous ne pourrez pas vous inscrire pour " -"une clé Unsplash de production et serez limité à votre clé de test qui a une" -" restriction de 50 requêtes Unsplash par heure." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:5 msgid "Publish" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index c411797e5..adae87038 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Ofir Blum , 2022 -# Jonathan Spier, 2022 # Netta Waizer, 2022 +# Jonathan Spier, 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 # Lilach Gilliam , 2022 # hed shefer , 2022 @@ -15,21 +15,20 @@ # שהאב חוסיין , 2022 # david danilov, 2022 # Adi Sharashov , 2022 -# yotam linder , 2022 -# Yihya Hugirat , 2022 -# דודי מלכה , 2022 -# ZVI BLONDER , 2022 # Roy Sayag, 2022 # NoaFarkash, 2022 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2022 +# Yihya Hugirat , 2022 +# דודי מלכה , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: NoaFarkash, 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: דודי מלכה , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -73,6 +72,7 @@ msgid "Bank and cash" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:123 msgid "Bank feeds" msgstr "" @@ -83,78 +83,76 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" -"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " -"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " -"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +"Importing your bank statements allows you to keep track of your bank account" +" transactions and reconcile them with the ones recorded in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" -"We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " -"the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +"We recommend using :doc:`the bank synchronization feature " +"` for more efficiency. However, if you do not want to " +"use it or if your bank is not yet supported, other options exist:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " -"not a supported institution, you still have other options:" +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 -msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 -msgid "Register the bank statements manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 -msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 -msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 -msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 -msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 -msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" -"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " -"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " -"Statement*." +"To import a file, go to the Accounting dashboard and click on " +":guilabel:`Import (Statements)` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window, or click " +"on the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button and then on :guilabel:`Import " +"Statement`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone msgid "Import a bank statement file in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 -msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Next, select the file you want to import and click on :guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "" -"Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " -"and **map** the different columns you want to import." +"Once the file uploaded, the **import widget** helps you set formatting " +"options and **map** the different columns you want to import. You also can " +":guilabel:`test` the bank statement file before importing it to your " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone @@ -162,64 +160,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Register bank statements manually in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " -"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:45 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually. To do so, go " +"to the :guilabel:`Accounting dashboard` and click on the :guilabel:`Create " +"Statements` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window. Alternatively, you can click " +"the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button, and then :guilabel:`New " +"Statement`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 -msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the " +":guilabel:`Partner` field. You can also type in the payments’ references in " +"the :guilabel:`Label` field. Add a new line for each transaction written on " +"the original bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:61 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " -"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " -"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." -" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"The **Ending Balance** and the **Computed Balance** should have the same " +"amount. If this is not the case, make sure there are no mistakes in the " "transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr " לביצוע" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 -msgid "Bank synchronization: Automatic import" +msgid "Bank synchronization: automatic import" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 @@ -232,47 +202,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features `_, and click on " -"*See list of supported institutions*." +":guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Checking a bank's compatibility with Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 -msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:14 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:18 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "Bank synchronization is not available for trial databases." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid "**EnableBanking**: Scandinavian countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:20 @@ -293,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:55 @@ -307,11 +274,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:266 @@ -324,11 +291,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "תצורה" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:26 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -337,84 +304,92 @@ msgid "" "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:34 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 -msgid "First Synchronization" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "First synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " -"the accounting dashboard." +"You can start synchronization either by going to the Accounting app and " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank" +" Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" -" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." +" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is " +"disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:49 msgid "" -"During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " -"secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" -" want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect " -"suspicious activity on your account, we block all requests coming from your " -"account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number. The third-" -"party provider may request more information in order to connect with your " -"bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." +"When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick " +"the date when you start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo " +"accounting database. For example, if you import your closing balance in Odoo" +" on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting transactions on the " +"01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure " +"your account. We ask for such information because we don't want your data " +"falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activities " +"on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you " +"need to reactivate it using that phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect " +"with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's " +"servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:73 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " -"clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Synchronize Now Button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 msgid "" -"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " -"Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " -"Transactions* button." +"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click " +"on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Online Synchronization Form view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:82 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -424,150 +399,146 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 msgid "Issues" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:93 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " -"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select the connection that " -"failed, and copy the error description and the reference." +"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard-->" +" Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the " +"connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:98 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:100 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " -"the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." +"the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support `_ directly with your client" " id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:111 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:113 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " -"default filter in the search bar and type: " -"**account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* " -"button to install the new module." +"default filter in the search bar and type `account_online_synchronization`. " +"You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users" +" refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Installation button of the account_online_synchronization module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:125 msgid "" -"Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " -"CTRL+F5." +"All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " +"won't work anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these " +"connections; you have to make new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for " +"online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +msgid "" +"By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" +" Accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:135 -msgid "" -"All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " -"won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " -"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`). " -"It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new " -"ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " -"for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -msgid "" -"By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " -"Accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:140 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " -"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," -" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button. You can also synchronize and " -"fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so " -"it is possible that clicking on *Synchronize Now* does not get your latest " -"transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard`, and click on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button. You can " +"also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`. Some " +"providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on" +" :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you " +"already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:148 msgid "" -"A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " -"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" -" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " -"status changes." +"A transaction can be visible on your bank account but not be fetched if it " +"has the status :guilabel:`Pending`. Only transactions with the " +":guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not " +"**Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:155 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:157 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -577,11 +548,11 @@ msgid "" " from the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -589,63 +560,64 @@ msgid "" "provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:177 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " -"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization` to click on the *Fetch Accounts* button on the " -"connection." +"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the " +":guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:189 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:195 msgid "" -"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " -"update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." +"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`,open the" +" connection you want to update your credentials and click on the " +":guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:201 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr "" @@ -850,6 +822,11 @@ msgid "" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" @@ -1008,156 +985,211 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "שונות" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgid "Internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." +"In Odoo, internal money transfers can be made in a few clicks. You need at " +"least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and " +"one cash journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:11 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." +"An internal transfer account is automatically created on your database based" +" on your company's localization and depending on your country’s legislation." +" If needed, the default :guilabel:`Internal transfer account` can be " +"modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgid "" +"At least two bank accounts are needed to make internal transfers. Refer to " +":doc:`Bank and cash accounts section <../setup/bank_accounts>` to see how to" +" add an additional bank account to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " -"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:22 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:24 msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +"Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you " +"want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:28 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:30 msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." +"From the Accounting Dashboard, click on the drop-down selection button " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) on one of your banks. In the :guilabel:`New` column click on" +" :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." +":guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Confirm` to register your internal transfer." +" The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is " +"**automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:46 +msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:55 +msgid "Outstanding Payments account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:144 +msgid "$1,000" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:75 +msgid "**Internal transfer account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:146 +msgid "**$1,000**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:63 +msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:72 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:80 msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." +"There are one outstanding payment and one outstanding receipt pending in " +"your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the " +"sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 -msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " -"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " -"bank statements and reconcile`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." +msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:93 msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." +"The next step is to book the bank statements to finalize the transaction by " +"creating, :doc:`importing <../feeds/bank_statements>`, or " +":doc:`synchronizing <../feeds/bank_synchronization>` your " +":guilabel:`Transactions lines`. Fill in the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and " +"click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 -msgid "The following window will open:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:105 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +"In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, " +"the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Reconcile your payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:133 +msgid "Bank journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:122 +msgid "Outstanding Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:125 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:129 msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " -"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." +"The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related " +"to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:142 +msgid "Outstanding Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 @@ -1177,6 +1209,13 @@ msgid "" "with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr " לביצוע" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " @@ -1508,184 +1547,222 @@ msgid "Setup" msgstr "הכנה" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Accounts" -msgstr "חשבונות בנק" +msgid "Bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " -"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " -"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." +"You can manage as many bank or cash accounts as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to have all your banking data up-to-date " +"and ready for :doc:`reconciliation <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` " +"with your journal entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " -"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." +"In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post " +"all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are " +"automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" -" are automatically created and configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:14 +msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:16 msgid "" -"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " -"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" -" are displayed when appropriate." +"Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone msgid "" -"Bank Journals Cards are displayed on the Accounting Overview in Odoo " -"Accounting" +"Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action " +"buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 -msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:26 +msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" -" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " -"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:29 +msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 -msgid "Bank Synchronization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically." +"To connect your bank account to your database, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`," +" select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " +"instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " -"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this bank synchronization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "" -"Select a bank institution in the list and connect it to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 -msgid "Manual configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" -" out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 -msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 -msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 -msgid "" -"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " -"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" -" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " -"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " -"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " -"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " -"accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Add manually a new bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " -"modify." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" -" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " -"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" -" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " -"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " -"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " -"in the **Bank Statements** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Advanced configuration of a bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:39 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "צור חשבון בנק" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't want " +"to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank " +"account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it`" +" (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables " +"some features accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank " +"account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to " +"match your bank account information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Create a cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " +":ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can " +"review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:68 +msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to" +" your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Manually configure your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/outstanding_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:90 +msgid "Suspense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` " +"until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:96 +msgid "Profit and loss accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending " +"balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the " +":guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance " +"of a cash register differs from what the system computes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "מטבע" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:111 +msgid "Account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external " +"link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click " +"on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your " +"bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Edit your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three" +" options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet " +"if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if " +"you want to import your bank statement using a different format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your" +" bank is synchronized with your database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 @@ -3414,6 +3491,7 @@ msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:87 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "לוח חשבונות" @@ -5853,14 +5931,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 msgid "Name" msgstr "שם" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 msgid "Technical name" msgstr "שם טכני" @@ -7598,7 +7676,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the SKR03 is installed by " +"default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 @@ -7619,7 +7698,6 @@ msgstr "מאזן" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "רווח והפסד" @@ -8000,9 +8078,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:227 msgid "" -"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " -"In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " -"systems." +"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online " +"service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on " +"external systems." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:231 @@ -12597,8 +12675,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" +" by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 @@ -12708,7 +12786,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgid "" +"How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (Odoo Online or On-premise)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 @@ -13340,15 +13419,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Initial configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "לוח חשבונות" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"The **chart of accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" @@ -13359,7 +13432,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 @@ -13378,6 +13451,10 @@ msgstr "התחייבויות" msgid "Equity" msgstr "הון עצמי" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +msgid "Profit & Loss:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 @@ -13392,8 +13469,8 @@ msgstr "מאשר הוצאות" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" -"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," -" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +"When browsing your chart of accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by :guilabel:`Account Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone @@ -13401,43 +13478,43 @@ msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgid "Configuration of an account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " -"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " -"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"company on your database) determines which **fiscal localization package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard chart of accounts " "already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" -"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" -" Journal Entry has been posted." +"It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a" +" journal entry has been posted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" +msgid "Code and name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" -"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"Each account is identified by its **code** and **name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "" -"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +"Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" msgstr "" @@ -13459,8 +13536,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:61 msgid "" -"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " -"and select the right type among the following list:" +"To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down " +"selector and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 @@ -13541,145 +13618,162 @@ msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "יתרות חוץ מאזניות" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:107 msgid "" -"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " -":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " -"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"Some **account types** display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`assets ` entries, :ref:`deferred expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`deferred revenues " "` entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " -"corresponding form." +":guilabel:`Create in draft`: whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill " +"out the corresponding form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:116 msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " -"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +":guilabel:`Create and validate`: you must also select a **model**. Whenever " +"a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:120 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "מיסים חלים" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:122 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 msgid "Tags" msgstr "תגיות" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "Account Groups" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 +msgid "Account groups" msgstr "קבוצות חשבונות" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 msgid "" -"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +"**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " -"Balance**." +"Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of" +" the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the " +"group `131000`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 -msgid "" -"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " -"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " -"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " -"the right Account Group." +msgid "Create account groups manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 msgid "" -"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " -"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +"Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The " +"following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a new account group, :ref:`developer mode ` and " +"head to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Account " +"Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code " +"prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note " +"that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`to` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Account groups creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app-->Reporting-->Trial Balance`, then open the " +":guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "אפשר התאמה" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "Allow reconciliation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 msgid "" -"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " -"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " -"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as " +":guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used" +" to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing " +"reconciliation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:162 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's " +"settings, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "יצא משימוש" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, " +"and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:193 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 @@ -13793,6 +13887,34 @@ msgid "" "account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " @@ -13829,6 +13951,11 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "לוח חשבונות" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " @@ -13976,6 +14103,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:3 msgid "Main accounting concepts" msgstr "" @@ -14756,14 +14887,6 @@ msgid "" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" @@ -14774,26 +14897,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 @@ -17145,123 +17248,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " +"facilitating the reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`../supplier_bills/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:72 @@ -17269,62 +17264,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Group payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." +"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " +"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " +"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " +":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Register payment button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:25 +msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:27 msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." +"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " +"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " +"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." +"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " +"more bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:39 msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." +"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " +"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " +"to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:43 +msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " +"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`. Make sure to apply " +"the :doc:`payment terms <../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms>`" +" to the **bills** *instead* of the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 @@ -17923,6 +17925,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -18200,22 +18208,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 -msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgid "AI-powered document digitization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " -"traditional paper invoices into vendor bills and customer invoices forms in " -"your accounting." +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into " +"vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial " "intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor " -"bills and customer invoices forms are automatically created and populated " +"bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated " "based on the scanned invoices." msgstr "" @@ -18226,45 +18232,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR " -"`_." +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The more documents you scan, the better the system identifies the correct " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Digitalization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitalization` and " -"choose whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` " -"should be processed automatically or manually." +"Digitization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitization` and choose " +"whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` (this " +"includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on " +"demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option can also be selected. It " -"enables to get only one line created per tax in the new bill, regardless of " -"the number of lines from the invoice." +"If you enable the :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option, only one " +"line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines " +"on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 msgid "Invoice upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 msgid "Upload invoices manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button of your vendor bills journal. Alternatively, go to " @@ -18273,63 +18270,98 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:40 msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 msgid "" "You can configure your connected scanner to send scanned documents to an " "email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft " "customer invoices or vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 msgid "" -"You can modify the email alias of a journal by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, opening the " -"appropriate journal, opening the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and " -"modifying the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field." +"You can modify the email alias of a journal. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. Under :guilabel:`General Settings: Discuss`, " +"enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:49 msgid "" -"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can send your " -"scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., `inbox-" -"financial@example.odoo.com`)." +"The email alias is now available in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab of" +" the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can " +"automatically send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` " +"workspace (e.g., `inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:56 -msgid "Invoice digitization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 msgid "" -"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " -"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitalization` to do it " -"manually." +"The default email aliases `vendor-bills@` and `customer-invoices@` followed " +"by the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` you set are automatically created for the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` journals, " +"respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " -"clicking on the respective tags (available in Edit mode) and selecting the " -"proper information instead." +"To change a default email alias, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`. Select the journal you want to " +"edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email " +"Alias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:66 +msgid "Invoice digitization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +msgid "" +"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " +"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and " +"selecting the proper information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:75 +msgid "Data recognition with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 +msgid "" +"It is essential to review and correct (if needed) the information uploaded " +"during digitization. Then, you have to post the document by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system " +"identifies the correct data for future digitizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "תמחור" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 msgid "" "The **invoice digitization** is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:87 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to " @@ -18337,14 +18369,19 @@ msgid "" "Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SaaS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:78 -msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:96 +msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 @@ -18823,8 +18860,8 @@ msgid "" "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 @@ -19354,11 +19391,11 @@ msgid "Applicability" msgstr "החל על" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 -msgid "Factur-X (CII)" +msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "Default format on Odoo (enabled by default)" +msgid "For French and German companies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:25 @@ -19487,27 +19524,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:71 msgid "" -"By default, the :guilabel:`Factur-X` option is enabled. It means that an XML" -" file is automatically included in the PDF document that is sent." +"Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for " +"interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option " +":guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the " +"invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like " +"Chorus Pro." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:74 msgid "" "The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's " ":guilabel:`General Information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via " "existing access points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 msgid "Add new formats to a database created before July 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:82 msgid "" "If your database was created before July 2022 and you wish to use one of the" " formats available from July 2022, you have to :ref:`install " @@ -19516,29 +19556,29 @@ msgid "" "country-specific module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:88 msgid "" "If you want to use the Belgian format E-FFF in a database created prior to " "July 2022, you need to :ref:`install `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 msgid "Belgium - E-Invoicing (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 msgid "`l10n_be_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 msgid "Import/Export electronic invoices with UBL/CII" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:99 msgid "`account_edi_ubl_cii`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:102 msgid "" "Once the new module is installed, UBL 2.0 and UBL 2.1 formats no longer " "appear in the journal since UBL BIS Billing 3.0 is available and more widely" @@ -19892,6 +19932,10 @@ msgid "" "want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 +msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 msgid "" "**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " @@ -20239,12 +20283,6 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 msgid "" "Click `here `_ to know about our " @@ -21960,6 +21998,70 @@ msgid "" "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:3 +msgid "Tax carryover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When performing tax reports, the **tax carryover** feature allows carrying " +"amounts from one period to another without creating new entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It has been created to meet the legal requirements of specific locations, " +"where amounts must be transferred from period to period (for example, " +"because the total of the line is negative)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The feature is activated by default in countries where it is required, such " +"as Belgium, France, and Italy. There is no specific configuration required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100" +" for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this case, as per local regulation, grid 81 of the tax report may contain" +" a negative amount. But it must be declared to the government as zero, and " +"the negative amount should be carried over to the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a " +"pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "" +"pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:32 +msgid "" +"At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount " +"was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that" +" will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing " +"transactions and the carryover from the previous period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration of the tax return" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:5 msgid "Taxation" msgstr "" @@ -22513,123 +22615,173 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +"Cash basis taxes are due when the payment is made, as opposed to standard " +"taxes that are due when the invoice is confirmed. Reporting your income and " +"expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in " +"some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." +"You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year, and the payment " +"is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you " +"must pay is for the 2nd quarter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, enable :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +"Then, define the :guilabel:`Tax Cash Basis Journal`. Click on the external " +"link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the" +" :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:28 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +"By default, the journal entries of the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Taxes` journal " +"are named using the :guilabel:`CABA` short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Taxes` to configure your taxes. You can either " +":guilabel:`Create` a new tax or update an existing one by clicking on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +"The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to " +"post taxes until the payment is registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" +"Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" +"is registered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, decide of the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Exigilibity`. Select :guilabel:`Based on Payment`, so the tax is due when " +"the payment of the invoice is received. You can then also define the " +":guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded " +"as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "" +"Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" +"reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +msgid "Impact of cash basis taxes on accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" +msgid "" +"To illustrate the impact of cash basis taxes on accounting transactions, " +"let's take an example with the sales of a product that costs 1,000$, with a " +"cash basis tax of 15%." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgid "" +"The following entries are created in your accounting, and the tax report is " +"currently empty." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "יומן בנק" +msgid "**Customer journal (INV)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +msgid "Receivable $1,150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Income $1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "יומן בסיס מזומנים מס" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:103 +msgid "Temporary tax account $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:77 +msgid "When the payment is then received, it is registered as below :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Bank journal (BANK)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgid "Bank $1,150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:90 msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." +"Once the payment is registered, you can use the :guilabel:`Cash Basis " +"Entries` smart button on the invoice to access them directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Default taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Finally, upon reconciliation of the invoice with the payment, the below " +"entry is automatically created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Journal (Caba)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:105 +msgid "Income account $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:107 +msgid "Tax Received $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The journal items :guilabel:`Income account` vs. :guilabel:`Income account` " +"are neutral, but they are needed to ensure correct tax reports in Odoo with " +"accurate base tax amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Using a default :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` is recommended so your" +" balance is at zero and your income account is not polluted by unnecessary " +"accounting movements. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Taxes`, and select a :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` " +"under :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 @@ -23062,222 +23214,256 @@ msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." +"TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " +"and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " +"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." +"Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " +"complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " +"by clicking on :guilabel:`Stores`, then :guilabel:`Get Details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." +"Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " +"store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." +"Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " +":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " +"Codes` product categories from TaxCloud. Some categories may imply specific " +"tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +"Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " +":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` is set on your products or product categories, or when no product " +"is found on an order/invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:0 +msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +"If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " +"Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " +"select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "Automatically post taxes to the correct Tax Payable account" +"If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" +" the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" +" (:guilabel:`🡕`) to set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the " +":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" -"For each one of your companies that uses TaxCloud, it might be necessary to " -"create a **User-Defined Default** so that the new taxes generated by the " -"TaxCloud integration are created with the correct Tax Payable account:" +"If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " +":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" -"A User-Defined Default impacts all records at creation. It means that " -"**every** new tax will be set up to record income in the specified Tax " -"Payable account, unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different " -"income account (or there exists another User-Defined Default that takes " -"precedence)." +"A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " +"not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " +":guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the *All* :guilabel:`Product Category`, it " +"is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, " -"select the Tax Payable account for the company. Take note of the account's " -"``id`` in the URL string." +"Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " +"code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" +" edit your company address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" +" with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " +"default**. This process should be repeated for each one of your companies " +"that uses TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " +"**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " +"account unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income " +"account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " +"account, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Take note of the number after `id=`" +" in the URL string; it is the **Tax Payable account ID** and will be used " +"later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "The account's ID can be found in the URL string as 'id=...'." +msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> User-Defined " -"Defaults`, and click on *Create*." +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " +"and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:70 -msgid "Click on *Field*, then, in the drop-down menu, on *Search More*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " +"More...`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Click on 'Search More' in the 'Field' drop-down menu." +msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 msgid "" -"In the pop-up's search box, filter on the model ``tax.repartition.line`` and" -" the field ``account``. Select the ``account`` field of the " -"``tax.repartition.line`` model." +"Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," +" and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " +"Select the line with :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` under the " +":guilabel:`Model` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Select the 'account' field of the 'tax.repartition.line' model." +msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" -"In the **Default Value** field, enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable " -"account. Select the company for which this configuration should apply in the" -" *Company* field. Click *Save*." +"Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " +"the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " +":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " +":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable account." +msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid "How it works" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." +"Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " +"`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" +" enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" +" position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions` and select " +":guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (TaxCloud)`. Enable :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically` and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "קופונים ומבצעים" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " +"the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " +"computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." +"To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " +":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +msgid "" +"If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " +"TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " +"lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation, the amount of " +"the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of " +"the lines it impacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " +"promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" +" you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" +" which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " +"product's tax rate is 7%, the tax rate computed from the TaxCloud " +"integration displays 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in " +"the price sent to TaxCloud. However, in Odoo, the discount is on another " +"line entirely. Still, the tax computation is correct. Indeed, a 3.5% tax on " +"the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price, but this " +"might be unexpected from a user point of view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 @@ -23809,8 +23995,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:7 msgid "" -"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online/SaaS), and" -" organize them in various workspaces." +"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online), and " +"organize them in various workspaces." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 59e375f56..0bb822fe2 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -6,20 +6,21 @@ # Translators: # Netta Waizer, 2022 # hed shefer , 2022 -# ExcaliberX , 2022 -# דודי מלכה , 2022 # ZVI BLONDER , 2022 -# Yihya Hugirat , 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 +# david danilov, 2022 +# Yihya Hugirat , 2022 +# Lilach Gilliam , 2022 +# דודי מלכה , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: דודי מלכה , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -521,15 +522,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 @@ -1594,6 +1599,257 @@ msgid "" "to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory adjustments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " +"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " +"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, " +"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must" +" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts " +"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are " +"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22 +msgid "Add a new line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in " +"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the " +"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on " +"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If " +":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered " +"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40 +msgid "Count products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " +"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the " +"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the" +" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When " +":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away." +" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment," +" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in " +"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted " +"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before" +" applying the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 +msgid "Plan counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70 +msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be " +"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by " +"opening the column options icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are " +"scheduled for today or earlier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Count` and fill in the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" +" be accounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product" +" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On " +"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the " +"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93 +msgid "" +"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for" +" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the " +"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual " +"Inventory Day and Month` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" +" setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 +msgid "Cycle counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " +"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " +"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " +"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " +"counting more often at key locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " +"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 +msgid "Change the inventory frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " +"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " +"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " +"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" +" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " +"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " +"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "" @@ -2309,6 +2565,120 @@ msgid "" "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " +"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " +"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " +"be a better fit than the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " +"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " +"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "Add products to a wave" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " +"products to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " +"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " +"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " +"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " +"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " +":guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" +" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " +"product, location, carrier, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " +":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " +"transfer from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " +"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " +"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " +"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "View wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" +" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " +":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "תכנון" @@ -2719,212 +3089,420 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "מוצרים" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " +"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " +"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " +"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" +" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " +"processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " +"forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " +"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " +"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " +"the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"from the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"*regardless of the current stock level*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" +" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " +"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " +"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " +":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " +"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" +" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " +"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " +"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " +"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized and should be used for this purpose only." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " +"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " +"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." +"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " +"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " +"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " +"and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" +" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " +"valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " +"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " +"reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " +"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" +" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" +" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 +msgid "" +"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" +" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " +"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " +"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " +"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " +"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 +msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Warehouse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " +"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " +"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " +"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" +" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " +"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" +"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " +"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgid "Use different units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." +" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " +"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " +"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " +"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " +"supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." +"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." +"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " +"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " +"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " +"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" +" only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Set units of measure categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36 msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." +"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " +"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" +" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " +"new units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." +"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " +"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" +" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " +"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" +" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" +" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." +" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" +" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " +"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." +"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" +" category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " +"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" +" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " +"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69 +msgid "Unit conversion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72 +msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " +"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " +"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78 +msgid "" +"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " +"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " +"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " +"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " +"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " +"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "עיתוד מלאי" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " +"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " +":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " +"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " +"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " +"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" +" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " +"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" +" can be manually edited on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" +" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " +"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " +"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" +" delivery shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " +"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" +" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 @@ -2932,7 +3510,7 @@ msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" +msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "יחידות מידה" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 @@ -2943,66 +3521,101 @@ msgid "" "supplier." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "" +"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase " +"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different " +"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective " +"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to " +"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21 msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet" +" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a " +"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity " +"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates" +" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the " +"quantity in feet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28 msgid "Packages" msgstr "חבילות" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30 msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, " +"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the " +"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." +"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by " +"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first " +"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. " +"Repeat for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery into different packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery package details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49 +msgid "Packagings" +msgstr "אריזות" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a " +"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a " +"pallet for the packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "אריזה" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase " +"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and " +"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while " +"UoMs are generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Different product packaging examples." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Package field on purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67 msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." +"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode" +" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in " +"the packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "התאמת מלאי" +msgid "Replenishment strategies" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" @@ -3060,74 +3673,118 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " +"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " +"costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " +"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " +"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " +"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " +"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " +"information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgid "" +"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " +"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50 msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." +"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " +":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " +"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " +"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " +"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " +"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " +"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." +"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." +"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " +"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " +"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " +"landed cost entry to the accounting journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " +"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " +"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " +"Costing)` method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Landed cost journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Landed cost records can also be directly created in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " +"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 @@ -3892,59 +4549,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "מחסנים" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " +"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " +"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " +"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " +"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " +"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " +"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" +" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " +"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " +"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " +"resupply this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Set route on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " +"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " +"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " +"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" +" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " +"by moving the product from one warehouse to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " +":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " +"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " +"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " +"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." +" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " +"tracked in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " +"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9 +msgid "Warehouse" +msgstr "מחסן" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as many locations as you need under one warehouse." +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " +"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " +"can create moves between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "מיקום" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " +"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " +"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " +"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " +"be configured as needed under one warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22 +msgid "There are three types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " +"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " +"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " +"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " +"(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " +"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " +"organization of the warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " +":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " +"The short name is five characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " +"letters of location]\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " +"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " +"created warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " +":guilabel:`Locations` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 @@ -4045,187 +4896,97 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" -" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " -"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " -"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +"When owning several warehouses, goods might need to be transferred from one " +"warehouse to another. This type of transfer is called an *inter-warehouse " +"transfer*. While physically performing the inter-warehouse transfer might be" +" simple, the administrative part can be complex. Fortunately, Odoo comes " +"with an intuitive flow that helps save time when registering inter-warehouse" +" transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" -"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." +"The following paragraphs detail a sample inter-warehouse transfer, referred " +"to as an *internal transfer*, use case. The sample use case assumes that the" +" user has already configured their second warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Enabling the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:17 msgid "" -"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " -"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +"To transfer eight units of a product from the first warehouse to another " +"one, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:19 msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " -"click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" -" of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " -"warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer type for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " -"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " -"the case, you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " -"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " -"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the inventory adjustment form before hitting the start button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " -"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " -"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " -"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the actual physical inventory of the new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " -"all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " -"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " -"as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " -"Transfer`." +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, select an internal movement " +"operation of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on the three " +"vertical dots icon on the top right corner of the operation card and select " +":guilabel:`Planned Transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the choice between planned transfer and immediate transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" -"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " -"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " -"\"new\" warehouse)." +"On the new planned transfer form, select the :guilabel:`Source Location` (in" +" this case, the first warehouse) and the :guilabel:`Destination Location` " +"(in this case, the second warehouse)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " -"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +"Next, add the products that will be transferred by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then click on :guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Mark " +"as ToDo` once done. After that, Odoo puts the transfer in the " +":guilabel:`Waiting` status. Then, click on :guilabel:`Reserve` to reserve " +"the number of products in the source warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the internal transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " -"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +"If :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer` was selected instead of :guilabel:`Planned" +" Transfer`, Odoo processes the transfer automatically after the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button is clicked on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, open the souce location's internal " +"transfer operation page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the dashboard with a zoom of the pending internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Select the right transfer order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Open the desired transfer order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the pending internal transfers list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " -"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " -"many products you process." +"Click on the pencil icon in the lower right corner to open the operation " +"details window. In this new window, the quantity of products can be manually" +" set." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone @@ -4234,22 +4995,23 @@ msgid "" "same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " -"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +"To process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the products can't " +"be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo automatically asks if a " +"*backorder* should be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +"Create a backorder if it is expected that the remaining products will be " +"processed later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "" -"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " -"products." +"Do not create a backorder if the remaining products will not be " +"supplied/received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4312,55 +5074,56 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." +"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " +"made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:9 msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," +" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " +"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" +" the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:14 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." +"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " +"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " +"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " +"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:25 msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " +"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " +"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " +"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" +" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " +"respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " @@ -4370,513 +5133,527 @@ msgid "" " to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:45 +msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:50 msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." +"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " +"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " +"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " +"Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " +"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " +"between the two locations is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:63 msgid "" -"All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." +"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" +" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " +"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " +"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " +"finally the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:69 +msgid "Push rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " +"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " +"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:75 msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." +"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " +"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " +"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " +"locations for different products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:79 msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." +"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" +" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" +" to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:83 msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." +"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " +"already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:87 msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " +"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " +"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " +"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" +" per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:93 +msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:95 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +"manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:98 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 +msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " +"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " +"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:113 msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." +"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " +"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:122 msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." +"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " +"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:131 msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " +"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" +" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" +" the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:140 msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " +"the route form, the user can view which places the route is " +":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " +"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " +"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " +"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." +"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:150 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " +":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " +":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " +":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:159 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:161 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " +"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " +"places." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:169 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " +":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:172 msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." +"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " +"be manually set on the product category form by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " +"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:177 msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " +"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " +"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " +"from the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " +":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " +"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " +"that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " +"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " +"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " +"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " +"quotation/sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:204 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." +"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " +"manually set on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:207 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " +"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " +"select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:216 +msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:219 msgid "Rules" msgstr "כללים" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:221 msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" +" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " +"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " +":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or from a manufacturing order which requires a specific component." -" When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking" -" to fulfill this need." +":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" +" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " +"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " +"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " +"this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In the case you move products to the source " -"location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination" -" location." +":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " +"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " +"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " +"destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:239 msgid "" -"**Pull & Push**: this rule allows generating pickings in the two situations " -"explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific " -"location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that " -"need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered " -"to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to" -" the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " +"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " +"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " +"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " +"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:244 msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " +"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone" +"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" +"zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:254 msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " +"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:257 msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" +"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " +":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" +" of the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:263 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " +"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " +"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" +" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " +"products to the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." +"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " +"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 +msgid "Sample full route flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" +" flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:282 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" +" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " +"Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:285 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:288 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:291 msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:299 msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." +"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " +"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:307 msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " +"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " +"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " -"output zones" +"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:315 +msgid "" +"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " +"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " +"output zones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:322 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" -" zones" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" +" zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:329 msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " +"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " +"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" +" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " +"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:334 msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." +"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" +" have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 @@ -4889,76 +5666,252 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." +" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " +"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:26 +msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:28 msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegetables* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " +"products should be stored in different locations depending on several " +"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " +"and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" +" the following sub-locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:37 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:39 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:43 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:45 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:47 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " +"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " +"redirected to the right storage location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " +"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " +"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "Take the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" +" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " +"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " +"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:75 +msgid "Using Storage Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " +"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " +"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:89 +msgid "Create a Storage Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " +"storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:100 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " +"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " +"location is considered available to store a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " +"location is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " +"the same product is already there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " +"in this location at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " +"linked to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:119 +msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121 msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." +"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " +"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:124 +msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." +"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control" +" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 @@ -4975,367 +5928,428 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " "through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." +msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the " +"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area." +msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the" +" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same " +"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the " +"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, " +"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "" -"products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates " -"into account." +":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n" +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." +"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " +"transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." +"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some " +"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, " +":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58 msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on" +" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer " +"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes " +"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because " +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from " +":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date " +"after :guilabel:`00001`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`" +" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been" +" in the stock for the longest period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71 msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." +"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* " +"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. " +"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a " +"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and " +":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." +":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on" +" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer " +"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of " +":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85 msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." +"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" +" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock " +"is requested." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." +"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries " +"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95 msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." +"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " +"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " +"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99 msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" +" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " +"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following " +"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " +"with five boxes in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103 msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " +"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " +"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" +" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " +"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " +"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" +" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " +":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " +":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " +"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " +"has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117 +msgid "Closest Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " +"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," +" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " +"that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." +"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " +"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " +"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " +"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " +"alphabetic order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "Use removal strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " +"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." +msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also " +"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy." +msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies " +"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method" +" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and" +" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " +"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " +"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find " +"the three lots available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains " +"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a " +"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot " +":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should " +"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy." +msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is " +"mostly used for products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " +"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved" +" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned " +"in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206 +msgid "" +"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way " +"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular " +"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible " +"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be " +"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can " +"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001." +msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230 msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." +"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal " +"Strategy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238 msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." +"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of " +"them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "0000003" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250 msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically" +" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and" +" :guilabel:`0000003`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." +msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 9cf845405..09e9520e8 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -5,21 +5,23 @@ # # Translators: # Lilach Gilliam , 2022 +# Yihya Hugirat , 2022 +# שהאב חוסיין , 2022 +# Leandro Noijovich , 2022 +# NoaFarkash, 2022 +# Netta Waizer, 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 # דודי מלכה , 2022 -# Netta Waizer, 2022 -# Yihya Hugirat , 2022 # ZVI BLONDER , 2022 -# שהאב חוסיין , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: שהאב חוסיין , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -809,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" msgstr "" @@ -869,26 +871,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " +"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" " select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" @@ -1107,6 +1108,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "" @@ -1496,6 +1498,161 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " +":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +msgid "IoT Box model 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see usage below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +msgid "IoT Box model 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " +"plugging it back into its power source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " +":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "" +"The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" +"connected to an IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " +"Display` will be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:66 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "שימוש" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:69 +msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" +" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box Devices` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " +"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " +"with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status" +" with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " +"and update when changes are performed on the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:97 +msgid "Display a website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " +"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " +"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 msgid "Mail Plugins" msgstr "" @@ -1886,46 +2043,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Studio" msgstr "סטודיו" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:17 msgid "" "Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " "knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Fields `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`Views `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`Models `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 -msgid "PDF reports" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:24 -msgid "Approval rules" +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:26 msgid "Security rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:28 msgid "" "Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:31 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "" @@ -3314,6 +3471,541 @@ msgid "" "modules as dependencies of the exported module." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "עיצוב" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "אור" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "טבלה" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "מודגש" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "מפוספס" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "גופן" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "צבעים" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "כותרת תחתונה " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "תבנית נייר" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " +"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +msgid "External" +msgstr "חיצוני" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "פנימי" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "ריק" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "חסום" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "בשורה" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "טבלה" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:263 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "עמודה" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"<../../general/users/access_rights>` the element should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 msgid "Views" msgstr "צפיות" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 0c0e44716..99169d64c 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" @@ -442,11 +442,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) `" msgstr "" @@ -714,8 +714,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit " +"from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 @@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"odoo.com Odoo Online instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " "modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " "support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " "is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " @@ -4060,98 +4060,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " -"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " -"unsupported marketplace `." +"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" +" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " +"marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 -msgid "**North America region**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Canada" -msgstr "קנדה" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Amazon.ca" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "מקסיקו" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Amazon.com.mx" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "US" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "Amazon.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 -msgid "**Europe region**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "גרמניה" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Amazon.de" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "ספרד" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Amazon.es" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "France" -msgstr "צרפת" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "Amazon.fr" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "UK" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "Amazon.co.uk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Italy" -msgstr "איטליה" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Amazon.it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "הולנד" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Amazon.nl" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" @@ -4343,7 +4263,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -4465,58 +4385,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:76 -msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgid "Add a new marketplace" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:78 msgid "" -"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not created by default " -"as they are not officially supported by Odoo but might be compatible with " -"your seller account. These marketplaces can be added manually should you " -"wish to use them. See :ref:`here ` for the " -"exhaustive list of natively supported marketplaces." +":ref:`All marketplaces are supported by the Amazon Connector " +"`, but recently created ones might be missing" +" from your database. To add a new marketplace, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " -"Documentation `_. The marketplace must belong to the " -"same region as that of your seller account." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:83 msgid "" -"To add a new marketplace, activate the :ref:`developer mode `." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors " +"--> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:93 -msgid "" -"From there, create a new marketplace record. Enter the Marketplace ID and " -"select the Amazon Region for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon " -"Documentation for marketplace IDs `_, and the Seller Central URL as described in" -" the `Amazon Documentation for seller central URLs `_, " +"and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` as described in the `Amazon " +"Documentation for seller central URLs `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:91 msgid "" -"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve " -"it (e.g.: ``Amazon.se``). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " +"Set the name of the record to `Amazon.` to easily retrieve it " +"(e.g.: **Amazon.se**). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " ":guilabel:`Region` and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` fields should " "respectively hold the *MarketplaceId*, the selected Amazon region and the " "*Seller Central URL* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, update the Amazon Account configuration by " "going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors" @@ -4529,13 +4439,6 @@ msgid "" "unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " -"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " -"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr " קישור ל eBay" @@ -4797,10 +4700,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 -msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index c9ba9d5ea..21229a462 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -4,26 +4,25 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Cas Vissers , 2022 # Odoo Experts Consultants , 2022 # Cas Vissers , 2022 # Eric Geens , 2022 -# qveodoo14, 2022 # Julia van Orsouw , 2022 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2022 -# Martin Trigaux, 2022 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2022 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2022 # Jolien De Paepe, 2022 +# Cas Vissers , 2022 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2022 +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -67,6 +66,7 @@ msgid "Bank and cash" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:123 msgid "Bank feeds" msgstr "" @@ -77,158 +77,114 @@ msgstr "Bankafschriften" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" -"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " -"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " -"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +"Importing your bank statements allows you to keep track of your bank account" +" transactions and reconcile them with the ones recorded in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Door uw bankafschriften in Odoo Boekhouding te importeren houdt u zicht op " -"de financiële transacties die plaatsvinden op de bankrekening. U kunt de " -"afschriftregels afletteren met de aangemaakte boekingen in uw administratie." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" -"We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " -"the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +"We recommend using :doc:`the bank synchronization feature " +"` for more efficiency. However, if you do not want to " +"use it or if your bank is not yet supported, other options exist:" msgstr "" -"Dit gaat het makkelijkst door te synchroniseren met uw bank. Meer informatie" -" in de documentatie: :doc:`bank_synchronization`:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " -"not a supported institution, you still have other options:" +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank;" msgstr "" -"Als uw bankrekening niet gesynchroniseerd is met Odoo of uw bank is niet " -"ondersteund, heeft u nog steeds twee opties:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 -msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" -msgstr "Importeer het bankafschrift dat wordt aangeleverd door uw bank" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 -msgid "Register the bank statements manually" -msgstr "Voer de afschriften handmatig in" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "Importeer bankafschrift bestanden" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" "Ondersteunt meerdere bestandsformaten om bankafschriften te importeren:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 -msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" -msgstr "SEPA aanbevolen Cash Management formaat (CAMT.053)" +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 -msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "Comma Separated values (CSV)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 -msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 -msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 -msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "België: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" -"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " -"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " -"Statement*." +"To import a file, go to the Accounting dashboard and click on " +":guilabel:`Import (Statements)` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window, or click " +"on the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button and then on :guilabel:`Import " +"Statement`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone msgid "Import a bank statement file in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "Importeer uw bankafschriften in Odoo Boekhouding" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 -msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer vervolgens het bestand dat u wilt importeren en klik op " -"*Importeren*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:34 msgid "" -"Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " -"and **map** the different columns you want to import." +"Next, select the file you want to import and click on :guilabel:`Upload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the file uploaded, the **import widget** helps you set formatting " +"options and **map** the different columns you want to import. You also can " +":guilabel:`test` the bank statement file before importing it to your " +"database." msgstr "" -"Odoo opent een **importwidget** om u te helpen bij het instellen van de " -"**Opmaakopties** en **het koppelen** van de verschillende kolommen die u " -"wilt importeren." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone msgid "Register bank statements manually in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "Registreer manueel bankafschriften in Odoo Boekhouding" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " -"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:45 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Registreer manueel bankafschriften" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually. To do so, go " +"to the :guilabel:`Accounting dashboard` and click on the :guilabel:`Create " +"Statements` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window. Alternatively, you can click " +"the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button, and then :guilabel:`New " +"Statement`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 -msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." -msgstr "U kan ook manueel bankafschriften registreren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " -"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the " +":guilabel:`Partner` field. You can also type in the payments’ references in " +"the :guilabel:`Label` field. Add a new line for each transaction written on " +"the original bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:61 msgid "" -"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." -msgstr "" -"Voeg een nieuwe regel toe voor elke transactie op het originele " -"bankafschrift." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " -"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." -" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"The **Ending Balance** and the **Computed Balance** should have the same " +"amount. If this is not the case, make sure there are no mistakes in the " "transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Te doen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 -msgid "Bank synchronization: Automatic import" +msgid "Bank synchronization: automatic import" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 @@ -241,48 +197,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features `_, and click on " -"*See list of supported institutions*." +":guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Checking a bank's compatibility with Odoo" -msgstr "De compatibiliteit van een bank met Odoo controleren" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 -msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." -msgstr "Meer dan 20.000 instellingen over de hele wereld worden ondersteund." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:14 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" "Om verbinding te maken met de banken, gebruikt Odoo meerdere webservices:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "**Yodlee**: Wereldwijd" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:18 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "**Salt Edge**: Europa (:doc:`meer informatie `)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "**Ponto**: Europa (:doc:`meer informatie `)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "Bank synchronization is not available for trial databases." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid "**EnableBanking**: Scandinavian countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:20 @@ -303,7 +256,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:55 @@ -317,11 +270,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:266 @@ -334,11 +287,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:26 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "On-Premise gebruikers" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -347,22 +300,22 @@ msgid "" "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:34 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 -msgid "First Synchronization" -msgstr "Eerste Synchronisatie" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " -"the accounting dashboard." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "First synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can start synchronization either by going to the Accounting app and " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank" +" Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." @@ -370,32 +323,39 @@ msgstr "" "U kunt nu uw bankinstelling zoeken. Selecteer uw bankinstelling en volg de " "stappen om te synchroniseren." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" -" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." +" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is " +"disabled." msgstr "" -"Als u problemen ondervindt tijdens uw eerste synchronisatie, controleer dan " -"of uw webbrowser geen pop-ups blokkeert en of uw adblocker is uitgeschakeld." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:49 msgid "" -"During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " -"secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" -" want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect " -"suspicious activity on your account, we block all requests coming from your " -"account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number. The third-" -"party provider may request more information in order to connect with your " -"bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." +"When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick " +"the date when you start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo " +"accounting database. For example, if you import your closing balance in Odoo" +" on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting transactions on the " +"01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023." msgstr "" -"Uit beveiligingsoverweging wordt een telefoonnummer gevraagd tijdens uw " -"eerste synchronisatie. Als we verdachte activiteit op uw account detecteren," -" blokkeren we alle verzoeken die van uw account komen en moet u deze opnieuw" -" activeren met dat telefoonnummer. De externe aanbieder kan om meer " -"informatie vragen om verbinding te maken met uw bankinstelling. Deze " -"informatie wordt niet op de servers van Odoo opgeslagen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure " +"your account. We ask for such information because we don't want your data " +"falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activities " +"on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you " +"need to reactivate it using that phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect " +"with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's " +"servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " @@ -406,42 +366,32 @@ msgstr "" "aangemaakt. U kunt de periodiciteit voor het maken van bankafschriften " "wijzigen in uw journaalinstellingen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "Handmatig synchroniseren" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:73 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " -"clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -"Na uw eerste synchronisatie worden de aangemaakte dagboeken standaard elke " -"12 uur gesynchroniseerd. Indien gewenst, kunt u handmatig synchroniseren " -"door op de knop *Synchroniseer nu* op het dashboard te klikken." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Synchronize Now Button" -msgstr "Synchroniseer Nu Knop" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 msgid "" -"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " -"Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " -"Transactions* button." +"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click " +"on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Online Synchronization Form view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:82 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -451,35 +401,33 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 msgid "Issues" msgstr "Issues" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "Synchronisatie gefaald" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:93 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " -"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select the connection that " -"failed, and copy the error description and the reference." +"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard-->" +" Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the " +"connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:98 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "Synchronisatieverbinding verbroken" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:100 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " -"the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." +"the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." msgstr "" -"Als uw verbinding met de proxy is verbroken, kunt u opnieuw verbinding maken" -" met de knop *Opnieuw verbinden*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support `_ directly with your client" @@ -490,13 +438,13 @@ msgstr "" "met uw klant-ID of de referentie van de fout die in de chatter wordt " "vermeld." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:111 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" "Migratieproces voor gebruikers die Odoo voor december 2020 hebben " "geïnstalleerd" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:113 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." @@ -504,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" "Heeft u een on-premise Odoo, kijk dan na of de broncode up-to-date is met de" " nieuwste versie van Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." @@ -513,106 +461,87 @@ msgstr "" "nieuwe module handmatig installeren om de nieuwe functionaliteiten te kunnen" " gebruiken." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " -"default filter in the search bar and type: " -"**account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* " -"button to install the new module." +"default filter in the search bar and type `account_online_synchronization`. " +"You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users" +" refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Installation button of the account_online_synchronization module" -msgstr "Installatieknop van de account_online_synchronisatie module" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " -"CTRL+F5." -msgstr "" -"Zorg er ten slotte voor dat al uw gebruikers hun Odoo-pagina vernieuwen door" -" CTRL+F5 te drukken." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:125 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " -"won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " -"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`). " -"It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new " -"ones." +"won't work anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " -"for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +"You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these " +"connections; you have to make new ones." msgstr "" -"Verwijder *account_online_sync* niet, dit is de vorige module voor online " -"synchronisatie. De nieuwe overschrijft het." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:130 msgid "" -"By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " -"Accounting." +"Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for " +"online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -"Standaard wordt *account_online_synchronization* automatisch geïnstalleerd " -"met Odoo Boekhouding." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +msgid "" +"By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" +" Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "De synchronisatie werkt niet in real-time, is dit normaal?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:140 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " -"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," -" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button. You can also synchronize and " -"fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so " -"it is possible that clicking on *Synchronize Now* does not get your latest " -"transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard`, and click on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button. You can " +"also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`. Some " +"providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on" +" :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you " +"already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -"Het proces is niet bedoeld om in real-time te werken, aangezien externe " -"providers uw accounts met verschillende tussenpozen synchroniseren. Om de " -"synchronisatie te forceren en de afschriften op te halen, gaat u naar uw " -"*Accounting-dashboard* en klikt u op de knop *Nu synchroniseren*. U kunt ook" -" transacties synchroniseren en ophalen via :menuselection:`Boekhouding --> " -"Configuratie --> Online synchronisatie`. Sommige providers staan slechts één" -" verversing per dag toe, het is dus mogelijk dat het klikken op " -"*Synchroniseer nu* niet uw laatste transacties ophaalt als u een dergelijke " -"actie al eerder die dag heeft uitgevoerd." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:148 msgid "" -"A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " -"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" -" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " -"status changes." +"A transaction can be visible on your bank account but not be fetched if it " +"has the status :guilabel:`Pending`. Only transactions with the " +":guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not " +"**Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "Is de functie Online Bank-synchronisatie inbegrepen in mijn contract?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:155 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "Community Versie: Nee, deze functie zit niet in de Community Versie" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "Online Versie: Ja, zelfs als u een One App Free contract heeft." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:157 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." @@ -620,11 +549,11 @@ msgstr "" "Enterprise versie: Ja, als er een geldig enterprise contract is gekoppeld " "aan uw database." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "Sommige banken hebben de status \"Beta\", wat betekent dat?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -641,13 +570,13 @@ msgstr "" "aangezien de aanbieder over echte gegevens en feedback van de verbinding " "beschikt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" "Waarom worden mijn transacties alleen gesynchroniseerd als ik handmatig " "ververs?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -655,11 +584,11 @@ msgid "" "provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "Waarom zijn oudere transacties niet meer zichtbaar in Odoo?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:177 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." @@ -667,53 +596,54 @@ msgstr "" "Afhankelijk van uw bankinstelling kunnen afschriften maar tot 3 maanden " "terug binnen gehaald worden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "Waarom zie ik geen enkele transactie?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " -"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization` to click on the *Fetch Accounts* button on the " -"connection." +"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the " +":guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "Er kunnen ook geen nieuwe transacties zijn." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:189 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "Hoe kan ik mijn bankgegevens bijwerken?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:195 msgid "" -"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " -"update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." +"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`,open the" +" connection you want to update your credentials and click on the " +":guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:201 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr ":doc:`ponto`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr ":doc:`saltedge`" @@ -940,6 +870,11 @@ msgid "" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" @@ -1098,158 +1033,211 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diversen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgid "Internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." +"In Odoo, internal money transfers can be made in a few clicks. You need at " +"least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and " +"one cash journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:11 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." +"An internal transfer account is automatically created on your database based" +" on your company's localization and depending on your country’s legislation." +" If needed, the default :guilabel:`Internal transfer account` can be " +"modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "Controleer uw rekeningschema en standaard overboekingsrekening" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " -"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +"At least two bank accounts are needed to make internal transfers. Refer to " +":doc:`Bank and cash accounts section <../setup/bank_accounts>` to see how to" +" add an additional bank account to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:22 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:24 msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." +"Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you " +"want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "Maak een tweede bankrekening / dagboek" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "Door het bewaren van deze wijzigingen heeft u nu 2 bankrekeningen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "Registreer een interne overplaatsing van één bank naar een andere." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 -msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." -msgstr "" -"We verplaatsen nu 50.000 euro's van uw **Bank** naar onze *BE57 0633 9533 " -"1498* bankrekening." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:28 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Log een interne overplaatsing" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:30 msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " -"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +"From the Accounting Dashboard, click on the drop-down selection button " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) on one of your banks. In the :guilabel:`New` column click on" +" :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the " +"transfer." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Confirm` to register your internal transfer." +" The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is " +"**automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:46 +msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "**Rekening**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Debet**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Credet**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:55 +msgid "Outstanding Payments account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " -"bank statements and reconcile`_)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:144 +msgid "$1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "Bewaar en bevestig de wijzigingen om de betaling te registreren." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:75 +msgid "**Internal transfer account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "Importeer bankafschriften en letter af" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:146 +msgid "**$1,000**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:63 +msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:72 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:80 +msgid "" +"There are one outstanding payment and one outstanding receipt pending in " +"your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the " +"sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." +msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:93 msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." +"The next step is to book the bank statements to finalize the transaction by " +"creating, :doc:`importing <../feeds/bank_statements>`, or " +":doc:`synchronizing <../feeds/bank_synchronization>` your " +":guilabel:`Transactions lines`. Fill in the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and " +"click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 -msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "Het volgende venster zal zich openen:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:105 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +"In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, " +"the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Reconcile your payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:133 +msgid "Bank journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:122 +msgid "Outstanding Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:125 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:129 msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " -"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." +"The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related " +"to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:142 +msgid "Outstanding Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 @@ -1269,6 +1257,13 @@ msgid "" "with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Te doen" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " @@ -1608,184 +1603,222 @@ msgid "Setup" msgstr "Instellingen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Accounts" -msgstr "Bankrekeningen" +msgid "Bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " -"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " -"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." +"You can manage as many bank or cash accounts as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to have all your banking data up-to-date " +"and ready for :doc:`reconciliation <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` " +"with your journal entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " -"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." +"In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post " +"all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are " +"automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" -" are automatically created and configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:14 +msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:16 msgid "" -"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " -"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" -" are displayed when appropriate." +"Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone msgid "" -"Bank Journals Cards are displayed on the Accounting Overview in Odoo " -"Accounting" +"Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action " +"buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 -msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:26 +msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" -" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " -"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:29 +msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 -msgid "Bank Synchronization" -msgstr "Bank synchronisatie" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically." +"To connect your bank account to your database, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`," +" select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " +"instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " -"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this bank synchronization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "" -"Select a bank institution in the list and connect it to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 -msgid "Manual configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" -" out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 -msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 -msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 -msgid "" -"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " -"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" -" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " -"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " -"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " -"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " -"accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Add manually a new bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " -"modify." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" -" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " -"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" -" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " -"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " -"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " -"in the **Bank Statements** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Advanced configuration of a bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:39 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "Maak een bankrekening" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't want " +"to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank " +"account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it`" +" (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables " +"some features accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank " +"account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to " +"match your bank account information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Create a cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " +":ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can " +"review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:68 +msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to" +" your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Manually configure your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/outstanding_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:90 +msgid "Suspense account" +msgstr "Wachtrekening" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` " +"until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:96 +msgid "Profit and loss accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending " +"balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the " +":guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance " +"of a cash register differs from what the system computes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "Valuta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:111 +msgid "Account number" +msgstr "Rekeningnummer" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external " +"link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click " +"on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your " +"bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Edit your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three" +" options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet " +"if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if " +"you want to import your bank statement using a different format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your" +" bank is synchronized with your database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 @@ -3515,6 +3548,7 @@ msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:87 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "Grootboekschema" @@ -5954,14 +5988,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 msgid "Technical name" msgstr "Technische naam" @@ -7379,7 +7413,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:337 msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Winst- en verliesrekening" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:338 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" @@ -7700,7 +7734,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the SKR03 is installed by " +"default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 @@ -7721,7 +7756,6 @@ msgstr "Balans" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Winst & Verlies" @@ -8102,9 +8136,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:227 msgid "" -"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " -"In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " -"systems." +"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online " +"service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on " +"external systems." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:231 @@ -12699,11 +12733,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" +" by default." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een nieuwe SaaS database aanmaakt wordt de PGCE PYME's 2008 " -"automatisch geïnstalleerd." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" @@ -12812,7 +12844,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgid "" +"How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (Odoo Online or On-premise)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 @@ -13444,15 +13477,9 @@ msgstr "Starten" msgid "Initial configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Grootboekschema" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"The **chart of accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" @@ -13463,7 +13490,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 @@ -13482,6 +13509,10 @@ msgstr "Passiva" msgid "Equity" msgstr "Eigen vermogen" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +msgid "Profit & Loss:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 @@ -13496,8 +13527,8 @@ msgstr "Declaratie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" -"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," -" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +"When browsing your chart of accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by :guilabel:`Account Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone @@ -13505,43 +13536,43 @@ msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgid "Configuration of an account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " -"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " -"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"company on your database) determines which **fiscal localization package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard chart of accounts " "already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" -"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" -" Journal Entry has been posted." +"It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a" +" journal entry has been posted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" +msgid "Code and name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" -"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"Each account is identified by its **code** and **name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "" -"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +"Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" msgstr "" @@ -13563,8 +13594,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:61 msgid "" -"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " -"and select the right type among the following list:" +"To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down " +"selector and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 @@ -13645,145 +13676,162 @@ msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "Niet opgenomen in balans" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:107 msgid "" -"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " -":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " -"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"Some **account types** display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`assets ` entries, :ref:`deferred expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`deferred revenues " "` entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " -"corresponding form." +":guilabel:`Create in draft`: whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill " +"out the corresponding form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:116 msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " -"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +":guilabel:`Create and validate`: you must also select a **model**. Whenever " +"a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:120 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Standaard BTW" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:122 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Labels" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "Rubrieken" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 +msgid "Account groups" +msgstr "Rekeninggroepen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 msgid "" -"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +"**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " -"Balance**." +"Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of" +" the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the " +"group `131000`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 -msgid "" -"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " -"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " -"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " -"the right Account Group." +msgid "Create account groups manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 msgid "" -"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " -"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +"Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The " +"following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a new account group, :ref:`developer mode ` and " +"head to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Account " +"Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code " +"prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note " +"that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`to` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Account groups creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app-->Reporting-->Trial Balance`, then open the " +":guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Afletteren toestaan" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "Allow reconciliation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 msgid "" -"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " -"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " -"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as " +":guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used" +" to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing " +"reconciliation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:162 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's " +"settings, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "Vervallen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, " +"and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:193 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 @@ -13897,6 +13945,34 @@ msgid "" "account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " @@ -13933,6 +14009,11 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Grootboekschema" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " @@ -14080,6 +14161,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:3 msgid "Main accounting concepts" msgstr "" @@ -14876,14 +14961,6 @@ msgid "" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "**Rekening**" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" @@ -14894,26 +14971,6 @@ msgstr "**Relatie**" msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "**Vervaldatum**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Debet**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Credet**" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 @@ -17274,123 +17331,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " +"facilitating the reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`../supplier_bills/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "Betaal meerdere rekeningen met één betaling" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "Registreer verschillende betalingen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "Betaal verschillende rekeningen samen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "Eerst moeten we een betaling aanmaken" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:72 @@ -17398,63 +17347,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Group payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." +"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " +"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " +"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " +":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Register payment button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:25 +msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:27 msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." +"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " +"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " +"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." +"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " +"more bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:39 msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." +"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " +"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " +"to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "We hebben de volgende rekeningen aangemaakt:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:43 +msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " +"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`. Make sure to apply " +"the :doc:`payment terms <../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms>`" +" to the **bills** *instead* of the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" -"Nu gaan we terug naar het bankafschrift en openen we de afletter weergave." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 @@ -18059,6 +18014,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -18336,22 +18297,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 -msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgid "AI-powered document digitization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " -"traditional paper invoices into vendor bills and customer invoices forms in " -"your accounting." +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into " +"vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial " "intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor " -"bills and customer invoices forms are automatically created and populated " +"bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated " "based on the scanned invoices." msgstr "" @@ -18362,45 +18321,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR " -"`_." +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The more documents you scan, the better the system identifies the correct " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Digitalization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitalization` and " -"choose whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` " -"should be processed automatically or manually." +"Digitization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitization` and choose " +"whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` (this " +"includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on " +"demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option can also be selected. It " -"enables to get only one line created per tax in the new bill, regardless of " -"the number of lines from the invoice." +"If you enable the :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option, only one " +"line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines " +"on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 msgid "Invoice upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 msgid "Upload invoices manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button of your vendor bills journal. Alternatively, go to " @@ -18409,63 +18359,98 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:40 msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 msgid "" "You can configure your connected scanner to send scanned documents to an " "email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft " "customer invoices or vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 msgid "" -"You can modify the email alias of a journal by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, opening the " -"appropriate journal, opening the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and " -"modifying the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field." +"You can modify the email alias of a journal. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. Under :guilabel:`General Settings: Discuss`, " +"enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:49 msgid "" -"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can send your " -"scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., `inbox-" -"financial@example.odoo.com`)." +"The email alias is now available in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab of" +" the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can " +"automatically send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` " +"workspace (e.g., `inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:56 -msgid "Invoice digitization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 msgid "" -"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " -"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitalization` to do it " -"manually." +"The default email aliases `vendor-bills@` and `customer-invoices@` followed " +"by the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` you set are automatically created for the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` journals, " +"respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " -"clicking on the respective tags (available in Edit mode) and selecting the " -"proper information instead." +"To change a default email alias, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`. Select the journal you want to " +"edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email " +"Alias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:66 +msgid "Invoice digitization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +msgid "" +"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " +"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and " +"selecting the proper information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:75 +msgid "Data recognition with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 +msgid "" +"It is essential to review and correct (if needed) the information uploaded " +"during digitization. Then, you have to post the document by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system " +"identifies the correct data for future digitizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Prijzen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 msgid "" "The **invoice digitization** is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:87 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to " @@ -18473,14 +18458,19 @@ msgid "" "Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SaaS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:78 -msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:96 +msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 @@ -18973,8 +18963,8 @@ msgid "" "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 @@ -19504,11 +19494,11 @@ msgid "Applicability" msgstr "Toepasbaarheid" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 -msgid "Factur-X (CII)" +msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "Default format on Odoo (enabled by default)" +msgid "For French and German companies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:25 @@ -19637,27 +19627,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:71 msgid "" -"By default, the :guilabel:`Factur-X` option is enabled. It means that an XML" -" file is automatically included in the PDF document that is sent." +"Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for " +"interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option " +":guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the " +"invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like " +"Chorus Pro." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:74 msgid "" "The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's " ":guilabel:`General Information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via " "existing access points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 msgid "Add new formats to a database created before July 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:82 msgid "" "If your database was created before July 2022 and you wish to use one of the" " formats available from July 2022, you have to :ref:`install " @@ -19666,29 +19659,29 @@ msgid "" "country-specific module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:88 msgid "" "If you want to use the Belgian format E-FFF in a database created prior to " "July 2022, you need to :ref:`install `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 msgid "Belgium - E-Invoicing (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" msgstr "België - E-Invoicing (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 msgid "`l10n_be_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 msgid "Import/Export electronic invoices with UBL/CII" msgstr "Elektronische facturen importeren/exporteren met UBL/CII" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:99 msgid "`account_edi_ubl_cii`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:102 msgid "" "Once the new module is installed, UBL 2.0 and UBL 2.1 formats no longer " "appear in the journal since UBL BIS Billing 3.0 is available and more widely" @@ -20074,6 +20067,10 @@ msgid "" "want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 +msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 msgid "" "**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " @@ -20421,14 +20418,6 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" -"Als u Odoo Online (SAAS) gebruikt of de Enterprise-versie hebt, profiteert u" -" van gratis proeftegoeden om de functie te testen." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 msgid "" "Click `here `_ to know about our " @@ -22144,6 +22133,70 @@ msgid "" "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:3 +msgid "Tax carryover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When performing tax reports, the **tax carryover** feature allows carrying " +"amounts from one period to another without creating new entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It has been created to meet the legal requirements of specific locations, " +"where amounts must be transferred from period to period (for example, " +"because the total of the line is negative)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The feature is activated by default in countries where it is required, such " +"as Belgium, France, and Italy. There is no specific configuration required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100" +" for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this case, as per local regulation, grid 81 of the tax report may contain" +" a negative amount. But it must be declared to the government as zero, and " +"the negative amount should be carried over to the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a " +"pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "" +"pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:32 +msgid "" +"At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount " +"was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that" +" will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing " +"transactions and the carryover from the previous period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration of the tax return" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:5 msgid "Taxation" msgstr "" @@ -22779,123 +22832,173 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +"Cash basis taxes are due when the payment is made, as opposed to standard " +"taxes that are due when the invoice is confirmed. Reporting your income and " +"expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in " +"some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." +"You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year, and the payment " +"is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you " +"must pay is for the 2nd quarter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen configureren?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, enable :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +"Then, define the :guilabel:`Tax Cash Basis Journal`. Click on the external " +"link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the" +" :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:28 +msgid "" +"By default, the journal entries of the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Taxes` journal " +"are named using the :guilabel:`CABA` short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Taxes` to configure your taxes. You can either " +":guilabel:`Create` a new tax or update an existing one by clicking on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +"The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to " +"post taxes until the payment is registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "Wat is de impact van kasbasis belastingen op mijn boekhouding?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" +"Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" +"is registered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Klantfacturen dagboek" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, decide of the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Exigilibity`. Select :guilabel:`Based on Payment`, so the tax is due when " +"the payment of the invoice is received. You can then also define the " +":guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded " +"as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "" +"Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" +"reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +msgid "Impact of cash basis taxes on accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Ontvangsten $115" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgid "" +"To illustrate the impact of cash basis taxes on accounting transactions, " +"let's take an example with the sales of a product that costs 1,000$, with a " +"cash basis tax of 15%." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Omzetrekening $100" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Een paar dagen later kan u de betaling ontvangen:" +msgid "" +"The following entries are created in your accounting, and the tax report is " +"currently empty." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Bankdagboek" +msgid "**Customer journal (INV)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Bank $115" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +msgid "Receivable $1,150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "BTW kasstelsel dagboek" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Income $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:103 +msgid "Temporary tax account $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:77 +msgid "When the payment is then received, it is registered as below :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Bank journal (BANK)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgid "Bank $1,150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:90 msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." +"Once the payment is registered, you can use the :guilabel:`Cash Basis " +"Entries` smart button on the invoice to access them directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Default taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Finally, upon reconciliation of the invoice with the payment, the below " +"entry is automatically created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Journal (Caba)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:105 +msgid "Income account $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:107 +msgid "Tax Received $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The journal items :guilabel:`Income account` vs. :guilabel:`Income account` " +"are neutral, but they are needed to ensure correct tax reports in Odoo with " +"accurate base tax amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Using a default :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` is recommended so your" +" balance is at zero and your income account is not polluted by unnecessary " +"accounting movements. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Taxes`, and select a :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` " +"under :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 @@ -23330,222 +23433,256 @@ msgstr "" "belastingscategorie." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." +"TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " +"and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " +"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." +"Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " +"complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " +"by clicking on :guilabel:`Stores`, then :guilabel:`Get Details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." +"Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " +"store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "In Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." +"Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " +":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " +"Codes` product categories from TaxCloud. Some categories may imply specific " +"tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +"Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " +":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` is set on your products or product categories, or when no product " +"is found on an order/invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:0 +msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +"If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " +"Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " +"select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "Automatically post taxes to the correct Tax Payable account" +"If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" +" the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" +" (:guilabel:`🡕`) to set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the " +":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" -"For each one of your companies that uses TaxCloud, it might be necessary to " -"create a **User-Defined Default** so that the new taxes generated by the " -"TaxCloud integration are created with the correct Tax Payable account:" +"If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " +":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" -"A User-Defined Default impacts all records at creation. It means that " -"**every** new tax will be set up to record income in the specified Tax " -"Payable account, unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different " -"income account (or there exists another User-Defined Default that takes " -"precedence)." +"A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " +"not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " +":guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the *All* :guilabel:`Product Category`, it " +"is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, " -"select the Tax Payable account for the company. Take note of the account's " -"``id`` in the URL string." +"Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " +"code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" +" edit your company address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" +" with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " +"default**. This process should be repeated for each one of your companies " +"that uses TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " +"**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " +"account unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income " +"account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " +"account, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Take note of the number after `id=`" +" in the URL string; it is the **Tax Payable account ID** and will be used " +"later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "The account's ID can be found in the URL string as 'id=...'." +msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> User-Defined " -"Defaults`, and click on *Create*." +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " +"and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:70 -msgid "Click on *Field*, then, in the drop-down menu, on *Search More*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " +"More...`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Click on 'Search More' in the 'Field' drop-down menu." +msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 msgid "" -"In the pop-up's search box, filter on the model ``tax.repartition.line`` and" -" the field ``account``. Select the ``account`` field of the " -"``tax.repartition.line`` model." +"Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," +" and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " +"Select the line with :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` under the " +":guilabel:`Model` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Select the 'account' field of the 'tax.repartition.line' model." +msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" -"In the **Default Value** field, enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable " -"account. Select the company for which this configuration should apply in the" -" *Company* field. Click *Save*." +"Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " +"the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " +":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " +":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable account." +msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Hoe het werkt" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." +"Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " +"`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" +" enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" +" position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions` and select " +":guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (TaxCloud)`. Enable :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically` and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Kortingsbonnen & Promoties" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " +"the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " +"computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." +"To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " +":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +msgid "" +"If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " +"TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " +"lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation, the amount of " +"the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of " +"the lines it impacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " +"promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" +" you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" +" which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " +"product's tax rate is 7%, the tax rate computed from the TaxCloud " +"integration displays 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in " +"the price sent to TaxCloud. However, in Odoo, the discount is on another " +"line entirely. Still, the tax computation is correct. Indeed, a 3.5% tax on " +"the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price, but this " +"might be unexpected from a user point of view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 @@ -24077,8 +24214,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:7 msgid "" -"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online/SaaS), and" -" organize them in various workspaces." +"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online), and " +"organize them in various workspaces." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 1d364502e..c2e9855da 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Gunther Clauwaert , 2022 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2022 -# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2022 +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -541,15 +541,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 @@ -1618,6 +1622,257 @@ msgid "" "to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory adjustments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " +"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " +"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, " +"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must" +" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts " +"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are " +"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22 +msgid "Add a new line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in " +"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the " +"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on " +"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If " +":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered " +"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40 +msgid "Count products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " +"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the " +"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the" +" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When " +":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away." +" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment," +" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in " +"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted " +"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before" +" applying the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 +msgid "Plan counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70 +msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be " +"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by " +"opening the column options icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are " +"scheduled for today or earlier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Count` and fill in the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" +" be accounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product" +" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On " +"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the " +"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93 +msgid "" +"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for" +" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the " +"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual " +"Inventory Day and Month` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" +" setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 +msgid "Cycle counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " +"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " +"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " +"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " +"counting more often at key locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " +"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 +msgid "Change the inventory frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " +"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " +"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " +"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" +" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " +"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " +"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Partijen en serienummers" @@ -2333,6 +2588,120 @@ msgid "" "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " +"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " +"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " +"be a better fit than the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " +"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " +"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "Add products to a wave" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " +"products to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " +"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " +"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " +"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " +"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " +":guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" +" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " +"product, location, carrier, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " +":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " +"transfer from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " +"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " +"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " +"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "View wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" +" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " +":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planning" @@ -2743,242 +3112,420 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Producten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "Hoe de correcte bevoorrading strategie te kiezen" +msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " +"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " +"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " +"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" +" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " +"processes." msgstr "" -"Minimale voorraadregels en Maak op Order hebben soortgelijke gevolgen maar " -"verschillende regels. Ze moeten worden gebruikt, afhankelijk van uw " -"productie- en levering- strategieën." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Terminologie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Minimale stockregel" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -"Minimum voorraadregels worden gebruikt om ervoor te zorgen dat u altijd het " -"minimale aantal producten op voorraad heeft om uw producten te kunnen " -"vervaardigen en / of te beantwoorden aan uw klantenbehoeften. Wanneer het " -"voorraadniveau van een product het minimum bereikt, zal het systeem " -"automatisch een inkooporder genereren met de hoeveelheid die nodig is om het" -" maximale voorraadniveau te bereiken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " +"forecast quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " +"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " +"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " +"the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"from the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Maak op order" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"*regardless of the current stock level*." msgstr "" -"Met de functie Maak op Order wordt een aankooporder geactiveerd dat gelijk " -"is aan het aantal bestelde producten. Het systeem zal de huidige voorraad **" -" niet ** controleren. Dit betekent dat een concept aankooporder wordt " -"gegenereerd, ongeacht de beschikbare hoeveelheid." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Minimale stockregels" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" +" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " +"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " +"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " +":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " +"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" +" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " +"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " +"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " +"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." msgstr "" -"De Minimum voorraad regels configuratie is beschikbaar door de Voorraad " -"module. In het Voorraadbeheer menu selecteer \"Aanvulopdracht regels\" in " -"het drop down menu. Druk daar op \"Aanmaken\" om minimum en maximum stock " -"waarden in te geven voor een bepaald product." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" +"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized and should be used for this purpose only." msgstr "" -"Toon tooltips voor de velden *minimale hoeveelheid*, *maximale hoeveelheid* " -"en *meerdere hoeveelheden*" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " +"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " +"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." msgstr "" -"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het " -"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." msgstr "" -"Vergeet niet het juiste soort product te selecteren. Een verbruik product " -"kan niet gestockeerd worden en wordt dus niet gebruikt in de stock " -"berekening." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." +"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " +"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " +"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " +"and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "Klik in het product scherm onder Inventaris op \"Maak op Order\"." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" +" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " +"valuation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "Kies tussen de twee opties" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " +"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " +"reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " +"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" +" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" +" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 +msgid "" +"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" +" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " +"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " +"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " +"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " +"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 +msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Warehouse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " +"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " +"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " +"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" +" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " +"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" +"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " +"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." msgstr "" -"De keuze tussen de twee opties is dus afhankelijk van uw voorraadstrategie. " -"Als u de voorkeur geeft aan een buffer en steeds een minimum aantal op " -"voorraad wenst, moet de minimumvoorraadregel worden gebruikt. Als u uw " -"voorraden alleen wenst aan te vullen als uw verkoop is bevestigd, is het " -"beter om de Maak op order route te gebruiken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgid "Use different units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." +" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " +"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " +"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " +"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " +"supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" -"U kan Odoo opzetten om te werken met meerdere maateenheden voor een product." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." +"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." +"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " +"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " +"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " +"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" +" only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Set units of measure categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36 msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." +"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " +"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" +" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " +"new units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." +"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " +"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" +" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " +"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" +" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" +" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." +" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" +" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " +"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." +"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" +" category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " +"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" +" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " +"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69 +msgid "Unit conversion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72 +msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " +"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " +"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78 +msgid "" +"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " +"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " +"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " +"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " +"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " +"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "Voorraadaanvullen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " +"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " +":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " +"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " +"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " +"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" +" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " +"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" +" can be manually edited on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" +" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " +"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " +"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" +" delivery shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " +"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" +" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 @@ -2986,8 +3533,8 @@ msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" -msgstr "Maateenheden" +msgid "Units of measure" +msgstr "Maateenheid" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2997,66 +3544,101 @@ msgid "" "supplier." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "" +"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase " +"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different " +"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective " +"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to " +"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21 msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet" +" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a " +"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity " +"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates" +" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the " +"quantity in feet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Verpakkingen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30 msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, " +"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the " +"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." +"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by " +"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first " +"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. " +"Repeat for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery into different packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery package details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49 +msgid "Packagings" +msgstr "Verpakkingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a " +"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a " +"pallet for the packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Verpakking" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase " +"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and " +"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while " +"UoMs are generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Different product packaging examples." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Package field on purchase order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode" +" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in " +"the packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr ":doc:`uom`" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Voorraadaanpassing" +msgid "Replenishment strategies" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" @@ -3114,74 +3696,118 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " +"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " +"costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " +"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " +"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " +"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " +"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " +"information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgid "" +"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " +"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50 msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." +"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " +":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " +"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " +"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " +"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " +"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " +"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." +"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." +"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " +"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " +"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " +"landed cost entry to the accounting journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " +"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " +"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " +"Costing)` method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Landed cost journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Landed cost records can also be directly created in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " +"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 @@ -3947,59 +4573,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Magazijnen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen magazijnen en locaties?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " +"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " +"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " +"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " +"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " +"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " +"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" +" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " +"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " +"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " +"resupply this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Set route on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " +"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " +"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " +"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" +" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " +"by moving the product from one warehouse to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " +":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " +"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " +"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " +"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." +" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " +"tracked in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " +"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as many locations as you need under one warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "Er zijn 3 soorten locaties:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9 +msgid "Warehouse" +msgstr "Magazijn" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " +"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " +"can create moves between warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "Locatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " +"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " +"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " +"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " +"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22 +msgid "There are three types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " +"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " +"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " +"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " +"(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " +"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " +"organization of the warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " +":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " +"The short name is five characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " +"letters of location]\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " +"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " +"created warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " +":guilabel:`Locations` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 @@ -4100,187 +4920,97 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" -" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " -"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " -"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +"When owning several warehouses, goods might need to be transferred from one " +"warehouse to another. This type of transfer is called an *inter-warehouse " +"transfer*. While physically performing the inter-warehouse transfer might be" +" simple, the administrative part can be complex. Fortunately, Odoo comes " +"with an intuitive flow that helps save time when registering inter-warehouse" +" transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Enabling the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " -"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "Nieuw magazijn aanmaken" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " -"click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" -" of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " -"warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer type for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "Een nieuwe voorraad aanmaken" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " -"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " -"the case, you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " -"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " -"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the inventory adjustment form before hitting the start button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " -"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " -"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " -"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the actual physical inventory of the new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " -"all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Interne overplaatsing aanmaken" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " -"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " -"as follows:" +"The following paragraphs detail a sample inter-warehouse transfer, referred " +"to as an *internal transfer*, use case. The sample use case assumes that the" +" user has already configured their second warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:17 msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " -"Transfer`." +"To transfer eight units of a product from the first warehouse to another " +"one, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:19 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, select an internal movement " +"operation of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on the three " +"vertical dots icon on the top right corner of the operation card and select " +":guilabel:`Planned Transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the choice between planned transfer and immediate transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" -"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " -"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " -"\"new\" warehouse)." +"On the new planned transfer form, select the :guilabel:`Source Location` (in" +" this case, the first warehouse) and the :guilabel:`Destination Location` " +"(in this case, the second warehouse)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " -"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +"Next, add the products that will be transferred by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then click on :guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Mark " +"as ToDo` once done. After that, Odoo puts the transfer in the " +":guilabel:`Waiting` status. Then, click on :guilabel:`Reserve` to reserve " +"the number of products in the source warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the internal transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " -"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +"If :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer` was selected instead of :guilabel:`Planned" +" Transfer`, Odoo processes the transfer automatically after the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button is clicked on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "Het is ook mogelijk om manueel elk product te verplaatsen:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, open the souce location's internal " +"transfer operation page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the dashboard with a zoom of the pending internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Select the right transfer order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Open the desired transfer order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the pending internal transfers list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " -"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " -"many products you process." +"Click on the pencil icon in the lower right corner to open the operation " +"details window. In this new window, the quantity of products can be manually" +" set." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone @@ -4289,22 +5019,23 @@ msgid "" "same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " -"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +"To process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the products can't " +"be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo automatically asks if a " +"*backorder* should be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +"Create a backorder if it is expected that the remaining products will be " +"processed later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "" -"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " -"products." +"Do not create a backorder if the remaining products will not be " +"supplied/received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4367,55 +5098,56 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." +"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " +"made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:9 msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," +" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " +"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" +" the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:14 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." +"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " +"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " +"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " +"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:25 msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " +"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " +"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " +"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" +" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " +"respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " @@ -4425,513 +5157,527 @@ msgid "" " to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:45 +msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:50 msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." +"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " +"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " +"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " +"Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " +"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " +"between the two locations is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:63 msgid "" -"All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." +"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" +" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " +"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " +"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " +"finally the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Push regels" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:69 +msgid "Push rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " +"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " +"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:75 msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." +"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " +"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " +"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " +"locations for different products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:79 msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." +"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" +" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" +" to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:83 msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." +"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " +"already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:87 msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " +"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " +"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " +"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" +" per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:93 +msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:95 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +"manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:98 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 +msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " +"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " +"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:113 msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." +"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " +"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "Voorgeconfigureerde routes" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:122 msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." +"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " +"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:131 msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " +"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" +" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" +" the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:140 msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " +"the route form, the user can view which places the route is " +":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " +"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " +"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " +"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." +"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:150 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " +":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " +":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " +":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:159 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Aangepaste routes" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:161 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " +"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " +"places." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:169 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " +":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:172 msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." +"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " +"be manually set on the product category form by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " +"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:177 msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " +"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " +"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " +"from the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " +":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " +"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " +"that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " +"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " +"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " +"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " +"quotation/sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:204 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." +"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " +"manually set on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:207 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " +"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " +"select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:216 +msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:219 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Regels" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:221 msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" +" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " +"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " +":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or from a manufacturing order which requires a specific component." -" When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking" -" to fulfill this need." +":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" +" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " +"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " +"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " +"this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In the case you move products to the source " -"location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination" -" location." +":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " +"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " +"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " +"destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:239 msgid "" -"**Pull & Push**: this rule allows generating pickings in the two situations " -"explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific " -"location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that " -"need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered " -"to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to" -" the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " +"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " +"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " +"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " +"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:244 msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " +"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone" +"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" +"zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:254 msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " +"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:257 msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" +"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " +":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" +" of the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:263 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " +"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " +"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" +" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " +"products to the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." +"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " +"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 +msgid "Sample full route flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" +" flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:282 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" +" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " +"Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:285 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:288 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:291 msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:299 msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." +"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " +"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:307 msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " +"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " +"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " -"output zones" +"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:315 +msgid "" +"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " +"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " +"output zones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:322 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" -" zones" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" +" zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:329 msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " +"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " +"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" +" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " +"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:334 msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." +"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" +" have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 @@ -4944,76 +5690,252 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." +" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " +"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:26 +msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:28 msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegetables* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " +"products should be stored in different locations depending on several " +"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " +"and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" +" the following sub-locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:37 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:39 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:43 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:45 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:47 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " +"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " +"redirected to the right storage location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " +"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " +"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "Take the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" +" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " +"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " +"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:75 +msgid "Using Storage Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " +"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " +"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:89 +msgid "Create a Storage Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " +"storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:100 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " +"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " +"location is considered available to store a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " +"location is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " +"the same product is already there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " +"in this location at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " +"linked to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:119 +msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121 msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." +"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " +"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:124 +msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." +"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control" +" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 @@ -5030,367 +5952,428 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " "through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." +msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the " +"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area." +msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the" +" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same " +"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the " +"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, " +"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "" -"products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates " -"into account." +":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n" +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." +"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " +"transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." +"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some " +"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, " +":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58 msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on" +" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer " +"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes " +"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because " +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from " +":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date " +"after :guilabel:`00001`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`" +" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been" +" in the stock for the longest period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71 msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." +"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* " +"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. " +"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a " +"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and " +":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." +":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on" +" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer " +"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of " +":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85 msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." +"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" +" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock " +"is requested." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." +"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries " +"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95 msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." +"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " +"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " +"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99 msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" +" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " +"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following " +"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " +"with five boxes in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103 msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " +"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " +"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" +" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " +"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " +"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" +" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " +":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " +":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " +"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " +"has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117 +msgid "Closest Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " +"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," +" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " +"that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." +"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " +"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " +"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " +"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " +"alphabetic order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "Use removal strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " +"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." +msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also " +"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy." +msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies " +"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method" +" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and" +" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " +"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " +"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find " +"the three lots available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains " +"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a " +"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot " +":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should " +"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy." +msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is " +"mostly used for products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " +"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved" +" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned " +"in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206 +msgid "" +"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way " +"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular " +"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible " +"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be " +"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can " +"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001." +msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230 msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." +"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal " +"Strategy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238 msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." +"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of " +"them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "**Lot / Serie Nr**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "**Product**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "**Vervaldatum**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "0000003" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250 msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically" +" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and" +" :guilabel:`0000003`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." +msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index ec2df93ef..414f2b681 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -303,11 +303,9 @@ msgstr "Of ga naar : menuselectie: `Instellingen --> Bekijk mijn diensten`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -"Als u Odoo Online (SAAS) gebruikt of de Enterprise-versie hebt, profiteert u" -" van gratis proeftegoeden om de functie te testen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "More common questions" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 398775ac1..1c1feab50 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -821,9 +821,9 @@ msgstr "Een computer of tablet met een geüpdatet webbrowser" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" -msgstr "Een functionerende SaaS of Odoo instantie met de Kassa geïnstalleerd" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" @@ -883,26 +883,25 @@ msgstr "**Weegschaal**: Connecteer uw weegschaal en zet ze aan." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " +"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" " select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "De installatie is voltooid, u kunt een nieuwe Kassa-sessie starten." @@ -1121,6 +1120,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Connectie" @@ -1510,6 +1510,161 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " +":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +msgid "IoT Box model 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see usage below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +msgid "IoT Box model 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " +"plugging it back into its power source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " +":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "" +"The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" +"connected to an IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " +"Display` will be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:66 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Gebruik" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:69 +msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" +" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box Devices` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " +"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " +"with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status" +" with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " +"and update when changes are performed on the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:97 +msgid "Display a website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " +"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " +"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 msgid "Mail Plugins" msgstr "" @@ -1900,46 +2055,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Studio" msgstr "Studio" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:17 msgid "" "Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " "knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Fields `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`Views `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`Models `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 -msgid "PDF reports" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:24 -msgid "Approval rules" +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:26 msgid "Security rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:28 msgid "" "Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:31 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "" @@ -3328,6 +3483,541 @@ msgid "" "modules as dependencies of the exported module." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Layout" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Licht" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "Kader" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Vet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Gestreept" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Lettertype" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Kleuren" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Voettekst" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Papierformaat" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " +"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Extern" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Intern" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Blanco" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Blok" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "Inline" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Tafel" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:263 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Kolom" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"<../../general/users/access_rights>` the element should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 msgid "Views" msgstr "Weergaven" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 6a96653bb..d03e67c50 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Louisa Van Cauwenberghe , 2022 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2022 # Jurre Claassen , 2022 # Eric Geens , 2022 # Vincent van Reenen , 2022 @@ -12,16 +13,15 @@ # Gunther Clauwaert , 2022 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -461,13 +461,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -"Als u Odoo Online (SAAS) gebruikt of de Enterprise-versie hebt, profiteert u" -" van gratis proeftegoeden om de functie te testen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) `" msgstr "" @@ -748,8 +746,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit " +"from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 @@ -1794,7 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "Certificering & on-premise" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"odoo.com Odoo Online instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " "modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " "support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " "is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " @@ -4130,98 +4128,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " -"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " -"unsupported marketplace `." +"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" +" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " +"marketplace `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 -msgid "**North America region**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Canada" -msgstr "Canada" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Amazon.ca" -msgstr "Amazon.ca" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Mexico" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Amazon.com.mx" -msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "US" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "Amazon.com" -msgstr "Amazon.com" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 -msgid "**Europe region**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Duitsland" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Amazon.de" -msgstr "Amazon.de" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Spanje" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Amazon.es" -msgstr "Amazon.es" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "France" -msgstr "Frankrijk" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "Amazon.fr" -msgstr "Amazon.fr" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "UK" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "Amazon.co.uk" -msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Italy" -msgstr "Italië" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Amazon.it" -msgstr "Amazon.it" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Nederland" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Amazon.nl" -msgstr "Amazon.nl" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" @@ -4413,7 +4331,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -4535,58 +4453,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:76 -msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgid "Add a new marketplace" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:78 msgid "" -"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not created by default " -"as they are not officially supported by Odoo but might be compatible with " -"your seller account. These marketplaces can be added manually should you " -"wish to use them. See :ref:`here ` for the " -"exhaustive list of natively supported marketplaces." +":ref:`All marketplaces are supported by the Amazon Connector " +"`, but recently created ones might be missing" +" from your database. To add a new marketplace, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " -"Documentation `_. The marketplace must belong to the " -"same region as that of your seller account." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:83 msgid "" -"To add a new marketplace, activate the :ref:`developer mode `." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors " +"--> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:93 -msgid "" -"From there, create a new marketplace record. Enter the Marketplace ID and " -"select the Amazon Region for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon " -"Documentation for marketplace IDs `_, and the Seller Central URL as described in" -" the `Amazon Documentation for seller central URLs `_, " +"and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` as described in the `Amazon " +"Documentation for seller central URLs `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:91 msgid "" -"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve " -"it (e.g.: ``Amazon.se``). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " +"Set the name of the record to `Amazon.` to easily retrieve it " +"(e.g.: **Amazon.se**). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " ":guilabel:`Region` and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` fields should " "respectively hold the *MarketplaceId*, the selected Amazon region and the " "*Seller Central URL* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, update the Amazon Account configuration by " "going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors" @@ -4599,13 +4507,6 @@ msgid "" "unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " -"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " -"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "e-Bay connector" @@ -4899,10 +4800,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 -msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index fd9d1042d..f14d87058 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -5,15 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Luis Gustavo Almeida , 2022 +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 +# Marcelo Costa , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Gustavo Almeida , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Marcelo Costa , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -64,6 +66,7 @@ msgid "Bank and cash" msgstr "Banco e dinheiro" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:123 msgid "Bank feeds" msgstr "Retornos Bancários" @@ -74,90 +77,77 @@ msgstr "Extratos Bancários" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" -"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " -"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " -"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +"Importing your bank statements allows you to keep track of your bank account" +" transactions and reconcile them with the ones recorded in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Importar seus extratos bancários no Odoo Contabilidade permite a você manter" -" o controle dos movimentos financeiros que ocorrem em suas contas bancárias " -"e reconciliá-los com as transações registradas em sua contabilidade." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" -"We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " -"the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +"We recommend using :doc:`the bank synchronization feature " +"` for more efficiency. However, if you do not want to " +"use it or if your bank is not yet supported, other options exist:" msgstr "" -"Recomendamos que você use a sincronização bancária para obter mais " -"eficiência. Por favor, leia a documentação relacionada: " -":doc:`bank_synchronization`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " -"not a supported institution, you still have other options:" +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank;" msgstr "" -"No entanto, se você não quiser usar a sincronização bancária ou se seu banco" -" não for uma instituição compatível, você ainda tem outras opções:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 -msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" -msgstr "Importe os arquivos de extrato bancário entregues pelo seu banco" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 -msgid "Register the bank statements manually" -msgstr "Registre seus extratos bancários manualmente" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "Importar arquivos de extratos bancários" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" "O Odoo suporta vários formatos de arquivo para importar extratos bancários:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 -msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" -msgstr "Formato de Gerenciamento de Caixa recomendado pela SEPA (CAMT.053)" +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 -msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "Valores separados por vírgula (.CSV)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 -msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "Formato aberto de transações financeiras (.OFX)" +msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 -msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "Formato de Intercâmbio Quicken (.QIF)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 -msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "Bélgica: Extrato de conta codificado (.CODA)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" -"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " -"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " -"Statement*." +"To import a file, go to the Accounting dashboard and click on " +":guilabel:`Import (Statements)` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window, or click " +"on the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button and then on :guilabel:`Import " +"Statement`." msgstr "" -"Para importá-los, vá para :menuselection:`Contabilidade --> Visão Geral --> " -"Banco`, clique em *Importar Extratos*, ou nos três pontos, e então em " -"*Importar Extratos*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone msgid "Import a bank statement file in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 -msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Next, select the file you want to import and click on :guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "" -"Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " -"and **map** the different columns you want to import." +"Once the file uploaded, the **import widget** helps you set formatting " +"options and **map** the different columns you want to import. You also can " +":guilabel:`test` the bank statement file before importing it to your " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone @@ -165,64 +155,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Register bank statements manually in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " -"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:45 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually. To do so, go " +"to the :guilabel:`Accounting dashboard` and click on the :guilabel:`Create " +"Statements` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window. Alternatively, you can click " +"the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button, and then :guilabel:`New " +"Statement`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 -msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the " +":guilabel:`Partner` field. You can also type in the payments’ references in " +"the :guilabel:`Label` field. Add a new line for each transaction written on " +"the original bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:61 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " -"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " -"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." -" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"The **Ending Balance** and the **Computed Balance** should have the same " +"amount. If this is not the case, make sure there are no mistakes in the " "transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 -msgid "Bank synchronization: Automatic import" +msgid "Bank synchronization: automatic import" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 @@ -235,47 +197,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features `_, and click on " -"*See list of supported institutions*." +":guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Checking a bank's compatibility with Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 -msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:14 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:18 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "Bank synchronization is not available for trial databases." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid "**EnableBanking**: Scandinavian countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:20 @@ -296,7 +255,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:55 @@ -310,11 +269,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:266 @@ -327,11 +286,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:26 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -340,84 +299,92 @@ msgid "" "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:34 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 -msgid "First Synchronization" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "First synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " -"the accounting dashboard." +"You can start synchronization either by going to the Accounting app and " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank" +" Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" -" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." +" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is " +"disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:49 msgid "" -"During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " -"secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" -" want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect " -"suspicious activity on your account, we block all requests coming from your " -"account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number. The third-" -"party provider may request more information in order to connect with your " -"bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." +"When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick " +"the date when you start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo " +"accounting database. For example, if you import your closing balance in Odoo" +" on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting transactions on the " +"01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure " +"your account. We ask for such information because we don't want your data " +"falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activities " +"on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you " +"need to reactivate it using that phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect " +"with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's " +"servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:73 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " -"clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Synchronize Now Button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 msgid "" -"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " -"Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " -"Transactions* button." +"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click " +"on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Online Synchronization Form view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:82 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -427,150 +394,146 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 msgid "Issues" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:93 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " -"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select the connection that " -"failed, and copy the error description and the reference." +"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard-->" +" Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the " +"connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:98 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:100 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " -"the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." +"the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support `_ directly with your client" " id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:111 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:113 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " -"default filter in the search bar and type: " -"**account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* " -"button to install the new module." +"default filter in the search bar and type `account_online_synchronization`. " +"You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users" +" refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Installation button of the account_online_synchronization module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:125 msgid "" -"Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " -"CTRL+F5." +"All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " +"won't work anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these " +"connections; you have to make new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for " +"online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +msgid "" +"By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" +" Accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:135 -msgid "" -"All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " -"won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " -"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`). " -"It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new " -"ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " -"for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -msgid "" -"By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " -"Accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:140 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " -"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," -" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button. You can also synchronize and " -"fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so " -"it is possible that clicking on *Synchronize Now* does not get your latest " -"transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard`, and click on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button. You can " +"also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`. Some " +"providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on" +" :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you " +"already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:148 msgid "" -"A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " -"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" -" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " -"status changes." +"A transaction can be visible on your bank account but not be fetched if it " +"has the status :guilabel:`Pending`. Only transactions with the " +":guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not " +"**Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:155 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:157 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -580,11 +543,11 @@ msgid "" " from the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -592,63 +555,64 @@ msgid "" "provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:177 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " -"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization` to click on the *Fetch Accounts* button on the " -"connection." +"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the " +":guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:189 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:195 msgid "" -"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " -"update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." +"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`,open the" +" connection you want to update your credentials and click on the " +":guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:201 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr "" @@ -853,6 +817,11 @@ msgid "" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" @@ -1011,156 +980,211 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgid "Internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." +"In Odoo, internal money transfers can be made in a few clicks. You need at " +"least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and " +"one cash journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:11 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." +"An internal transfer account is automatically created on your database based" +" on your company's localization and depending on your country’s legislation." +" If needed, the default :guilabel:`Internal transfer account` can be " +"modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgid "" +"At least two bank accounts are needed to make internal transfers. Refer to " +":doc:`Bank and cash accounts section <../setup/bank_accounts>` to see how to" +" add an additional bank account to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " -"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:22 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:24 msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +"Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you " +"want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:28 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:30 msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." +"From the Accounting Dashboard, click on the drop-down selection button " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) on one of your banks. In the :guilabel:`New` column click on" +" :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." +":guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Confirm` to register your internal transfer." +" The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is " +"**automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:46 +msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:55 +msgid "Outstanding Payments account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:144 +msgid "$1,000" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:75 +msgid "**Internal transfer account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:146 +msgid "**$1,000**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:63 +msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:72 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:80 msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." +"There are one outstanding payment and one outstanding receipt pending in " +"your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the " +"sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 -msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " -"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " -"bank statements and reconcile`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." +msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:93 msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." +"The next step is to book the bank statements to finalize the transaction by " +"creating, :doc:`importing <../feeds/bank_statements>`, or " +":doc:`synchronizing <../feeds/bank_synchronization>` your " +":guilabel:`Transactions lines`. Fill in the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and " +"click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 -msgid "The following window will open:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:105 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +"In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, " +"the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Reconcile your payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:133 +msgid "Bank journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:122 +msgid "Outstanding Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:125 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:129 msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " -"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." +"The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related " +"to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:142 +msgid "Outstanding Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 @@ -1180,6 +1204,13 @@ msgid "" "with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " @@ -1511,184 +1542,222 @@ msgid "Setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgid "Bank and cash accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " -"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " -"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." +"You can manage as many bank or cash accounts as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to have all your banking data up-to-date " +"and ready for :doc:`reconciliation <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` " +"with your journal entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " -"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." +"In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post " +"all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are " +"automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" -" are automatically created and configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:14 +msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:16 msgid "" -"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " -"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" -" are displayed when appropriate." +"Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone msgid "" -"Bank Journals Cards are displayed on the Accounting Overview in Odoo " -"Accounting" +"Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action " +"buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 -msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:26 +msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" -" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " -"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:29 +msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 -msgid "Bank Synchronization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically." +"To connect your bank account to your database, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`," +" select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " +"instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " -"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this bank synchronization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "" -"Select a bank institution in the list and connect it to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 -msgid "Manual configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" -" out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 -msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 -msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 -msgid "" -"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " -"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" -" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " -"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " -"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " -"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " -"accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Add manually a new bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " -"modify." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" -" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " -"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" -" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " -"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " -"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " -"in the **Bank Statements** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Advanced configuration of a bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:39 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "Criar uma conta bancária" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't want " +"to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank " +"account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it`" +" (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables " +"some features accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank " +"account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to " +"match your bank account information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Create a cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " +":ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can " +"review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:68 +msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to" +" your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Manually configure your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/outstanding_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:90 +msgid "Suspense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` " +"until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:96 +msgid "Profit and loss accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending " +"balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the " +":guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance " +"of a cash register differs from what the system computes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "Moeda" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:111 +msgid "Account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external " +"link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click " +"on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your " +"bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Edit your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three" +" options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet " +"if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if " +"you want to import your bank statement using a different format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your" +" bank is synchronized with your database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 @@ -3417,6 +3486,7 @@ msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:87 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "" @@ -5856,14 +5926,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 msgid "Technical name" msgstr "" @@ -7601,7 +7671,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the SKR03 is installed by " +"default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 @@ -7622,7 +7693,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "" @@ -8003,9 +8073,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:227 msgid "" -"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " -"In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " -"systems." +"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online " +"service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on " +"external systems." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:231 @@ -12600,8 +12670,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" +" by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 @@ -12711,7 +12781,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgid "" +"How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (Odoo Online or On-premise)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 @@ -13343,15 +13414,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Initial configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"The **chart of accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." msgstr "" @@ -13362,7 +13427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 @@ -13381,6 +13446,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Equity" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +msgid "Profit & Loss:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 @@ -13395,8 +13464,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" -"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," -" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +"When browsing your chart of accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by :guilabel:`Account Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone @@ -13404,43 +13473,43 @@ msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgid "Configuration of an account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " -"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " -"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"company on your database) determines which **fiscal localization package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard chart of accounts " "already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" -"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" -" Journal Entry has been posted." +"It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a" +" journal entry has been posted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" +msgid "Code and name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" -"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"Each account is identified by its **code** and **name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "" -"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +"Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" msgstr "" @@ -13462,8 +13531,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:61 msgid "" -"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " -"and select the right type among the following list:" +"To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down " +"selector and select the right type among the following list:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 @@ -13544,145 +13613,162 @@ msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:107 msgid "" -"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " -":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " -"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"Some **account types** display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`assets ` entries, :ref:`deferred expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`deferred revenues " "` entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " -"corresponding form." +":guilabel:`Create in draft`: whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill " +"out the corresponding form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:116 msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " -"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +":guilabel:`Create and validate`: you must also select a **model**. Whenever " +"a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:120 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:122 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 msgid "Tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 +msgid "Account groups" +msgstr "Grupos de Contas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 msgid "" -"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +"**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " -"Balance**." +"Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of" +" the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the " +"group `131000`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 -msgid "" -"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " -"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " -"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " -"the right Account Group." +msgid "Create account groups manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 msgid "" -"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " -"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +"Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The " +"following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a new account group, :ref:`developer mode ` and " +"head to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Account " +"Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code " +"prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note " +"that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`to` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Account groups creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app-->Reporting-->Trial Balance`, then open the " +":guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "Allow reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 msgid "" -"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " -"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " -"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as " +":guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used" +" to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing " +"reconciliation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:162 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's " +"settings, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, " +"and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:193 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 @@ -13796,6 +13882,34 @@ msgid "" "account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " @@ -13832,6 +13946,11 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " @@ -13979,6 +14098,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:3 msgid "Main accounting concepts" msgstr "" @@ -14759,14 +14882,6 @@ msgid "" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" @@ -14777,26 +14892,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 @@ -17148,123 +17243,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " +"facilitating the reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`../supplier_bills/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:72 @@ -17272,62 +17259,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Group payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." +"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " +"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " +"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " +":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Register payment button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:25 +msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:27 msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." +"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " +"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " +"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." +"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " +"more bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:39 msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." +"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " +"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " +"to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:43 +msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " +"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`. Make sure to apply " +"the :doc:`payment terms <../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms>`" +" to the **bills** *instead* of the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 @@ -17926,6 +17920,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -18203,22 +18203,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 -msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgid "AI-powered document digitization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " -"traditional paper invoices into vendor bills and customer invoices forms in " -"your accounting." +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into " +"vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial " "intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor " -"bills and customer invoices forms are automatically created and populated " +"bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated " "based on the scanned invoices." msgstr "" @@ -18229,45 +18227,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR " -"`_." +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The more documents you scan, the better the system identifies the correct " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Digitalization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitalization` and " -"choose whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` " -"should be processed automatically or manually." +"Digitization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitization` and choose " +"whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` (this " +"includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on " +"demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option can also be selected. It " -"enables to get only one line created per tax in the new bill, regardless of " -"the number of lines from the invoice." +"If you enable the :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option, only one " +"line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines " +"on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 msgid "Invoice upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 msgid "Upload invoices manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button of your vendor bills journal. Alternatively, go to " @@ -18276,63 +18265,98 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:40 msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 msgid "" "You can configure your connected scanner to send scanned documents to an " "email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft " "customer invoices or vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 msgid "" -"You can modify the email alias of a journal by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, opening the " -"appropriate journal, opening the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and " -"modifying the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field." +"You can modify the email alias of a journal. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. Under :guilabel:`General Settings: Discuss`, " +"enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:49 msgid "" -"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can send your " -"scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., `inbox-" -"financial@example.odoo.com`)." +"The email alias is now available in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab of" +" the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can " +"automatically send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` " +"workspace (e.g., `inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:56 -msgid "Invoice digitization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 msgid "" -"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " -"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitalization` to do it " -"manually." +"The default email aliases `vendor-bills@` and `customer-invoices@` followed " +"by the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` you set are automatically created for the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` journals, " +"respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " -"clicking on the respective tags (available in Edit mode) and selecting the " -"proper information instead." +"To change a default email alias, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`. Select the journal you want to " +"edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email " +"Alias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:66 +msgid "Invoice digitization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +msgid "" +"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " +"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and " +"selecting the proper information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:75 +msgid "Data recognition with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 +msgid "" +"It is essential to review and correct (if needed) the information uploaded " +"during digitization. Then, you have to post the document by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system " +"identifies the correct data for future digitizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 msgid "" "The **invoice digitization** is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:87 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to " @@ -18340,14 +18364,19 @@ msgid "" "Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SaaS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:78 -msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:96 +msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 @@ -18826,8 +18855,8 @@ msgid "" "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 @@ -19357,11 +19386,11 @@ msgid "Applicability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 -msgid "Factur-X (CII)" +msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "Default format on Odoo (enabled by default)" +msgid "For French and German companies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:25 @@ -19490,27 +19519,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:71 msgid "" -"By default, the :guilabel:`Factur-X` option is enabled. It means that an XML" -" file is automatically included in the PDF document that is sent." +"Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for " +"interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option " +":guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the " +"invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like " +"Chorus Pro." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:74 msgid "" "The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's " ":guilabel:`General Information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via " "existing access points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 msgid "Add new formats to a database created before July 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:82 msgid "" "If your database was created before July 2022 and you wish to use one of the" " formats available from July 2022, you have to :ref:`install " @@ -19519,29 +19551,29 @@ msgid "" "country-specific module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:88 msgid "" "If you want to use the Belgian format E-FFF in a database created prior to " "July 2022, you need to :ref:`install `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 msgid "Belgium - E-Invoicing (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 msgid "`l10n_be_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 msgid "Import/Export electronic invoices with UBL/CII" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:99 msgid "`account_edi_ubl_cii`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:102 msgid "" "Once the new module is installed, UBL 2.0 and UBL 2.1 formats no longer " "appear in the journal since UBL BIS Billing 3.0 is available and more widely" @@ -19895,6 +19927,10 @@ msgid "" "want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 +msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 msgid "" "**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " @@ -20242,12 +20278,6 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 msgid "" "Click `here `_ to know about our " @@ -21963,6 +21993,70 @@ msgid "" "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:3 +msgid "Tax carryover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When performing tax reports, the **tax carryover** feature allows carrying " +"amounts from one period to another without creating new entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It has been created to meet the legal requirements of specific locations, " +"where amounts must be transferred from period to period (for example, " +"because the total of the line is negative)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The feature is activated by default in countries where it is required, such " +"as Belgium, France, and Italy. There is no specific configuration required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100" +" for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this case, as per local regulation, grid 81 of the tax report may contain" +" a negative amount. But it must be declared to the government as zero, and " +"the negative amount should be carried over to the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a " +"pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "" +"pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:32 +msgid "" +"At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount " +"was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that" +" will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing " +"transactions and the carryover from the previous period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration of the tax return" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:5 msgid "Taxation" msgstr "" @@ -22516,123 +22610,173 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +"Cash basis taxes are due when the payment is made, as opposed to standard " +"taxes that are due when the invoice is confirmed. Reporting your income and " +"expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in " +"some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." +"You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year, and the payment " +"is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you " +"must pay is for the 2nd quarter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, enable :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +"Then, define the :guilabel:`Tax Cash Basis Journal`. Click on the external " +"link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the" +" :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:28 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +"By default, the journal entries of the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Taxes` journal " +"are named using the :guilabel:`CABA` short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Taxes` to configure your taxes. You can either " +":guilabel:`Create` a new tax or update an existing one by clicking on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +"The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to " +"post taxes until the payment is registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" +"Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" +"is registered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, decide of the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Exigilibity`. Select :guilabel:`Based on Payment`, so the tax is due when " +"the payment of the invoice is received. You can then also define the " +":guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded " +"as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "" +"Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" +"reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +msgid "Impact of cash basis taxes on accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" +msgid "" +"To illustrate the impact of cash basis taxes on accounting transactions, " +"let's take an example with the sales of a product that costs 1,000$, with a " +"cash basis tax of 15%." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgid "" +"The following entries are created in your accounting, and the tax report is " +"currently empty." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" +msgid "**Customer journal (INV)**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +msgid "Receivable $1,150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Income $1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:103 +msgid "Temporary tax account $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:77 +msgid "When the payment is then received, it is registered as below :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Bank journal (BANK)**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgid "Bank $1,150" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:90 msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." +"Once the payment is registered, you can use the :guilabel:`Cash Basis " +"Entries` smart button on the invoice to access them directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Default taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Finally, upon reconciliation of the invoice with the payment, the below " +"entry is automatically created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Journal (Caba)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:105 +msgid "Income account $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:107 +msgid "Tax Received $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The journal items :guilabel:`Income account` vs. :guilabel:`Income account` " +"are neutral, but they are needed to ensure correct tax reports in Odoo with " +"accurate base tax amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Using a default :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` is recommended so your" +" balance is at zero and your income account is not polluted by unnecessary " +"accounting movements. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Taxes`, and select a :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` " +"under :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 @@ -23065,222 +23209,256 @@ msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." +"TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " +"and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " +"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." +"Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " +"complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " +"by clicking on :guilabel:`Stores`, then :guilabel:`Get Details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." +"Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " +"store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." +"Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " +":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " +"Codes` product categories from TaxCloud. Some categories may imply specific " +"tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +"Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " +":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` is set on your products or product categories, or when no product " +"is found on an order/invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:0 +msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +"If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " +"Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " +"select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "Automatically post taxes to the correct Tax Payable account" +"If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" +" the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" +" (:guilabel:`🡕`) to set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the " +":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" -"For each one of your companies that uses TaxCloud, it might be necessary to " -"create a **User-Defined Default** so that the new taxes generated by the " -"TaxCloud integration are created with the correct Tax Payable account:" +"If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " +":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" -"A User-Defined Default impacts all records at creation. It means that " -"**every** new tax will be set up to record income in the specified Tax " -"Payable account, unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different " -"income account (or there exists another User-Defined Default that takes " -"precedence)." +"A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " +"not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " +":guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the *All* :guilabel:`Product Category`, it " +"is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, " -"select the Tax Payable account for the company. Take note of the account's " -"``id`` in the URL string." +"Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " +"code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" +" edit your company address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" +" with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " +"default**. This process should be repeated for each one of your companies " +"that uses TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " +"**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " +"account unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income " +"account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " +"account, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Take note of the number after `id=`" +" in the URL string; it is the **Tax Payable account ID** and will be used " +"later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "The account's ID can be found in the URL string as 'id=...'." +msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> User-Defined " -"Defaults`, and click on *Create*." +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " +"and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:70 -msgid "Click on *Field*, then, in the drop-down menu, on *Search More*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " +"More...`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Click on 'Search More' in the 'Field' drop-down menu." +msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 msgid "" -"In the pop-up's search box, filter on the model ``tax.repartition.line`` and" -" the field ``account``. Select the ``account`` field of the " -"``tax.repartition.line`` model." +"Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," +" and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " +"Select the line with :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` under the " +":guilabel:`Model` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Select the 'account' field of the 'tax.repartition.line' model." +msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" -"In the **Default Value** field, enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable " -"account. Select the company for which this configuration should apply in the" -" *Company* field. Click *Save*." +"Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " +"the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " +":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " +":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable account." +msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid "How it works" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." +"Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " +"`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" +" enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" +" position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions` and select " +":guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (TaxCloud)`. Enable :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically` and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " +"the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " +"computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." +"To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " +":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +msgid "" +"If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " +"TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " +"lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation, the amount of " +"the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of " +"the lines it impacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " +"promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" +" you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" +" which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " +"product's tax rate is 7%, the tax rate computed from the TaxCloud " +"integration displays 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in " +"the price sent to TaxCloud. However, in Odoo, the discount is on another " +"line entirely. Still, the tax computation is correct. Indeed, a 3.5% tax on " +"the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price, but this " +"might be unexpected from a user point of view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 @@ -23812,8 +23990,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:7 msgid "" -"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online/SaaS), and" -" organize them in various workspaces." +"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online), and " +"organize them in various workspaces." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index a31d3269f..c940733ce 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -3,13 +3,18 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# grazziano , 2022 +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -511,15 +516,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 @@ -1584,6 +1593,257 @@ msgid "" "to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory adjustments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " +"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " +"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, " +"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must" +" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts " +"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are " +"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22 +msgid "Add a new line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in " +"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the " +"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on " +"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If " +":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered " +"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40 +msgid "Count products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " +"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the " +"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the" +" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When " +":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away." +" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment," +" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in " +"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted " +"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before" +" applying the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 +msgid "Plan counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70 +msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be " +"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by " +"opening the column options icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are " +"scheduled for today or earlier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Count` and fill in the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" +" be accounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product" +" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On " +"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the " +"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93 +msgid "" +"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for" +" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the " +"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual " +"Inventory Day and Month` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" +" setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 +msgid "Cycle counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " +"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " +"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " +"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " +"counting more often at key locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " +"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 +msgid "Change the inventory frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " +"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " +"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " +"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" +" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " +"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " +"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "" @@ -2299,6 +2559,120 @@ msgid "" "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " +"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " +"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " +"be a better fit than the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " +"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " +"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "Add products to a wave" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " +"products to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " +"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " +"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " +"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " +"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " +":guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" +" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " +"product, location, carrier, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " +":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " +"transfer from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " +"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " +"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " +"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "View wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" +" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " +":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "" @@ -2709,212 +3083,420 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " +"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " +"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " +"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" +" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " +"processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " +"forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " +"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " +"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " +"the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"from the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"*regardless of the current stock level*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" +" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " +"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " +"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " +":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " +"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" +" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " +"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " +"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " +"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized and should be used for this purpose only." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " +"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " +"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." +"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " +"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " +"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " +"and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" +" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " +"valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " +"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " +"reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " +"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" +" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" +" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 +msgid "" +"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" +" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " +"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " +"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " +"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " +"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 +msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Warehouse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " +"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " +"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " +"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" +" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " +"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" +"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " +"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgid "Use different units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." +" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " +"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " +"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " +"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " +"supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." +"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." +"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " +"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " +"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " +"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" +" only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Set units of measure categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36 msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." +"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " +"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" +" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " +"new units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." +"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " +"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" +" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " +"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" +" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" +" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." +" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" +" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " +"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." +"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" +" category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " +"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" +" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " +"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69 +msgid "Unit conversion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72 +msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " +"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " +"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78 +msgid "" +"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " +"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " +"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " +"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " +"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " +"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " +"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " +":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " +"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " +"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " +"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" +" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " +"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" +" can be manually edited on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" +" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " +"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " +"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" +" delivery shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " +"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" +" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 @@ -2922,8 +3504,8 @@ msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" -msgstr "" +msgid "Units of measure" +msgstr "Unidade de medida" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2933,65 +3515,100 @@ msgid "" "supplier." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "" +"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase " +"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different " +"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective " +"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to " +"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21 msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet" +" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a " +"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity " +"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates" +" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the " +"quantity in feet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30 msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, " +"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the " +"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." +"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by " +"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first " +"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. " +"Repeat for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery into different packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery package details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49 +msgid "Packagings" +msgstr "Embalagens" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a " +"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a " +"pallet for the packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase " +"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and " +"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while " +"UoMs are generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Different product packaging examples." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Package field on purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67 msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." +"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode" +" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in " +"the packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgid "Replenishment strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 @@ -3050,74 +3667,118 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " +"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " +"costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " +"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " +"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " +"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " +"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " +"information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgid "" +"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " +"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50 msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." +"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " +":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " +"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " +"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " +"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " +"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " +"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." +"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." +"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " +"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " +"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " +"landed cost entry to the accounting journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " +"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " +"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " +"Costing)` method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Landed cost journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Landed cost records can also be directly created in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " +"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 @@ -3882,59 +4543,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " +"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " +"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " +"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " +"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " +"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " +"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" +" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " +"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " +"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " +"resupply this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Set route on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " +"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " +"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " +"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" +" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " +"by moving the product from one warehouse to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " +":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " +"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " +"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " +"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." +" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " +"tracked in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " +"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9 +msgid "Warehouse" +msgstr "Armazém" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as many locations as you need under one warehouse." +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " +"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " +"can create moves between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "Local" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " +"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " +"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " +"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " +"be configured as needed under one warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22 +msgid "There are three types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " +"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " +"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " +"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " +"(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " +"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " +"organization of the warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " +":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " +"The short name is five characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " +"letters of location]\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " +"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " +"created warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " +":guilabel:`Locations` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 @@ -4035,187 +4890,97 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" -" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " -"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " -"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." +"When owning several warehouses, goods might need to be transferred from one " +"warehouse to another. This type of transfer is called an *inter-warehouse " +"transfer*. While physically performing the inter-warehouse transfer might be" +" simple, the administrative part can be complex. Fortunately, Odoo comes " +"with an intuitive flow that helps save time when registering inter-warehouse" +" transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" -"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." +"The following paragraphs detail a sample inter-warehouse transfer, referred " +"to as an *internal transfer*, use case. The sample use case assumes that the" +" user has already configured their second warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Enabling the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:17 msgid "" -"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " -"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." +"To transfer eight units of a product from the first warehouse to another " +"one, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:19 msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " -"click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" -" of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " -"warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer type for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " -"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " -"the case, you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " -"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " -"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the inventory adjustment form before hitting the start button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " -"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " -"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " -"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the actual physical inventory of the new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " -"all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " -"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " -"as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " -"Transfer`." +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, select an internal movement " +"operation of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on the three " +"vertical dots icon on the top right corner of the operation card and select " +":guilabel:`Planned Transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the choice between planned transfer and immediate transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" -"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " -"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " -"\"new\" warehouse)." +"On the new planned transfer form, select the :guilabel:`Source Location` (in" +" this case, the first warehouse) and the :guilabel:`Destination Location` " +"(in this case, the second warehouse)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " -"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +"Next, add the products that will be transferred by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then click on :guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Mark " +"as ToDo` once done. After that, Odoo puts the transfer in the " +":guilabel:`Waiting` status. Then, click on :guilabel:`Reserve` to reserve " +"the number of products in the source warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the internal transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " -"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." +"If :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer` was selected instead of :guilabel:`Planned" +" Transfer`, Odoo processes the transfer automatically after the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button is clicked on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, open the souce location's internal " +"transfer operation page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the dashboard with a zoom of the pending internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Select the right transfer order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Open the desired transfer order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the pending internal transfers list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " -"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " -"many products you process." +"Click on the pencil icon in the lower right corner to open the operation " +"details window. In this new window, the quantity of products can be manually" +" set." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone @@ -4224,22 +4989,23 @@ msgid "" "same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " -"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." +"To process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the products can't " +"be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo automatically asks if a " +"*backorder* should be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." +"Create a backorder if it is expected that the remaining products will be " +"processed later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "" -"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " -"products." +"Do not create a backorder if the remaining products will not be " +"supplied/received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4302,55 +5068,56 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." +"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " +"made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:9 msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," +" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " +"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" +" the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:14 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." +"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " +"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " +"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " +"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:25 msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " +"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " +"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " +"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" +" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " +"respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " @@ -4360,513 +5127,527 @@ msgid "" " to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:45 +msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:50 msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." +"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " +"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " +"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " +"Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " +"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " +"between the two locations is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:63 msgid "" -"All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." +"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" +" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " +"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " +"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " +"finally the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:69 +msgid "Push rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " +"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " +"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:75 msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." +"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " +"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " +"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " +"locations for different products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:79 msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." +"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" +" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" +" to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:83 msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." +"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " +"already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:87 msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " +"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " +"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " +"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" +" per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:93 +msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:95 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +"manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:98 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 +msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " +"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " +"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:113 msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." +"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " +"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:122 msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." +"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " +"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:131 msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " +"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" +" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" +" the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:140 msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " +"the route form, the user can view which places the route is " +":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " +"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " +"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " +"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." +"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:150 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " +":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " +":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " +":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:159 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:161 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " +"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " +"places." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:169 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " +":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:172 msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." +"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " +"be manually set on the product category form by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " +"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:177 msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " +"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " +"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " +"from the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " +":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " +"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " +"that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " +"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " +"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " +"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " +"quotation/sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:204 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." +"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " +"manually set on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:207 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " +"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " +"select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:216 +msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:219 msgid "Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:221 msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" +" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " +"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " +":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or from a manufacturing order which requires a specific component." -" When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking" -" to fulfill this need." +":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" +" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " +"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " +"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " +"this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In the case you move products to the source " -"location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination" -" location." +":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " +"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " +"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " +"destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:239 msgid "" -"**Pull & Push**: this rule allows generating pickings in the two situations " -"explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific " -"location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that " -"need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered " -"to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to" -" the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " +"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " +"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " +"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " +"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:244 msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " +"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone" +"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" +"zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:254 msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " +"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:257 msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" +"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " +":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" +" of the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:263 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " +"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " +"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" +" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " +"products to the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." +"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " +"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 +msgid "Sample full route flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:279 msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" +" flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:282 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" +" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " +"Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:285 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:288 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:291 msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:299 msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." +"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " +"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:307 msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " +"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " +"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " -"output zones" +"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:315 +msgid "" +"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " +"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " +"output zones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:322 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" -" zones" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" +" zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:329 msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " +"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " +"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" +" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " +"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:334 msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." +"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" +" have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 @@ -4879,76 +5660,252 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." +" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " +"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:26 +msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:28 msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegetables* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " +"products should be stored in different locations depending on several " +"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " +"and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" +" the following sub-locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:37 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:39 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:43 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:45 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:47 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " +"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " +"redirected to the right storage location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " +"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " +"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "Take the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" +" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " +"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " +"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:75 +msgid "Using Storage Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " +"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " +"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:89 +msgid "Create a Storage Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " +"storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:100 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " +"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " +"location is considered available to store a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " +"location is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " +"the same product is already there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " +"in this location at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " +"linked to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:119 +msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121 msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." +"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " +"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:124 +msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." +"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control" +" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 @@ -4965,367 +5922,428 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " "through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." +msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the " +"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area." +msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the" +" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same " +"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the " +"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, " +"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "" -"products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates " -"into account." +":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n" +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." +"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " +"transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." +"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some " +"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, " +":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58 msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on" +" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer " +"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes " +"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because " +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from " +":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date " +"after :guilabel:`00001`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`" +" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been" +" in the stock for the longest period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71 msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." +"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* " +"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. " +"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a " +"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and " +":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." +":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on" +" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer " +"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of " +":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85 msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." +"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" +" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock " +"is requested." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." +"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries " +"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95 msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." +"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " +"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " +"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99 msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" +" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " +"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following " +"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " +"with five boxes in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103 msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " +"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " +"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" +" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " +"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " +"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" +" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " +":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " +":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " +"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " +"has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117 +msgid "Closest Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " +"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," +" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " +"that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." +"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " +"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " +"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " +"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " +"alphabetic order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "Use removal strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " +"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." +msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also " +"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy." +msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies " +"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method" +" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and" +" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " +"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " +"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find " +"the three lots available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains " +"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a " +"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot " +":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should " +"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " +"strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy." +msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is " +"mostly used for products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " +"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved" +" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned " +"in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206 +msgid "" +"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way " +"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular " +"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible " +"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be " +"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can " +"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001." +msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230 msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." +"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal " +"Strategy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238 msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." +"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of " +"them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "0000003" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250 msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically" +" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and" +" :guilabel:`0000003`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." +msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index bf909bc5c..db8c5dfef 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -3,13 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -799,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" msgstr "" @@ -859,26 +863,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " +"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" " select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" @@ -1097,6 +1100,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "" @@ -1486,6 +1490,161 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " +":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +msgid "IoT Box model 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see usage below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +msgid "IoT Box model 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " +"plugging it back into its power source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " +":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "" +"The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" +"connected to an IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " +"Display` will be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:66 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Uso" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:69 +msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" +" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box Devices` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " +"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " +"with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status" +" with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " +"and update when changes are performed on the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:97 +msgid "Display a website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " +"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " +"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 msgid "Mail Plugins" msgstr "" @@ -1876,46 +2035,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Studio" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:17 msgid "" "Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " "knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Fields `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`Views `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`Models `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 -msgid "PDF reports" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:24 -msgid "Approval rules" +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:26 msgid "Security rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:28 msgid "" "Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:31 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "" @@ -3304,6 +3463,541 @@ msgid "" "modules as dependencies of the exported module." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Layout" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "Encaixotado" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Negrito" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Listrado" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Fonte" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Cores" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Rodapé" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Formato de papel" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " +"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +msgid "External" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Interno" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Bloquear" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "Em linha" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Mesa" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:263 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Coluna" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"<../../general/users/access_rights>` the element should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 msgid "Views" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 30a4ccce3..507964055 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -11,7 +11,6 @@ # liulixia , 2022 # 飛行de魚 , 2022 # Jeana Jiang, 2022 -# 稀饭~~ , 2022 # 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2022 # John Lin , 2022 # 智能科技奇客罗方 , 2022 @@ -28,24 +27,26 @@ # Connie Xiao , 2022 # Gary Wei , 2022 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2022 -# Martin Trigaux, 2022 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2022 # e2f , 2022 # Mandy Choy , 2022 # Datasource International , 2022 # Benson , 2022 # zhao yonghui, 2022 # Raymond Yu , 2022 +# 苏州远鼎 , 2022 +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 +# 稀饭~~ , 2022 # Emily Jia , 2022 +# Jeffery CHEN , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Emily Jia , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -89,6 +90,7 @@ msgid "Bank and cash" msgstr "银行和现金" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:123 msgid "Bank feeds" msgstr "银行提要" @@ -99,149 +101,119 @@ msgstr "银行对账单" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 msgid "" -"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " -"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " -"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." -msgstr "将银行对账单导入Odoo的会计模块，以便于你跟踪银行账户的资金流动，并且还方便你调节银行对账单与会计分录以保持一致." +"Importing your bank statements allows you to keep track of your bank account" +" transactions and reconcile them with the ones recorded in Odoo." +msgstr "您可以导入银行对账单，跟踪银行账户交易，并与Odoo中记录的交易进行核对。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" -"We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " -"the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." -msgstr "我们建议您使用存储库同步以提高效率。 请阅读相关文档： :doc:`bank_synchronization`。" +"We recommend using :doc:`the bank synchronization feature " +"` for more efficiency. However, if you do not want to " +"use it or if your bank is not yet supported, other options exist:" +msgstr "" +"为了提高效率，建议您使用：doc：`银行财政部功能`。如果您不想使用该功能，或者该功能暂不支持您的银行，您可以使用其他选项：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " -"not a supported institution, you still have other options:" -msgstr "但是，如果您不想进行银行同步，或者如果您的银行不是受支持的机构，您还有其他选择：" +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank;" +msgstr "导入您的银行发送的银行对账单文件；" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 -msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" -msgstr "导入银行发送给你的对账单的电子文件" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually." +msgstr "手动注册银行对账单。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 -msgid "Register the bank statements manually" -msgstr "手动注册银行对账单" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 msgid "Import bank statements files" msgstr "导入银行对账单文件" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "Odoo支持银行对账单的文件格式有多种：" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" +msgstr "SEPA推荐的现金管理格式（CAMT.053）；" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" +msgstr "逗号分隔值（.CSV）；" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" +msgstr "开放式金融交易所（.OFX）；" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 -msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" -msgstr "SEPA推荐的现金管理格式（CAMT.053)" +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" +msgstr "快速交换格式（.QIF）；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 -msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "用逗号分割值（.CSV）" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 -msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "开放金融交易格式（.OFX）" +msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." +msgstr "比利时：编码对账单（.CODA）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 -msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "加快交换格式（.QIF）" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 -msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "比利时：会计报告编码格式（.CODA）" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" -"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " -"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " -"Statement*." +"To import a file, go to the Accounting dashboard and click on " +":guilabel:`Import (Statements)` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window, or click " +"on the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button and then on :guilabel:`Import " +"Statement`." msgstr "" -"导入步骤，进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 概览 --> 银行`，点击 *导入银行对账单* ，或者移动到三个点号，然后点击 " -"*导入银行对账单*。" +"要导入文件，跳转至会计应用程序仪表板，单击：guilable：`银行`窗口下的：guilabel：`导入（对账单）`，或单击下拉菜单（：guilabel：`⋮`）按钮，打开：guilable：`导入对账单`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone msgid "Import a bank statement file in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "在Odoo会计中导入银行对账单文件" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 -msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." -msgstr "下一步，选择你想导入的文件，点击 *导入*。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:34 msgid "" -"Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " -"and **map** the different columns you want to import." +"Next, select the file you want to import and click on :guilabel:`Upload`." +msgstr "然后，选择要导入的文件，单击：guilable：`上传`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the file uploaded, the **import widget** helps you set formatting " +"options and **map** the different columns you want to import. You also can " +":guilabel:`test` the bank statement file before importing it to your " +"database." msgstr "" -"Odoo 打开 **入工** ，使用这个工具你可以设置 **式选** ，同时这个工具还可以 **** 不同的列到你希望导入的数据。" +"文件上传后，您可以使用**导入小工具**设置格式方案，**映射**要导入的列。您还可以在将银行对账单文件导入数据库之前：guilable：`测试`文件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rstNone msgid "Register bank statements manually in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "在Odoo会计中手动注册银行对账单" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " -"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." -msgstr "快速交换格式(.QIF) 是一种较旧的文件格式，自2005年以来不再受支持。如果可能，请首选OFX文件而不是QIF。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:45 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "手动注册银行对账单" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 -msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." -msgstr "如有需要，你也可以手动输入你的银行对账单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " -"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +"If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually. To do so, go " +"to the :guilabel:`Accounting dashboard` and click on the :guilabel:`Create " +"Statements` under the :guilabel:`Bank` window. Alternatively, you can click " +"the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) button, and then :guilabel:`New " +"Statement`." msgstr "" -"为了创建银行对账单，你可以到菜单选择 :menuselection:`财务 --> 会计概览 --> 银行`，点击 " -"*创建对账单*，或者在银行右上角点击三个点号，然后选择 *新对账单* 。" +"如有需要，您还可以手动登记银行对账单。跳转至：gulable：`会计仪表板`，单击：gulabel：`银行`窗口下的：gulabl：`创建对账单`。或者单击下拉菜单（：guilable：`⋮`）按钮，然后单击：guilable：`新对账单`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 msgid "" -"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." -msgstr "为原始银行对帐单上每笔交易添加新行." +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the " +":guilabel:`Partner` field. You can also type in the payments’ references in " +"the :guilabel:`Label` field. Add a new line for each transaction written on " +"the original bank statement." +msgstr "" +"为了简化对账程序，请确保填写：guilable：`合作伙伴'栏。您还可以在：guilable：`标签'栏中输入付款参考号。为原始银行对账单中的各笔交易添加一行内容。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:61 msgid "" -"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " -"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." -msgstr "为简化对帐流程，请确保填写 *合作伙伴* 字段。 您也可以在 *标签* 字段中编写付款参考。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." -" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"The **Ending Balance** and the **Computed Balance** should have the same " +"amount. If this is not the case, make sure there are no mistakes in the " "transactions’ amounts." -msgstr "期末余额和计算的余额应该一致。如果不一致，请确保交易金额没有错误." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "待办" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" -msgstr "将文档链接添加到有关对账的新文档" +msgstr "**期末余额**与**计算余额**的金额应相同。如果不同，请确认交易金额是否正确。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 -msgid "Bank synchronization: Automatic import" -msgstr "银行同步: 自动导入" +msgid "Bank synchronization: automatic import" +msgstr "银行同步：自动导入" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -253,49 +225,46 @@ msgstr "Odoo可以直接与您的银行机构同步，将所有银行对帐单 msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features `_, and click on " -"*See list of supported institutions*." +":guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." msgstr "" -"要检查您的银行是否与Odoo兼容，请转到\"Odoo会计功能\"_，然后单击*查看支持的机构列表*。" +"要检查您的银行是否与Odoo兼容，跳转至`Odoo会计功能`_，然后单击：guilable：`查看支持银行机构列表`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Checking a bank's compatibility with Odoo" -msgstr "检查银行与Odoo的兼容性" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." +msgstr "Odoo支持全球25000多家银行机构。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 -msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." -msgstr "全球有 20，000 多家机构获得支持。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:14 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "为了连接到银行，Odoo使用了多种Web服务：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "**Plaid**：美國和加拿大" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "**Yodlee** : 全球" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:18 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "**** ： 欧洲 （:doc:`更多信息 `）" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "**** ： 欧洲 （:doc:`更多信息 `）" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "Bank synchronization is not available for trial databases." -msgstr "银行同步在测试数据库不可用." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid "**EnableBanking**: Scandinavian countries" +msgstr "**启用银行**：斯堪的纳维亚国家" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:20 @@ -316,7 +285,7 @@ msgstr "银行同步在测试数据库不可用." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:55 @@ -330,11 +299,11 @@ msgstr "银行同步在测试数据库不可用." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:266 @@ -347,11 +316,11 @@ msgstr "银行同步在测试数据库不可用." msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:26 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "本地用户" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -361,85 +330,95 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "为了能够使用此服务，您需要拥有有效的Odoo企业订阅。因此，请确保您的数据库已在您的Odoo企业合约中注册。我们还在您的数据库和第三方提供商之间使用代理，因此，如果发生连接错误，请检查您是否没有防火墙或代理阻止以下地址：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:34 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "https://production.odoofin.com/" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 -msgid "First Synchronization" -msgstr "第一次进行同步" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "First synchronization" +msgstr "首次同步" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " -"the accounting dashboard." -msgstr "您可以通过转到：菜单选择：\"会计->配置-->添加银行帐户\"或通过会计仪表板上的配置栏来启动同步。" +"You can start synchronization either by going to the Accounting app and " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank" +" Account`." +msgstr "想要同步，跳转至会计应用程序：菜单选择：`会计仪表板-->配置-->银行：添加银行账户`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:42 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "现在，您可以搜索您的银行机构。选择它，然后按照步骤与它同步。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" -" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." -msgstr "如果您在首次同步期间遇到任何问题，请确认您的 Web 浏览器不会阻止弹出窗口，并且您的广告拦截器已禁用。" +" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is " +"disabled." +msgstr "如果在首次同步时遇到任何问题，请查看网页浏览器是否阻止弹出窗口，并确保广告阻止功能已禁用。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:49 msgid "" -"During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " -"secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" -" want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect " -"suspicious activity on your account, we block all requests coming from your " -"account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number. The third-" -"party provider may request more information in order to connect with your " -"bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." +"When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick " +"the date when you start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo " +"accounting database. For example, if you import your closing balance in Odoo" +" on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting transactions on the " +"01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023." msgstr "" -"在第一次同步期间，系统将要求您提供电话号码以保护您的帐户。我们要求提供此类信息的原因是，我们不希望您的数据落入坏人之手。因此，如果我们检测到您帐户中存在可疑活动，我们会阻止来自您帐户的所有请求，您需要使用该电话号码重新激活该请求。第三方提供商可能会要求您提供更多信息，以便与您的银行机构建立联系。这些信息不会存储在Odoo的服务器上。" +"选择首次银行对账单同步日期时，请选择开始在Odoo会计数据库中记录会计交易的日期。例如，如果您于2022年12月31日在Odoo中导入期末余额，于2023年1月1日开始记录会计交易，则同步日期应为2023年01月1日。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure " +"your account. We ask for such information because we don't want your data " +"falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activities " +"on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you " +"need to reactivate it using that phone number." +msgstr "" +"首次同步时，您须提供电话号码，以保护您的账户。我们要求您提供电话号码，旨在防止您的数据被滥用。如果检测到您的账户有可疑活动，我们将阻止来自您账户的所有请求，在这种情况下，您需要使用上述电话号码重新激活账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect " +"with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's " +"servers." +msgstr "第三方服务提供商可能要求您提供更多信息，以便与您的银行机构联系，这些信息不会存储于Odoo服务器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "默认情况下，从联机源获取的交易记录将分组在同一对帐单中，并且每月创建一个银行对帐单。您可以在日记帐设置中更改银行对帐单创建周期。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." -msgstr "您可以通过转到：菜单选择：\"记帐 --> 配置 --> 联机同步`来查找所有同步。" +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "要查找所有同步，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计仪表板-->配置-->会计：在线同步`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "手动同步" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:73 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " -"clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." -msgstr "首次同步后，默认情况下，创建的日志每 12 小时同步一次。如果您愿意，可以通过单击仪表板上的*立即同步*按钮手动同步。" +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." +msgstr "" +"首次同步完成后，在默认情况下，您创建的日记账每12小时自动同步一次。如果需要，您可以单击仪表板上的：guilable：`立即同步'按钮，进行手动同步。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Synchronize Now Button" -msgstr "立即同步按钮" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 msgid "" -"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " -"Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " -"Transactions* button." -msgstr "或者，您可以转到：菜单选择：\"会计 - >配置 - >在线同步\"，选择您的机构，然后单击*获取交易*按钮。" +"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click " +"on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." +msgstr "或者跳转至：菜单选择：`会计仪表板-->配置-->会计：在线同步`，选择您的银行机构，然后单击：guilable：`提取交易`按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Online Synchronization Form view" -msgstr "线上同步表单视图" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:82 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -450,35 +429,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "一些机构不允许自动获取交易。对于此类机构，在帐户自动同步期间，您会收到一条错误消息，要求您禁用自动同步。此消息可以在联机同步的喋喋不休中找到。在这种情况下，请确保执行手动同步。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 msgid "Issues" msgstr "议题" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "同步出错" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:93 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " -"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select the connection that " -"failed, and copy the error description and the reference." +"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard-->" +" Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the " +"connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -"要向“Odoo支持”_报告连接错误，请转到：menuselection：`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`，选择失败的连接，然后复制错误描述和引用。" +"要向`Odoo支持`_报告连接错误，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计仪表板-->本人配置-->会计：在线同步`，选择失败的连接，然后复制错误描述和引用。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:98 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "同步链接已断开" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:100 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " -"the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." -msgstr "如果与代理的连接已断开，则可以使用*重新连接*按钮重新连接代理。" +"the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." +msgstr "如果您与代理服务器的连接断开，点击：guilable：`提取账户`按钮，重新连接代理服务器。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:104 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support `_ directly with your client" @@ -487,125 +465,116 @@ msgstr "" "这种断开连接可能是由 Odoo 支持引起的。在这种情况下，请直接与您的客户 ID " "或聊天中列出的错误参考联系“支持”_。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:111 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "在2020年12月之前安装了Odoo的用户的迁移过程" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:113 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "如果您位于本地，请首先确保您的源代码是最新版本的Odoo的最新版本。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "在 2020 年 12 月之前创建数据库的用户需要手动安装新模块才能使用新功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " -"default filter in the search bar and type: " -"**account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* " -"button to install the new module." +"default filter in the search bar and type `account_online_synchronization`. " +"You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users" +" refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -"为此，请转到：菜单选择：\"应用程序 - " -">更新应用程序列表\"，删除搜索栏中的默认过滤器，然后键入：**account_online_synchronization**。然后，您可以单击\"安装\"按钮以安装新模块。" +"跳转至：菜单选择：`应用程序-->更新应用程序列表`，删除搜索栏中的默认筛选器，输入`account_online_synchronization`，然后单击：guilable：`安装`。最后，确保所有用户按CTRL+F5键刷新Odoo页面。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rstNone -msgid "Installation button of the account_online_synchronization module" -msgstr "account_online_synchronization模块的安装按钮" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " -"CTRL+F5." -msgstr "最后，确保所有用户都按 Ctrl+F5 刷新其 Odoo 页面。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:125 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " -"won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " -"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`). " -"It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new " -"ones." -msgstr "" -"所有以前的同步在安装过程中都已断开连接，并且将不再工作。您可以直接在同步菜单中找到它们（：菜单选择：\"记帐 --> 配置 --> " -"联机同步'）。无法重新同步这些连接;你必须做新的。" +"won't work anymore." +msgstr "在安装过程中，之前所有同步断开，同步停止。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " -"for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." -msgstr "请不要卸载 *account_online_sync*，这是用于在线同步的上一个模块。新的将覆盖它。" +"You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these " +"connections; you have to make new ones." +msgstr "您可以直接在同步菜单中同步（：菜单选择：`会计仪表板-->配置-->会计：在线同步`）。无法重新同步连接，只能重新同步。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:130 msgid "" -"By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " -"Accounting." -msgstr "默认情况下，*account_online_synchronization* 随记帐自动安装。" +"Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for " +"online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +msgstr "请勿卸载`account_online_sync`，这是用于在线同步的模块。新同步会覆盖该板块。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +msgid "" +"By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" +" Accounting." +msgstr "在默认情况下，`account_online_synchronization`在安装会计应用程序时自动安装。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "常问问题" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "同步无法实时工作。这正常吗？" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:140 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " -"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," -" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button. You can also synchronize and " -"fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so " -"it is possible that clicking on *Synchronize Now* does not get your latest " -"transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard`, and click on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button. You can " +"also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`. Some " +"providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on" +" :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you " +"already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -"该过程并非旨在实时工作，因为第三方提供商会以不同的时间间隔同步您的帐户。要强制同步并获取语句，请转到*会计仪表板*，然后单击*立即同步*按钮。您还可以通过：菜单选择：\"会计" -" -->配置 " -"-->联机同步`来同步和获取事务。某些提供程序每天只允许刷新一次，因此，如果您当天早些时候已经执行了此类操作，则单击*立即同步*可能不会获得最新的事务。" +"该过程并非旨在实时工作，因为第三方服务提供商会以不同的时间间隔同步您的账户。要强制同步并获取对账单，跳转至：guilable：`会计仪表板`，单击：guilable：`立即同步`按钮。您还可以通过：菜单选择：`会计-->配置-->在线同步`完成同步并获取交易记录。某些服务提供商每天仅允许刷新一次，因此，如果您当天已经经执行了上述操作，单击`立即同步`按钮后可能无法获取最新交易记录。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:148 msgid "" -"A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " -"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" -" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " -"status changes." +"A transaction can be visible on your bank account but not be fetched if it " +"has the status :guilabel:`Pending`. Only transactions with the " +":guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not " +"**Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." msgstr "" -"交易可以在您的银行帐户上可见，但如果其状态为*待处理*，则不会被提取。仅检索具有\"已过帐\"状态的交易记录。如果尚未*发布*，则必须等到状态更改。" +"交易在您的银行账户中可见，但如果交易状态为：guilable：`未结`，则无法提取。仅能检索到状态为：guilable：`已过账`的交易。如果交易尚未`过账`，则须等待状态更改。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "网上银行同步功能是否包含在我的合同中？" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:155 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "**社区版**: 不，此功能不包括在社区版本中。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:156 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "**在线版**: 是的，即使您受益于一个应用程序免费合同。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:157 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." msgstr "**企业版** ：是的，如果您有链接到数据库的有效企业合同。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "一些银行的状态为\"Beta\"。这是什么意思？" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -616,11 +585,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "这意味着我们的第三方提供商尚未完全支持银行机构。可能会出现错误或其他问题。Odoo不支持在Beta阶段银行出现的技术问题，但用户仍然可以选择连接。与这些银行建立联系有助于开发过程，因为提供商将获得来自连接的真实数据和反馈。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:168 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "为什么我的交易仅在手动刷新时同步？" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:170 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -628,36 +597,35 @@ msgid "" "provided." msgstr "某些银行有额外的安全措施，需要额外的步骤，如短信/电子邮件身份验证代码或其他类型的 MFA。因此，在提供安全代码之前，集成器无法提取事务." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "所有我的过去交易都不在Odoo，为什么？" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:177 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "对于某些机构，能提取过去最多只3个月的交易。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "为什么我看不到任何交易？" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " -"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization` to click on the *Fetch Accounts* button on the " -"connection." +"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the " +":guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." msgstr "" -"在第一次同步期间，您选择了决定与Odoo同步的银行帐户。如果您没有同步任何帐户，则可以转到：菜单选择：\"会计 -->配置 " -"-->联机同步\"，单击连接上的*Fetch Accounts*按钮。" +"在首次同步时，您选择了要与Odoo同步的银行账户。如果没有同步任何帐户，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计仪表板-->配置-->会计：在线同步`，单击连接中的：guilable：`提取账户`按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "也可能没有新的交易。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:189 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " @@ -666,29 +634,31 @@ msgstr "" "如果您的银行帐户正确链接到日记帐，并且已过帐的交易在您的数据库中不可见，`请`提交支持票证 `_ " "." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "如何更新银行凭据？" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:195 msgid "" -"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " -"update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." -msgstr "您可以通过转到：菜单选择：\"会计 -->配置 --> 在线同步`来更新您的凭据，打开要更新凭据的连接，然后单击*更新凭据*按钮。" +"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`,open the" +" connection you want to update your credentials and click on the " +":guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." +msgstr "" +"要更新凭证，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计仪表板-->配置-->会计：在线同步`，打开要更新凭据的连接，然后单击：guilable：`更新`按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:201 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr ":doc:`ponto`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr ":doc:`盐边`" @@ -816,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo, but Odoo " "will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected in the second" " step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您须授权要在Odoo中访问的所有账户，但Odoo将根据您在第二步中选择的机构筛选账户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" @@ -898,6 +868,11 @@ msgid "" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "使用测试版机构对Ponto是有益的，它允许他们对与该机构的联系有真正的反馈。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "Salt Edge 作为银行同步提供商" @@ -1066,166 +1041,217 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" -msgstr "将电汇从一家银行转移到另一家银行" +msgid "Internal transfer" +msgstr "内部转账" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." -msgstr "一个公司可能有几个银行账号或现金账号。使用odoo, 内部转移钱只是几个点击就可解决了." +"In Odoo, internal money transfers can be made in a few clicks. You need at " +"least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and " +"one cash journal." +msgstr "在Odoo，点击几次即可完成内部转账。您至少需要2个银行账户、2个现金日记账、或1个银行账户和1个现金日记账。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:11 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." -msgstr "我们用下面的例子来说明。我公司有两个银行账户, 我想把50.000欧元从我们的银行账户转移到另一个。" +"An internal transfer account is automatically created on your database based" +" on your company's localization and depending on your country’s legislation." +" If needed, the default :guilabel:`Internal transfer account` can be " +"modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." +msgstr "" +"根据您公司的本地化和所在国家法律，将在您的数据库中自动创建内部转账账户。如果需要，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计应用程序-->配置-->设置`，然后在：guilable：`默认账户`部分修改默认的：guilabel：`内部转账账户`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "检查科目表以及默认转账账户" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " -"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +"At least two bank accounts are needed to make internal transfers. Refer to " +":doc:`Bank and cash accounts section <../setup/bank_accounts>` to see how to" +" add an additional bank account to your database." msgstr "" -"处理内部转账需要在科目表中添加转账科目。Odoo将根据你所在国家的科目表自动生成一个科目。如要配置科目表并检查默认的转账科目，前往会计模块设置，并选择 " -":menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。" +"至少需要2个银行账户才能进行内部转账。请参阅：doc：`银行和现金账户部分<../setup/Bank_accounts>`，了解如何将其他银行账户添加至数据库。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:22 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "登记银行间内部转账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:24 msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." -msgstr "当你注册时, 会根据你的国家信息, 预设科目表, 它不能被改变." +"Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you " +"want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." +msgstr "假设您在数据库中注册了2个银行账户，您想从A银行向B银行转账1000美元。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." -msgstr "自动生成默认的转移帐户取决于你们国家的立法。如果有必要, 可以修改相同的页面." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "创建第二银行账户/日记账" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" -"在我们可以注册一个内部转让之前, 我们需要在会计仪表板上添加一个新的银行账户。进入会计模块,点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> " -"银行账户` . 创建一个新的银行账户。你应该填写 **账号** 。 您还可以创建和编辑你的银行详细信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "通过保存更改, 你现在有2个银行账户." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "登记一个从一个银行到另外一个银行的内部转账." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 -msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." -msgstr "现在我们将把50.000欧元从我们的 **** 转到 **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498** 账户。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:28 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "记录内部转账" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:30 msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " -"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +"From the Accounting Dashboard, click on the drop-down selection button " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) on one of your banks. In the :guilabel:`New` column click on" +" :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the " +"transfer." msgstr "" -"第一步是登记内部付款。为此，进入你的会计仪表板，点击其中一个银行的 **** 按钮并选择 :menuselection:`新建 --> 内部转账`。" +"在会计仪表板上，在您的银行下单击下拉选择按钮（：guilable：`⋮`）。在：guilabel：`新增`列中，单击：guilable：`内部转让`，输入转账信息。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" +msgstr "填写内部转账信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." +msgstr "填写：guilable：`Memo`栏，以实现自动对账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Confirm` to register your internal transfer." +" The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is " +"**automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." +msgstr "" +"点击：guilable：`保存`和：guilabel：`确认`，登记内部转账。钱款记入转账账户，付款**自动**在目的地日记账（银行B）中创建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:46 +msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" +msgstr "银行日记账（银行A）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "**科目**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**借项**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:99 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**贷方**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:55 +msgid "Outstanding Payments account" +msgstr "未结付款账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:144 +msgid "$1,000" +msgstr "$1,000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:75 +msgid "**Internal transfer account**" +msgstr "**内部转账账户**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:146 +msgid "**$1,000**" +msgstr "**$1,000**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:63 +msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" +msgstr "自动记账：银行日记账（银行B）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:72 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" +msgstr "未结收据账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:80 msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." -msgstr "" -"创建一个新的付款。付款类型将自动设置为内部转让。选择您想要转移的 **** , 指定 **金** 和添加一个 **忘** (如果你需要)." +"There are one outstanding payment and one outstanding receipt pending in " +"your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the " +"sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." +msgstr "您的2个银行账户日记账中有一笔未付款和一笔未收款，因为确认汇款和收款的银行对账单尚未记账。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " -"bank statements and reconcile`_)." -msgstr "如果你想要自动对账，备忘录非常重要（参见`导入银行对账单并对账`_）." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "保存并确认变更以登记付款." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." -msgstr "在会计方面, 钱现在登记在转移账户。我们需要导入银行对账单, 将钱登记在最终的账户." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "导入银行对账单并调节" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" +msgstr "未结付款/未结收据银行对账单记账" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." -msgstr "注意, 银行余额在Odoo的计算与银行最新的对账单是不同的." +msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "管理、核对银行对账单" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:93 msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." +"The next step is to book the bank statements to finalize the transaction by " +"creating, :doc:`importing <../feeds/bank_statements>`, or " +":doc:`synchronizing <../feeds/bank_synchronization>` your " +":guilabel:`Transactions lines`. Fill in the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and " +"click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` button." msgstr "" -"这是因为我们没有导入银行对账单来确认收付款。因此需要导入你的银行对账单，将付款和正确的银行对账单行进行核对。在收到银行对账单后，点击对应银行下的**新对账单**按钮，以导入其内容." +"下一步，银行对账单记账，以完成交易，创建：doc：`导入<../feeds/bank_statements>`或：doc：`同步<../feeds/bank_synchronization>`您的：guilable：`交易记录行`。填写：guilable：`期末余额`，单击：guilabel：`对账`按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" +msgstr "对账前需要填写交易记录行" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:105 msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." -msgstr "" -"填上 **交易行** 。一旦完成, Odoo将显示 **计算余额** 。计算的余额是理论上你的账户的余额。如果与银行对账单一致, 就意味着没有错误。填写" -" **期末余额** , 然后点击 **对账** 按钮." +"In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, " +"the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "在下一个窗口中，选择付款接收方（在本例中为未结账户），然后单击：guilable：`验证`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 -msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "下列窗口将会打开 :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rstNone +msgid "Reconcile your payment" +msgstr "付款对账" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:133 +msgid "Bank journal entry" +msgstr "银行日记账记项" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:122 +msgid "Outstanding Payment" +msgstr "未结付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:125 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" +msgstr "银行账户（银行A）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:129 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "你需要为付款选择交易对手。选择付款对应的正确银行对账单行并点击 **账 **钮.关闭对账单，完成交易" +"The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related " +"to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." +msgstr "收到与银行B相关的银行对账单后，重复相同步骤。记账并核对银行对账单各行。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " -"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." -msgstr "收到第二张银行对账单后，需要重复相同的步骤。注意，如果在两张对账单和付款交易中指定相同的金额和相同的备忘录，则系统将自动进行对账." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:142 +msgid "Outstanding Receipt" +msgstr "未结收据" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" +msgstr "银行账户（银行B）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "Bank reconciliation" @@ -1246,6 +1272,13 @@ msgstr "" "正确输入银行对帐单后，至关重要的是适当地 *协调* 记录，并确保所有 *日记帐分录* 都是平衡且一致的。 为了简化和加快对帐过程，您可以配置 " "**帐模** ，这对于诸如银行手续费之类的经常项目特别有用." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "待办" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" "Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " @@ -1297,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr "当您使用 *未结余额* 对帐单时，可以使用 *手动操作* #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rstNone msgid "" "Example of a Reconciliation Model with a write-off button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会计工具带核销按钮的对账模型示例" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" @@ -1314,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "这种对帐模型会立即进行建议只需要验证的对应值。 msgid "" "Example of a Reconciliation Model that suggests counterpart values in Odoo " "Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会计工具中提示对应值的对账模型示例" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" @@ -1333,6 +1366,8 @@ msgid "" "Example of a Reconciliation Model that matches existing invoices and bills automatically\n" "in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" +"在Odoo会计工具中\n" +"自动匹配现有发票和账单的对账模型示例" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1349,7 +1384,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Open the Reconciliation Model menu from the overview dashboard in Odoo " "Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从Odoo会计工具概览仪表板打开对账模型菜单" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -1408,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rstNone msgid "" "Conditions for the Reconciliation Model to be applied in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo会计工具中应用对账模型的条件" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" @@ -1428,7 +1463,7 @@ msgstr "如果需要核对的值需要在两个单独的帐户中注销，请单 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rstNone msgid "Counterparts values of a Reconciliation Model in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会计工具中对账模型的对应值" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" @@ -1587,199 +1622,234 @@ msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Accounts" -msgstr "银行账户" +msgid "Bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "银行和现金账户" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " -"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " -"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." +"You can manage as many bank or cash accounts as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to have all your banking data up-to-date " +"and ready for :doc:`reconciliation <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` " +"with your journal entries." msgstr "" -"您可以根据需要在数据库中管理多个 **行帐** 。 正确配置它们可以使您确保所有银行数据都是最新的，并准备与您的 *日记帐分录* 对帐." +"您可以根据需要，在数据库中管理多个银行或现金账户，数量不限。通过配置银行或现金账户，您的所有银行数据均为最新，并可用于：doc：`reconcation<../../bank/coreconcation/use_cases>`日记账记项。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " -"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." -msgstr "在Odoo 会计应用中，每个银行帐户都配置有专用的 *日记帐 * ，该日记帐配置为在专用 *帐户* 中过帐所有条目." +"In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post " +"all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are " +"automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." +msgstr "在Odoo会计中，各银行账户有专属日记账集，用于各账户所有记项过账。添加银行账户时，会自动创建和配置日记账和账户。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" -" are automatically created and configured." -msgstr "每当您添加银行帐户时，都会自动创建和配置专用日记帐和专用帐户." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:14 +msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." +msgstr "须手动配置现金日记账和现金账户。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:16 msgid "" -"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " -"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" -" are displayed when appropriate." -msgstr "默认情况下，每种 **行日记** 都以默认情况下显示在 **计概** 中。 它包括适当时显示的操作按钮." +"Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." +msgstr "在默认情况下，银行日记账在：guilable：`会计仪表板`上显示为银行卡，带操作按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone msgid "" -"Bank Journals Cards are displayed on the Accounting Overview in Odoo " -"Accounting" -msgstr "" +"Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action " +"buttons" +msgstr "会计仪表板上显示的银行日记账，带操作按钮" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 -msgid "Add a new Bank Account" -msgstr "添加一个新的银行帐户" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:26 +msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "管理您的银行账户和现金账户" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" -" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " -"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." -msgstr "" -"您可以将银行帐户连接到Odoo数据库，也可以手动配置银行帐户，然后 :doc:`手动上传银行对帐单 " -"<../feeds/bank_statements>`。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:29 +msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" +msgstr "连接您的银行，以进行自动同步" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 -msgid "Bank Synchronization" -msgstr "银行同步" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically." -msgstr "将您的银行帐户连接到数据库，并自动同步您的银行对帐单." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " -"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +"To connect your bank account to your database, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`," +" select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " +"instructions." msgstr "" -"要同步新的银行帐户，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置`，单击 *添加银行帐户* ，在列表中找到您的银行，单击 *连接* " -"，然后按照屏幕上的说明进行操作 。" +"要将银行账户连接至数据库，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计-->配置-->银行：添加银行账户`，在列表中选择银行，单击：guilable：`连接`，然后按照说明进行操作。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this bank synchronization." -msgstr ":doc:`点击此处 <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` 了解有关此银行同步的更多信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "" -"Select a bank institution in the list and connect it to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 -msgid "Manual configuration" -msgstr "手动配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually." -msgstr "如果您的银行机构无法自动同步，或者您不想将其与数据库同步，则也可以手动配置银行帐户." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" -" out the form." -msgstr "" -"要手动添加一个新的银行帐户，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置` ，单击 *添加银行帐户* ，然后单击 *创建* ，並填写表格。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 -msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." -msgstr "**名称** ：银行帐户的名称，如Odoo上所示。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 -msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." -msgstr "**** ：您的银行帐号（欧洲的IBAN）." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 -msgid "" -"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " -"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." -msgstr "**银行** ：单击 *创建和编辑* 以配置银行的详细信息。 添加银行机构的名称及其标识符代码（BIC或SWIFT）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" -" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." -msgstr "**代码** ：此代码是您的日记帐的 *短代码* ，如Odoo所示。 默认情况下，Odoo会使用此短代码创建一个新日记帐。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " -"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " -"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " -"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." -msgstr "" -"**记**: 如果您有尚未链接到银行帐户的现有银行日记帐，则会显示此字段。 如果是这样，选择要用于记录与此银行帐户关联的财务交易的 *日记帐* " -"，或通过单击 *创建和编辑* 创建一个新的。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " -"accordingly." -msgstr "Odoo会检测银行帐户类型（例如IBAN），并相应地启用某些功能." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Add manually a new bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "高级配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " -"modify." -msgstr "要编辑现有的银行帐户，请转到 :menuselection:`帐户 --> 配置 --> 银行帐户` ，然后打开要修改的银行帐户。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" -" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " -"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" -" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " -"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." -msgstr "" -"如果您需要编辑银行帐户详细信息，请转到 *银行帐户* 字段，然后单击列表箭头旁边的 *外部链接* 按钮。 在此处，您可以通过单击 *银行* 字段旁边的 " -"*外部链接* 来编辑银行帐号，帐户持有人，帐户持有人姓名和银行机构的详细信息。 这些可详细信息用于注册一些付款." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " -"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " -"in the **Bank Statements** section." -msgstr "您可以在 *付款方式类型* 部分中配置启用的付款类型，并在 *银行对账单* 部分中配置银行对账单的记录和过账方式." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone -msgid "Advanced configuration of a bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:39 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "创建银行账户" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" -msgstr "\"Odoo教程：会计基础知识\"_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't want " +"to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "如果Odoo中没有您的银行，或者不想将银行账户连接至数据库，您可以手动配置银行账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it`" +" (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." +msgstr "" +"要手动添加银行帐户，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计-->配置-->银行：添加银行账户`，单击：guilable：`创建`（右下角），然后填写信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables " +"some features accordingly." +msgstr "Odoo自动检测银行账户类型（如IBAN），并相应启用相关功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank " +"account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to " +"match your bank account information." +msgstr "" +"您可以使用默认银行日记账，要配置您的银行账户，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计-->配置-->会计：日记账-->银行`，打开，编辑相应栏，以匹配银行账户信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Create a cash journal" +msgstr "创建现金日记账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." +msgstr "" +"要创建现金日记帐，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计-->配置-->会计：日记账`，单击：guilable：`创建`，然后在：guilabel：`类型`栏选择：guilalb：`现金`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +msgid "" +"For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " +":ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." +msgstr "有关会计信息栏的详细信息，请参阅本页的：ref：`bank_accounts/configuration`部分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can " +"review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." +msgstr "可以立即使用默认现金日记帐。要查看现金日记账，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计-->配置-->会计：日记账-->现金`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:68 +msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" +msgstr "编辑现有银行日记账或现金日记账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "要编辑现有银行日记账，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计-->配置-->会计：日记账`，并选择要修改的日记账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to" +" your needs." +msgstr "您可以根据需要，编辑会计信息和银行账号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Manually configure your bank information" +msgstr "手动配置银行信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../../others/multi_currency`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../others/multi_currency`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_statements`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/outstanding_accounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/outstanding_accounts`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:90 +msgid "Suspense account" +msgstr "暂记账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` " +"until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." +msgstr "银行对账单交易记录过账至：guilable：`暂记账户`，直至通过最终对账找到正确账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:96 +msgid "Profit and loss accounts" +msgstr "损益账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending " +"balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the " +":guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance " +"of a cash register differs from what the system computes." +msgstr "" +"当现金记录期末余额高于系统计算金额时，使用：guilable：`收益账户`登记收益，当现金记录期末余额低于系统计算金额时，使用：guilable：`损失账户`登记损失。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "币种" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." +msgstr "您可以修改对账货币。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:111 +msgid "Account number" +msgstr "账户号码" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external " +"link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click " +"on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your " +"bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " +"payments." +msgstr "" +"需要**编辑您的银行账户详细信息**，单击：guilable：`账号`旁的外部链接箭头。在新页面中单击：guilable：`银行`旁的外部链接箭头，然后更新银行信息。银行详细信息用于注册付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Edit your bank information" +msgstr "编辑您的银行信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three" +" options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet " +"if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." +msgstr "如何您不确定是否将银行账户与数据库同步，选择：guilabel：`未定义`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if " +"you want to import your bank statement using a different format." +msgstr "如果导入其他格式的银行对账单，选择：guilabel：`导入（CAMT、CODA、CSV、OFX、QIF）`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your" +" bank is synchronized with your database." +msgstr "如果希望将银行账户与数据库同步，选择：guilabel：`银行账户自动同步`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank account in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以外币管理银行账户" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1787,26 +1857,26 @@ msgid "" "company, and reports are all based on that default currency. When you have a" " bank account in a foreign currency, for every transaction, Odoo stores two " "values:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，交易以公司的默认货币记录，所有报表基于默认货币。如果您拥有外币银行账户，交易会在Odoo中保存两个值：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:9 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *company*;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*公司*币别中的借方/贷方；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:10 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *bank account*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行账户币别中的借方/贷方" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:12 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using the web services of a banking" " institution. By default, Odoo uses the European Central Bank's web services" " but other options are available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用银行的网站服务自动更新汇率。在默认情况下，Odoo使用欧洲央行的网站服务，但也有其他选项。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:19 msgid "Activate multi-currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活多种货币" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1816,6 +1886,8 @@ msgid "" " a :guilabel:`Journal`, a :guilabel:`Gain Account`, a :guilabel:`Loss " "Account`, and then click on :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"要使用多种货币，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计-->配置-->设置-->货币`，勾选：guilabel：`多种货币`。在：guilabel：`汇兑后差额条目：`下，输入：guillabel：`日记账`、：guilab" +" el：`收益账户`和：guilabel：`损失账户`，然后单击：guilibel：`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "Configure currencies" @@ -1829,6 +1901,8 @@ msgid "" "Currencies` setting or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Accounting: Currencies`." msgstr "" +"在Odoo中配置为多种货币后，货币默认创建，不一定活跃。要激活新货币，单击：guilabel：`多种货币` " +"设置中的：guillabel:：`激活其他货币` ，或跳转至：菜单选择：`会计-->配置-->会计：货币` 。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1840,12 +1914,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`. You also have the option to choose the :guilabel:`Service`" " you wish to obtain currency rates from." msgstr "" +"货币激活后，您可以选择**自动**更新货币汇率，或保持**手动**。要配置汇率更新，返回：菜单选择：`会计-->配置-->设置-->倾向`，勾选：guilabel：`自动更新倾向汇率`，将：guillabel：`间隔`设置为所需频率，然后单击：guilibel：`保存`。您还可以选择相关机构的汇率：guilabel：`服务`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:40 msgid "" "Click on the Update now button (:guilabel:`🗘`) besides the :guilabel:`Next " "Run` field to update the currency rates manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "单击：guilabel：`下次运行`栏旁的“立即更新”按钮（：guilabel：`🗘`），以手动更新汇率。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:44 msgid "Create a new bank account" @@ -1864,21 +1939,22 @@ msgid "" "in the pop-up window, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number`, " ":guilabel:`Bank` of your account, and save." msgstr "" +"在会计应用程序中，跳转至：菜单选择：`会计-->配置-->日记账`，创建日记账。输入：guilabel：`日记账名称`，将：guillabel：`类别`设置为`银行`。在：guilabel：`日记账记项`选项卡中，输入**短代码**、**货币**，最后单击：guillabel：`银行账户`栏，以创建账户。在账户创建弹窗中，输入名称、代码（例如：550007），将账户类型设置为`银行和现金`，设置货币类型，然后保存。返回**日记账**后，单击：guilabel：`账户`栏，在弹窗内填写账户的：guillabel：`账号`、：guilibel：`银行`，然后保存。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rstNone msgid "Example of a created bank journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建的银行日记账示例。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:59 msgid "" "Upon creation of the journal, Odoo automatically links the bank account to " "the journal. It can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建日记账后，Odoo自动将银行账户关联至日记账，可以在：菜单选项：`会计-->配置-->会计：会计科目表`中找到。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "Vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以外币显示的供应商账单" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -1887,20 +1963,21 @@ msgid "" "creates and posts the foreign **exchange gain or loss** as a new journal " "entry." msgstr "" +"要使用外币支付账单，选择：guilabel：`日记账`栏旁的货币，并注册付款。Odoo自动创建**外汇损益**，并将其作为新的日记账记项记录。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rstNone msgid "How to set a bill currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何设置账单币种。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:74 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In that case, " "Odoo automatically converts between the two currencies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，您可以使用另一种货币支付外汇账单，Odoo会自动完成货币转换。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:78 msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未实现的货币损益报告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -1910,10 +1987,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Management: Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses`." " From here, you have access to all open entries in your **balance sheet**." msgstr "" +"该报告概述资产负债表中所有未实现的外币金额，您可以调整记项、手动设置汇率。要查看该报告，跳转至：菜单选择：`报告-->管理：未实现的货币损益`，您可以查看**资产负债表**中的所有未关闭记项。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rstNone msgid "View of the Unrealized Gains/Losses journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "未实现损益日记账视图。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1921,22 +1999,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`, " "click the :guilabel:`Exchange Rates` button and change the rate of the " "foreign currencies in the report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要使用不同于：菜单选择：`会计-->配置-->设置-->货币`中设置的汇率，单击：guilabel：`汇率`按钮，并更改报告中的汇率。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rstNone msgid "Menu to manually change exchange rates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动更改汇率菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:97 msgid "" "When manually changing **exchange rates**, a yellow banner appears allowing " "you to reset back to Odoo's rate. To do so, simply click on :guilabel:`Reset" " to Odoo's Rate`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动更改**汇率**时，会出现黄色条，您可以重新设置为Odoo汇率，点击：guilabel：`重置为Odoo汇率`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rstNone msgid "Banner to reset back to Odoo's rates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新设置为Odoo汇率的条。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -1946,23 +2024,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Account` and :guilabel:`Income Account` to calculate and " "process the **unrealized gains and losses**." msgstr "" +"要使用：guilabel：`调整`列的金额更新**资产负债表**，单击：guillabel：`调整记项`按钮，在弹窗中选择：guilabel：`日记账`、：guillabel：`支出账户`和：guillabel：`收入账户`，以计算和处理**未实现的损益**。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "You can set the date of the report in the :guilabel:`Date` field. Odoo " "automatically reverses the booking entry to the date set in " ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以在：guilabel：`日期`栏中设置报告日期。Odoo会自动将预订记项反转至：guilabel：`反转日期`中设置的日期。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:112 msgid "" "Once posted, the :guilabel:`adjustment` column should indicate `0.00`, " "meaning all **unrealized gains/losses** have been adjusted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "过账后，：guilabel：`调整`栏显示`0.00`，表示所有**未实现的损益**均已调整。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rstNone msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses report once adjusted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "调整后的未实现货币损益报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" @@ -2072,7 +2151,7 @@ msgstr "“未结收据帐户”是收款在与您的银行对帐单中的存款 msgid "" "These accounts should be of :ref:`type ` " ":guilabel:`Current Assets`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "账户应为：ref：`类别<会计科目表/类别>`：guilabel：`流动资产`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -2103,6 +2182,7 @@ msgid "" "You can also set specific outstanding accounts for any journal with the " ":ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Bank` or :guilabel:`Cash`." msgstr "" +"您还可以使用：ref：`类别<会计科目表/类别>`：guilabel：`银行`或：guillabel：`现金`，为任何日记账设置特定未结账户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2112,10 +2192,12 @@ msgid "" "outstanding accounts column, click on the toggle button and check the " ":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts/Payments accounts`, then update the account." msgstr "" +"在：guilabel：`会计仪表板`中，单击菜单选择⋮ " +"要配置的日记帐，单击：guilabel：`配置`，打开：guillabel：`入站/出站付款`选项卡。要显示未结账户列，单击“切换”按钮，勾选：guilibel：`未结收据/付款帐户`，然后更新账户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rstNone msgid "Select the toggle button and click on outstanding Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择切换按钮，单击未结账户" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/outstanding_accounts.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -2129,7 +2211,7 @@ msgid "" "If your main bank account is added as an outstanding receipts account or " "outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the invoice or " "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您的主银行账户被添加为未结收据账户或未结付款账户，在注册付款时，发票或账单状态将直接设置为：guilabel：`已付`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 msgid "Fiscal localizations" @@ -3452,7 +3534,7 @@ msgstr "配置 *KeyPay API*。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting settings includes a section for the Australian Loclization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会计设置包括澳大利亚本地化部分" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -3463,7 +3545,7 @@ msgstr "点击*启用KeyPay集成*后，更多字段将变得可见。" msgid "" "Enabling KeyPay Integration in Odoo Accounting displays new fields in the " "settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo会计中启用KeyPay集成，设置中将显示新栏" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -3472,7 +3554,7 @@ msgstr "您可以在KeyPay平台的*我的帐户*部分找到API密钥。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 msgid "\"Account Details\" section on the KeyPay dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KeyPay仪表板的“帐户详细信息”部分" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -3486,7 +3568,7 @@ msgstr "您可以在KeyPay网址中找到 **家ID**。（即“189241”）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 msgid "The KeyPay \"Business ID\" number is in the URL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KeyPay“业务ID”号码位于URL网址中" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." @@ -3507,7 +3589,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rstNone msgid "Example of a KeyPay Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会计中KeyPay日记账记项示例（澳大利亚）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." @@ -3515,7 +3597,7 @@ msgstr "API 同步由计划的操作触发。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 msgid "Scheduled Actions settings for KeyPay Payroll in Odoo (debug mode)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo中KeyPay工资单计划操作设置（调试模式）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -3530,7 +3612,7 @@ msgstr "KeyPay使用的帐户在 **资设置 **节中定义。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rstNone msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in KeyPay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KeyPay中的会计科目表菜单" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -3610,7 +3692,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Chilean module to install on Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在Odoo中安装的智利模块。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -3666,7 +3748,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Chilean company fiscal data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "智利公司财务数据。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 @@ -3687,7 +3769,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Chilean edi environment settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "智利编辑环境设置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" @@ -3705,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." -msgstr "" +msgstr "智利DTE入站电邮服务器配置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -3725,15 +3807,15 @@ msgid "" "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" " with the extension ``pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " "your file and password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了生成电子发票签名，需要扩展名为``pfx`` 的数字证书，跳转至该部分，并加载文件和密码。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Digital certificate access." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数字证书访问。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Digital certificate configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数字证书配置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -3741,7 +3823,7 @@ msgid "" " the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " "the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " "user, just define the users in the certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "证书可与多个用户共享。要这种情况下，将用户栏留空，以便所有计费用户共享证书。要限制特定用户使用证书，在证书中规定用户即可。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -3749,7 +3831,7 @@ msgid "" "field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " "case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate's " "legal representative RUT." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在某些情况下，根据证书格式，可能不会自动加载“主题序列号”栏。在这种情况下，您可以使用证书法定代表人RUT手动编辑此栏。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:871 @@ -3766,7 +3848,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "财务报表参数。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 @@ -3785,9 +3867,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." -msgstr "" +msgstr "智利货币创建服务。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multi_currency.rst:87 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "会计科目表" @@ -3835,7 +3918,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Chilean identification types for partners." -msgstr "" +msgstr "智利合作伙伴标识类型。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 msgid "TaxpayerType" @@ -3855,7 +3938,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Chilean taxpayer types for partners." -msgstr "" +msgstr "智利合作伙伴纳税人类型。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -3869,7 +3952,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." -msgstr "" +msgstr "智利合作伙伴电子发票数据。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -3881,7 +3964,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Chilean taxes list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "智利税务清单。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" @@ -3938,11 +4021,11 @@ msgid "" "localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " "is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " "module is installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每种文档类型可以具有公司的唯一序列。作为本地化的一部分，文档类型包括文档适用的国家，并且在安装本地化模块时自动创建数据。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "智利财务文件类别列表。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 msgid "" @@ -4060,7 +4143,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Document type configuration on Journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "日记账中的文件类别配置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -4097,6 +4180,7 @@ msgid "" "`_ to check the detail on how to" " acquire the CAF." msgstr "" +"请参见`SII文档`_，检查如何获取CAF详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" @@ -4125,7 +4209,7 @@ msgstr "Save the CAF." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Steps to add a new CAF." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加新CAF的步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 msgid "" @@ -4162,7 +4246,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "带电子发票交易记录的图表。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:370 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" @@ -4184,7 +4268,7 @@ msgstr "You can manually change the document type if needed." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Document type selection on invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票中的文件类型选择。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "" @@ -4202,7 +4286,7 @@ msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it's created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票信息填写完成后，无论从销售订单手动或自动创建发票，都需要继续验证发票。发票过帐后：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" @@ -4220,7 +4304,7 @@ msgstr "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "聊天中显示的DTE XML文件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:401 msgid "" @@ -4236,7 +4320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Transition of DTE statuses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "DTE状态转换。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -4262,18 +4346,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于发票和状态更新的标识交易记录。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:424 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you will" " receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在接受或拒绝之前，SII中有数个内部状态，如果连续单击SII中的“验证”按钮，您将在聊天中收到中间状态详细信息：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "Descprtion of each DTE status in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "聊天中的各DTE状态描述。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" @@ -4283,18 +4367,18 @@ msgstr "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**接受：**表示发票信息正确，文件在财务方面有效，并会自动发送给客户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:437 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**接受但有异议：**表示发票信息正确，但发现了小问题，尽管如此，文件在财务方面仍为有效，并会自动发送给客户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "Email track once it is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件发送给客户后进行跟踪。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 msgid "" @@ -4328,7 +4412,7 @@ msgstr "Post the invoice again." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票被拒绝时的提示消息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:462 msgid "Crossed references" @@ -4350,7 +4434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Invoice tab with origin document number and data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "带有原始文件编号和数据的发票选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:136 @@ -4367,7 +4451,7 @@ msgstr "一旦 SII 接受并验证发票并打印了 PDF，它就会包含指示 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Barcode and fiscal elements in the invoice report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票报告中的条形码和财务元素。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 msgid "" @@ -4407,7 +4491,7 @@ msgstr "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户的商业接受信息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" @@ -4420,10 +4504,11 @@ msgid "" " is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. Please " "refer to the :ref:`chile/credit-notes` section for more details." msgstr "" +"发票被SII接受后，**无法在Odoo中取消**。如果您收到客户的索赔要求，正确的处理方法是使用贷项通知单取消或更正发票。有关详细信息，请参见：ref：`智利/贷方票据`部分。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Invoice Comercial status updated to Claimed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票的商业状态更新为索赔。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:425 @@ -4479,7 +4564,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you're " "using is expired." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*提示：*尝试添加与此文件相关的新CAF，因为您使用的CAF已过期。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "" @@ -4526,13 +4611,13 @@ msgstr "当需要对已验证的发票进行取消或更正时，必须生成贷 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建贷项凭单的CAF。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`CAF section ` where we described" " the process to load the CAF on each document type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请参见：ref：`CAF部分<智利/CAF文件>`，其中介绍了在各文件类型上加载CAF的过程。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:622 @@ -4549,10 +4634,12 @@ msgid "" "note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" +"如果您需要取消或作废发票，请点击“添加贷项凭单”按钮，选择“全额退款”，在这种情况下，SII参考代码将自动设置为：Anula Documento de " +"referencia。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Full invoice refund with SII reference code 1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全额发票退款，SII参考代码为1。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" @@ -4572,7 +4659,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Partial refund to correct text including the corrected value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "部分退款至包含更正值的正确文本。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:593 msgid "" @@ -4584,13 +4671,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票行中具有更正值的贷项凭单。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 msgid "" "It's important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售日记帐中规定默认信用账户非常重要，因为它是针对特定情况使用的。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:604 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" @@ -4610,7 +4697,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Credit note for partial refund to correct amounts, using the SII reference " "code 3." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于更正金额的部分退款贷项凭单，SII参考代码为3。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:615 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:583 @@ -4624,6 +4711,7 @@ msgid "" "button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are detailed" " below." msgstr "" +"作为智利本地化的一部分，除了从现有文件创建贷项凭单外，您还可以创建借项凭单，只需点击“添加借项凭单”按钮。以下详细介绍了借项凭单的两个主要用例。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:625 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" @@ -4643,7 +4731,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Debit note for partial refund to crrect amounts, using the SII reference " "code 3." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于更正金额的部分退款借项凭单，SII参考代码为3。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 msgid "" @@ -4655,7 +4743,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Invoice data on crossed reference section for debit notes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "借项凭单交叉引用部分的发票数据。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:642 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" @@ -4674,7 +4762,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "" "Creating a debit note to cancel a credit note with the SII code reference 1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建借项凭单，以取消具有SII参考代码1的贷项凭单。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:655 msgid "" @@ -4711,12 +4799,14 @@ msgid "" "to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" +"收到附有DTE的供应商电子邮件后：1. 供应商账单映射xml文件中包含的所有信息。2. 向供应商发送电子邮件，并附上接收确认。3. " +"DTE状态设置为：Acuse de Recibido Enviado" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "" "Messages recorded in the chatter with the reception notification for the " "vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "聊天中记录、有供应商接收通知的消息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:675 msgid "Acceptation" @@ -4729,12 +4819,14 @@ msgid "" " this is done the DTE Acceptation Status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`` " "and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" +"如果供应商账单中的所有商业信息全部正确，可以点击：guilabel：`Aceptar " +"Documento`按钮，以接受文件。接受文件后，DTE接受状态变为：guilabel：“已接受”，并向供应商发送有关接受的电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "" "Acceptance button in vendor bills to inform vendor the document is " "comercially accepted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商账单中的“接收”按钮，用于通知供应商文件已被接受。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:686 msgid "Claim" @@ -4747,23 +4839,24 @@ msgid "" " button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" +"如果存在商业问题，或供应商账单中存在错误信息，您可以在验证前点击“索赔”按钮，对文件进行索赔，完成后，DTE接受状态变为“索赔”，并向供应商发送有关接受的电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "" "Claim button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is " "comercially rejected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商账单中的“索赔”按钮，用于通知供应商文件被拒绝。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won't be valid for your accounting records." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您对供应商账单提出索赔，状态会从“草稿”变为“自动取消”。鉴于这是最佳做法，所有索赔文件应取消，因为它们对您的会计记录无效。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 msgid "Delivery Guide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发货指南" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" @@ -4771,23 +4864,24 @@ msgid "" " for :guilabel:`Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " "module :guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`." msgstr "" +"要安装交付指南模块，跳转至：菜单选择：`应用程序`，搜索：guilable：`智利（l10n_cl）`。在：guilabel：`智利电子开票交付指南`模块中单击：guilable：`安装`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 msgid "" "*Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* has a dependency with *Chile - " "Facturación Electrónica*. Odoo will install the dependency automatically " "when the Delivery Guide module is installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*智利电子开票交货指南*依赖于*智利-Facturación Electrónica*。安装交货指南模块后，Odoo自动安装依赖项。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "The Delivery Guide module includes sending the DTE to SII and the stamp in " "PDF reports for deliveries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "交货指南模块包含向SII发送DTE、PDF报告中的交货章。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Install Delivery Guide Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装交货指南模块" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "" @@ -4797,60 +4891,61 @@ msgid "" "documentation ` to check the details on how to " "acquire the CAFs for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" +"完成电子发票配置（例如，上传有效公司证书、设置主数据等）后，交货指南需要CAF。请参阅：ref：`CAF文件<智利/CAF文件>`，查看如何获取电子交货指南CAF的详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:723 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the *Price for the Delivery " "Guide* configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确定*交货指南价格*配置中的以下重要信息：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:725 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: Delivery Guide takes the product price from " "the Sales Order and shows it on the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "：guilabel：`来自销售订单`：交货指南从销售订单获取产品价格，并显示在文件中。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:727 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "：guilable：`来自产品模板`：Odoo获取产品模板中配置的价格，并显示在文件中。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:729 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the Delivery Guide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "：guilabel：`无显示价格`：交货指南中无显示价格。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:731 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子交货指南用于将库存从一个地点转移至另一地点，可以代表销售、抽样、寄售、内部转移，基本上所有产品动态。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:735 msgid "Delivery Guide from a Sales Process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "来自销售流程的交货指南" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:737 msgid "" "When a Sales Order is created and confirmed, a Delivery Order is generated. " "After validating the Delivery Order, the option to create a Delivery Guide " "is activated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建并确认销售订单后，将生成交货订单。验证交货单后，将激活创建交货指南的选项。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Create Delivery Guide Button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "“创建交货指南”按钮" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:744 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, showing the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "首次单击：guilable：`创建交货指南`按钮时，弹出以下提醒消息：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "An example sequence error when creating a Delivery Guide in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中创建交货指南时出现示例序列错误" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:751 msgid "" @@ -4860,20 +4955,21 @@ msgid "" "first document has been correctly generated, Odoo takes the CAFs next " "available number to generate the following Delivery Guide and so on." msgstr "" +"该提示信息意味着，用户需要指示Odoo生成交货指南所需的下一个序列号，在Odoo中首次创建交货指南时发生这种情况。正确生成首个文件后，Odoo使用CAF的下一个可用编号生成之后的交货指南。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:756 msgid "After the Delivery Guide is created:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "交货指南创建后：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The DTE file (Electronic Tax Document) is automatically created and added to" " the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将自动创建DTE文件（电子税务文件），并添加至聊天窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "DTE Status in SII and creation of DTE/XML" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SII中的DTE状态，创建DTE/XML" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:765 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:829 @@ -4881,21 +4977,21 @@ msgid "" "The DTE Status is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night. To get a response from the SII immediately, press " "the :guilabel:`Send now to SII` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过Odoo每晚运行的计划操作，自动更新DTE状态。要立即从SII获得响应，单击：guilable：`立即发送到SII`按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Once the Delivery Guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送交货指南后，要打印交货指南，单击：guilable：`打印交货指南`按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印交货指南PDF" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:776 msgid "Electronic Receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子收据" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:778 msgid "" @@ -4903,23 +4999,24 @@ msgid "" "search for :guilabel:`Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click :guilabel:`Install` on " "the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" +"要安装电子收据模块，跳转至：菜单选择：`应用程序`，搜索：guilable：`智利（l10n_cl）`。然后，在模块：guilabel：`智利电子收据`中单击：guilable：`安装`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:783 msgid "" "*Chile - Electronic Receipt* has a dependency with *Chile - Facturación " "Electrónica*. Odoo will install the dependency automatically when the " "E-invoicing Delivery Guide module is installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*智利电子收据*依赖于*智利-Facturación Electrónica*。安装电子开票交货指南模块后，Odoo自动安装依赖项。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "This module contains the electronic receipt and daily sales report, which " "are automatically sent to SII." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该模块包含自动向SII发送的电子收据和每日销售报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Install Electronic Receipt module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装电子收据模块" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:793 msgid "" @@ -4929,6 +5026,7 @@ msgid "" "documentation ` to check the details on how to " "acquire the CAFs for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" +"完成电子发票配置（例如，上传有效公司证书、设置主数据等）后，电子收据需要CAF。请参阅：ref：`CAF文件<智利/CAF文件>`，查看如何获取电子收据CAF的详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:798 msgid "" @@ -4938,6 +5036,8 @@ msgid "" "Consumer*. This partner can be used for Electronic Receipts or a new record " "may be created for the same purpose." msgstr "" +"如果客户不需要电子发票，可以使用电子收据。在默认情况下，数据库中有名为“匿名最终消费者”的合作伙伴，通用RUT " +"66666666-6，纳税人类型为“最终消费者”。该合作伙伴可以用于电子收据，也可以为此目的创建记录。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:803 msgid "" @@ -4947,10 +5047,11 @@ msgid "" " in the standard way as Electronic Invoice, but the type of document " ":guilabel:`(39) Electronic Receipt` should be selected, like so:" msgstr "" +"虽然电子收据应用于具有通用RUT的最终消费者，但也可用于特定合作伙伴。创建和配置合作伙伴和日记账后，将以电子发票的标准方式创建电子收据，但应将票据类型选择为：guilable：`（39）电子收据`，如下所示：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Select type of Document: (39) Boleta Electrónica" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择票据类型：（39）Boleta Electrónica" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:815 msgid "" @@ -4960,31 +5061,32 @@ msgid "" "order to validate the receipt correctly, make sure to edit the Document Type" " and change to Electronic Receipt." msgstr "" +"在销售订单中手动或自动填写电子收据信息后，继续验证收据。在默认情况下，票据类型为“电子发票”，为了正确验证收据，请将票据类型改为“电子收据”。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收据过账后：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:822 msgid "" "The DTE file (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added to" " the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将自动创建DTE文件（电子税务文件），并添加至聊天窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "DTE status in SII and creation of DTE/XML" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SII中的DTE状态，创建DTE/XML" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:832 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for Electronic Invoices as the workflow for Electronic Receipt " "follows the same process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请参阅：ref：`DTE工作流<智利/电子发票验证>，因为电子发票与电子收据的工作流相同。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:836 msgid "Daily Sales Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每日销售报告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:838 msgid "" @@ -4994,19 +5096,20 @@ msgid "" "daily reports can be found in :menuselection:`Reports --> Daily Sales " "Reports`." msgstr "" +"电子收据创建后，系统将创建每日销售报告，包含当日所有电子收据，加盖电子章，以XML格式隔夜向SII发送。每日销售报告可在：菜单选择：`报告-->每日销售报告`中找到。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "" "Find Electronic Receipts in the Reports menu, under Daily Sales Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在每日销售报告的报告菜单中查找电子收据" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:846 msgid "A list of daily reports is displayed with all daily DTE sent to SII." -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示每日销售报告列表，每日向SII发送DTE。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "List of Daily Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每日销售报告列表" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:852 msgid "" @@ -5014,17 +5117,17 @@ msgid "" "but it will not have any receipts in it. The report will also have an answer" " from the SII if it was accepted or rejected (depending on the company's " "certificate and validated receipts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果某天未收到电子收据，仍会发送报告，但报告中无收据。如果报告被接受或拒绝（取决于公司证书和有效收据），SII会给出回复。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rstNone msgid "Daily Sales Book example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每日销售账簿示例" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:861 msgid "" "For Chilean localization, note that the feature tax included in the price is" " *not* supported for the Electronic Receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于智利本地化，请注意，电子收据*不*支持价格中包含的功能税。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:864 msgid "" @@ -6635,14 +6738,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 msgid "Technical name" msgstr "技术名称" @@ -7291,9 +7394,9 @@ msgid "" "includes the **FEC Import** feature (module name: ``l10n_fr_fec_import``), " "which enables the import of existing FEC files from older software." msgstr "" -"为了使新用户的入职流程更加轻松，Odoo Enterprise的法语:d " -"oc：'财务本地化<。/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>“ 包括 **FEC Import** " -"功能（模块名称：”l10n_fr_fec_import“），该功能允许从较旧的软件导入现有的 FEC 文件。" +"为了使新用户的入职流程更加轻松，Odoo " +"Enterprise的法语:doc：'财务本地化<。/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>“ 包括 **FEC " +"Import** 功能（模块名称：”l10n_fr_fec_import“），该功能允许从较旧的软件导入现有的 FEC 文件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8610,9 +8713,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the SKR03 is installed by " +"default." msgstr "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" @@ -8633,7 +8736,6 @@ msgstr "资产负债表" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "利润损失" @@ -8676,9 +8778,9 @@ msgid "" "<../../../../sales/point_of_sale>` systems - must be equipped with a " "**Technical Security System** (also called **TSS** or **TSE**)." msgstr "" -"**Kassensicherungsverordnung**（防止数字记录操纵法）要求电子记录保存系统-包括:d " -"oc：`销售点<。/../../../sales/point_of_sale>` 系统 - 必须配备 **术安全系统**（也称为 **TSS** 或 " -"**TSE**）。" +"**Kassensicherungsverordnung**（防止数字记录操纵法）要求电子记录保存系统-" +"包括:doc：`销售点<。/../../../sales/point_of_sale>` 系统 - 必须配备 **术安全系统**（也称为 " +"**TSS** 或 **TSE**）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -9044,10 +9146,10 @@ msgstr "预订最终发布后，将无法再通过应用程序进行更改或删 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:227 msgid "" -"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " -"In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " -"systems." -msgstr "如果在云中使用Odoo，则定期备份是SaaS服务的一部分。此外，可以在外部系统上下载和备份定期备份。" +"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online " +"service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on " +"external systems." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -10188,8 +10290,7 @@ msgid "" "current **Standard Chart of Accounts (PCN 2020)**, effective since January " "2020." msgstr "" -"Odoo的:d " -"oc：'财政本地化包<..卢森堡的/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>'包括自2020年1月起生效的当前**标准会计科目表（PCN" +"Odoo的:doc：'财政本地化包<..卢森堡的/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>'包括自2020年1月起生效的当前**标准会计科目表（PCN" " 2020）**。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:42 @@ -13610,8 +13711,7 @@ msgid "" "<../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of " "fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" -"配置主数据后，可以从销售订单或手动创建发票。除了:d " -"oc：'我们关于发票流程的页面中描述的基本发票信息外，<。/../应收账款/customer_invoices/概述>'，秘鲁EDI中有几个必填字段：" +"配置主数据后，可以从销售订单或手动创建发票。除了:doc：'我们关于发票流程的页面中描述的基本发票信息外，<。/../应收账款/customer_invoices/概述>'，秘鲁EDI中有几个必填字段：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:360 msgid "" @@ -13952,8 +14052,7 @@ msgid "" "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " "about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" -"要完成工作流程，请按照:d " -"oc：'我们关于信用票据<页面上的说明进行操作。/../应收账款/customer_invoices/credit_notes>'。" +"要完成工作流程，请按照:doc：'我们关于信用票据<页面上的说明进行操作。/../应收账款/customer_invoices/credit_notes>'。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:579 msgid "" @@ -14011,11 +14110,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" +" by default." msgstr "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" @@ -14152,8 +14249,9 @@ msgstr "" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -msgstr "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgid "" +"How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (Odoo Online or On-premise)?" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -14534,7 +14632,7 @@ msgid "" "the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization " "Packages ` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -"Odoo会计可以通过安装适当的模块在许多国家开箱即用。以下是Odoo上提供的所有:d oc：'Fiscal Localization " +"Odoo会计可以通过安装适当的模块在许多国家开箱即用。以下是Odoo上提供的所有:doc：'Fiscal Localization " "Packages'的列表。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:10 @@ -14819,7 +14917,7 @@ msgstr "Vietnam - Accounting" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr ":d：'fiscal_localization_packages'" +msgstr ":doc：'fiscal_localization_packages'" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Getting started" @@ -14829,17 +14927,11 @@ msgstr "POS 入门" msgid "Initial configuration" msgstr "初始配置" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "会计科目表" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"The **chart of accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." -msgstr "**会计科目表(COA)**是指一个组织的总分类账中记录财务事项的所有科目列表." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -14848,8 +14940,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这些科目通常按财务报告中的出现顺序列出。大多数时候，它们列示为如下：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" -msgstr "资产负债表科目" +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 @@ -14867,6 +14959,10 @@ msgstr "负债" msgid "Equity" msgstr "权益" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +msgid "Profit & Loss:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 @@ -14881,55 +14977,54 @@ msgstr "费用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" -"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," -" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." -msgstr "在浏览会计科目表时，你可在左边的列中按数字筛选科目，并按科目类型分组." +"When browsing your chart of accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by :guilabel:`Account Type`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" -msgstr "配置科目" +msgid "Configuration of an account" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " -"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " -"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"company on your database) determines which **fiscal localization package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard chart of accounts " "already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" -"你在创建数据库时选择的国家（或数据库上的其他公司）确定了默认安装了哪个**财务本地化包**。它们包括已经按照对应国家规定配置的标准会计科目表。你可以直接使用这些会计科目表或根据你公司的需要设置它们." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" -"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" -" Journal Entry has been posted." -msgstr "在日记账分录过账后，就无法再修改公司的**财务本地化**." +"It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a" +" journal entry has been posted." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "如要创建新科目，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单." +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" -msgstr "代码和名称" +msgid "Code and name" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" -"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"Each account is identified by its **code** and **name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." -msgstr "每个科目通过其**代码**和**名称**来进行识别，它们也体现了科目的目的." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "" -"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +"Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" -msgstr "正确配置**科目类型**至关重要，因为它将应用到多种目的：" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" @@ -14949,9 +15044,9 @@ msgstr "生成期初分录" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:61 msgid "" -"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " -"and select the right type among the following list:" -msgstr "如要配置科目类型，打开**类型**字段的下拉选择器并在列表中选择合适类型：" +"To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down " +"selector and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Report" @@ -15031,150 +15126,162 @@ msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "资产负债表" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" -msgstr "资产、递延费用和递延收入自动化" +msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:107 msgid "" -"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " -":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " -"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"Some **account types** display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`assets ` entries, :ref:`deferred expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`deferred revenues " "` entries." msgstr "" -"某些科目类型会显示新字段**自动化**创建:ref:`资产`分录、:ref:`递延费用`分录和:ref:`递延收入`分录." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" -msgstr "**自动化**字段可有三种选择：" +msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` field:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "**否：**这是默认值。系统不会进行任何自动化." +msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " -"corresponding form." -msgstr "**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建分录草稿，但未确认。你必须首先填写对应的表单." +":guilabel:`Create in draft`: whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill " +"out the corresponding form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:116 msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " -"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +":guilabel:`Create and validate`: you must also select a **model**. Whenever " +"a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." -msgstr "**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种模式。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认分录." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:120 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "请参阅相关文档，获取更多信息." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default taxes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "默认税" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:122 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "选择一个**默认税**，当此科目被选择用于产品销售或采购时将适用." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 msgid "Tags" msgstr "标签" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." msgstr "某些会计报告要求在相关科目上设置*标签*。默认情况下，你可以在*现金流量表*使用的标签中进行选择." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "Account Groups" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 +msgid "Account groups" msgstr "科目组" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 msgid "" -"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +"**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " -"Balance**." -msgstr "**科目组**用于在一个大科目下面列出多个*子科目*，以合并**试算表**等报告." +"Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of" +" the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the " +"group `131000`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 -msgid "" -"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " -"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " -"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " -"the right Account Group." +msgid "Create account groups manually" msgstr "" -"如要创建新科目组，打开想要配置为子科目的科目，点击*群组*下拉选择器，选择*创建并编辑...*，填写表单并保存。然后，设置该科目组下面的所有子科目." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 msgid "" -"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " -"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +"Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The " +"following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a new account group, :ref:`developer mode ` and " +"head to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Account " +"Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code " +"prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note " +"that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`to` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone +msgid "Account groups creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app-->Reporting-->Trial Balance`, then open the " +":guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." msgstr "" -"如要显示科目组的**试算表**报告，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> " -"试算表`，然后打开*选项*菜单并选择**层级及小计**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rstNone msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "允许对账" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "Allow reconciliation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." msgstr "某些科目，如用于记录某支付方式交易的科目，可用于日记账分录对账." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 msgid "" -"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " -"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " -"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." -msgstr "例如，用信用卡支付的发票在与付款对账后可以*标记为已支付*。因此，用于记录信用卡付款的科目需要配置为*允许对账*." +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as " +":guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used" +" to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing " +"reconciliation**." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:162 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." -msgstr "为此，勾选**允许对账**框并保存." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's " +"settings, and save." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "废弃" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." msgstr "如科目内已记录了交易，则无法删除该科目。你可通过**废弃**功能使其不可用." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." -msgstr "为此，勾选**废弃**框并保存." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, " +"and save." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:193 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 @@ -15295,6 +15402,36 @@ msgid "" "account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "如果您的银行机构不能自动同步，或者您不想将其与数据库同步，则也可以通过单击 *创建* ，并填写表格来手动配置银行帐户." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "**名称** ：银行帐户的名称，如Odoo上所示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "**** ：您的银行帐号（欧洲的IBAN）." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "**银行** ：单击 *创建和编辑* 以配置银行的详细信息。 添加银行机构的名称及其标识符代码（BIC或SWIFT）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "**代码** ：此代码是您的日记帐的 *短代码* ，如Odoo所示。 默认情况下，Odoo会使用此短代码创建一个新日记帐。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" +"**记**: 如果您有尚未链接到银行帐户的现有银行日记帐，则会显示此字段。 如果是这样，选择要用于记录与此银行帐户关联的财务交易的 *日记帐* " +"，或通过单击 *创建和编辑* 创建一个新的。" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:76 msgid "" "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " @@ -15332,6 +15469,11 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "您也可以通过:menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> 设定 --> 财政时期` 更新值来更改这些设置." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "会计科目表" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " @@ -15485,6 +15627,10 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +msgstr "\"Odoo教程：会计基础知识\"_" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:3 msgid "Main accounting concepts" msgstr "主要会计概念" @@ -15509,7 +15655,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo采用复式记账规则 : 所有日记账分录自动平衡（借 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:16 msgid "" ":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document `" -msgstr ":d oc：'了解Odoo的每份文件的会计交易 '" +msgstr ":doc：'了解Odoo的每份文件的会计交易 '" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:20 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" @@ -15701,8 +15847,7 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "`" msgstr "" -":d " -"oc：'查看评估方法对交易的影响”" +":doc：'查看评估方法对交易的影响”" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:132 msgid "Easy retained earnings" @@ -16285,14 +16430,6 @@ msgid "" " follows:" msgstr "确认发票后, 自动生成的凭证, 样子如下:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "**科目**" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" @@ -16303,26 +16440,6 @@ msgstr "**合作伙伴**" msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "**到期日**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**借项**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**贷方**" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 @@ -17197,8 +17314,7 @@ msgid "" "material please see " ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -"有关如何基于时间和材料创建销售订单的更多信息，请参阅:d " -"oc：'/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials'。" +"有关如何基于时间和材料创建销售订单的更多信息，请参阅:doc：'/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials'。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -18764,123 +18880,15 @@ msgstr "一次支付几笔账单" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." -msgstr "Odoo提供了一种简单而有效的方式来处理多个账单。用一个单一的过程,仅用几个点击可处理发票和付款." +"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " +"facilitating the reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`../supplier_bills/manage`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "一次支付多个账单" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "登记一些付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "在以下示例中,我们将生成一些账单。可在会计仪表板控制整个过程(打开会计应用程序后的界面)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "打开仪表板, 点击 **供应商账单** 。在供应商账单界面,点击 **创建** ." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "选择供应商, 并点击添加项目, 可添加一个(或更多)产品。点击 **保存** , 然后点击 **确认** ." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "一个接一个的支付账单" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "现在一个付款只对应一张发票。打开发票,然后点击 **付款登记** 。输入支付方式、日期和金额,点击 **确认** ." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "确认支付后,系统将自动将付款和发票核销,发票将到 **已支付** 状态。系统会自动生成一个凭证." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "多个账单一块支付" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "为了彻底说明这个过程,按要求至少创建2张发票。 **确保所有发票来自于同一个供应商。**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "供应商发票,通过勾选旁边的框选择刚刚创建的发票。在页面的中间处,点击 ** 付款登记** ." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击 **确认** ." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "登记付款, 随后调节" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "你也可以在付款登记之后对付款进行调节." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "首先, 我们来创建一个付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :menuselection:`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "用支票支付的方式付款。选择供应商和应支付的余款金额。所有细节后填写后,确认付款." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "如你所见, 账单的状态显示什么已经过账什么还没有过账." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "收到银行对账单后, 可在仪表板上进行核销。它会自动核对金额." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:72 @@ -18888,63 +18896,70 @@ msgstr "收到银行对账单后, 可在仪表板上进行核销。它会自动 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "多个供应商账单的部分付款" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Group payments" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "如何同时支付几个有现金折扣的供应商的发票?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." -msgstr "你已学会了如何以各种方式支付账单, 但是部分付款呢?我们举个例子,多个账单如何做部分付款." +"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " +"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " +"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " +":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Register payment button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:25 +msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:27 msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." -msgstr "通过银行对账单, 可创建多个账单和部分付款." +"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " +"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " +"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." -msgstr "如供应商给我们提前付款现金折扣, 应添加一些付款条件." +"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " +"more bills." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rstNone +msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:39 msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." -msgstr "用以上的付款条件来创建发票." +"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " +"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " +"to your needs." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "我们已经创建了以下账单 :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:43 +msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." -msgstr "我们可通过创建银行对账单来支付款项,付款时可调整现金折扣." +"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " +"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`. Make sure to apply " +"the :doc:`payment terms <../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms>`" +" to the **bills** *instead* of the invoices." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "核销银行对账单之前,需要先创建一个现金折扣模型." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "现在我们回到银行对账单，并打开调节视图." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 @@ -19565,6 +19580,12 @@ msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*非流动资产*或*固定资产*的科 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "**自动化资产**字段可有三种选择：" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "**否：**这是默认值。系统不会进行任何自动化." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -19856,22 +19877,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**费用科目**，以完全自动化其采购流程.（参见: `为特定产品选择不同的费用科目`_）." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 -msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" -msgstr "带有光学字符识别 (OCR) 的发票数字化" +msgid "AI-powered document digitization" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " -"traditional paper invoices into vendor bills and customer invoices forms in " -"your accounting." +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into " +"vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial " "intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor " -"bills and customer invoices forms are automatically created and populated " +"bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated " "based on the scanned invoices." msgstr "" @@ -19882,45 +19901,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR " -"`_." +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The more documents you scan, the better the system identifies the correct " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Digitalization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitalization` and " -"choose whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` " -"should be processed automatically or manually." +"Digitization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitization` and choose " +"whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` (this " +"includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on " +"demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option can also be selected. It " -"enables to get only one line created per tax in the new bill, regardless of " -"the number of lines from the invoice." +"If you enable the :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option, only one " +"line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines " +"on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 msgid "Invoice upload" msgstr "发票上传" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 msgid "Upload invoices manually" msgstr "手动上传发票" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button of your vendor bills journal. Alternatively, go to " @@ -19929,63 +19939,98 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:40 msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" msgstr "使用电子邮件别名上传发票" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 msgid "" "You can configure your connected scanner to send scanned documents to an " "email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft " "customer invoices or vendor bills." msgstr "您可以将连接的扫描仪配置为将扫描的文档发送到电子邮件别名。 发送到这些别名的电子邮件将转换为新的草稿客户发票或供应商账单。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:45 msgid "" -"You can modify the email alias of a journal by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, opening the " -"appropriate journal, opening the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and " -"modifying the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field." +"You can modify the email alias of a journal. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. Under :guilabel:`General Settings: Discuss`, " +"enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:49 msgid "" -"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can send your " -"scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., `inbox-" -"financial@example.odoo.com`)." +"The email alias is now available in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab of" +" the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../../documents>` app, you can " +"automatically send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` " +"workspace (e.g., `inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:56 -msgid "Invoice digitization" -msgstr "发票数字化" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 msgid "" -"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " -"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitalization` to do it " -"manually." +"The default email aliases `vendor-bills@` and `customer-invoices@` followed " +"by the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` you set are automatically created for the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` journals, " +"respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " -"clicking on the respective tags (available in Edit mode) and selecting the " -"proper information instead." +"To change a default email alias, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`. Select the journal you want to " +"edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email " +"Alias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:66 +msgid "Invoice digitization" +msgstr "发票数字化" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +msgid "" +"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " +"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and " +"selecting the proper information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:75 +msgid "Data recognition with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 +msgid "" +"It is essential to review and correct (if needed) the information uploaded " +"during digitization. Then, you have to post the document by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system " +"identifies the correct data for future digitizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "价格" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 msgid "" "The **invoice digitization** is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that " "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:87 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to " @@ -19993,14 +20038,19 @@ msgid "" "Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SaaS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:78 -msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:96 +msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 @@ -20362,7 +20412,7 @@ msgid "" "Click :doc:`here ` for more information on " "how to use Odoo Expenses." msgstr "" -"员工支付的费用可以使用**Odoo费用**进行管理，这是一个专门用于批准此类费用和付款管理的应用程序。单击:d oc：'here " +"员工支付的费用可以使用**Odoo费用**进行管理，这是一个专门用于批准此类费用和付款管理的应用程序。单击:doc：'here " "'，了解有关如何使用Odoo Expense的更多信息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 @@ -20413,7 +20463,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`manage`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expenses`" -msgstr ":d oc：'/applications/finance/expense'" +msgstr ":doc：'/applications/finance/expense'" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:5 msgid "Account receivables" @@ -20501,9 +20551,9 @@ msgid "" "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "在这种情况下，客户未履行支付条款，且无法享受现金折扣。当处理银行对账单时，将付款与两个相关的会计分录进行匹配." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" @@ -21048,11 +21098,11 @@ msgid "Applicability" msgstr "适用范围" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 -msgid "Factur-X (CII)" +msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "Default format on Odoo (enabled by default)" +msgid "For French and German companies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:25 @@ -21181,27 +21231,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:71 msgid "" -"By default, the :guilabel:`Factur-X` option is enabled. It means that an XML" -" file is automatically included in the PDF document that is sent." +"Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for " +"interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option " +":guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the " +"invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like " +"Chorus Pro." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:74 msgid "" "The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's " ":guilabel:`General Information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via " "existing access points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 msgid "Add new formats to a database created before July 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:82 msgid "" "If your database was created before July 2022 and you wish to use one of the" " formats available from July 2022, you have to :ref:`install " @@ -21210,29 +21263,29 @@ msgid "" "country-specific module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:88 msgid "" "If you want to use the Belgian format E-FFF in a database created prior to " "July 2022, you need to :ref:`install `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 msgid "Belgium - E-Invoicing (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" msgstr "Belgium - E-Invoicing (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 msgid "`l10n_be_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 msgid "Import/Export electronic invoices with UBL/CII" msgstr "带有UBL/CII的电子进口/出口发票" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:99 msgid "`account_edi_ubl_cii`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:102 msgid "" "Once the new module is installed, UBL 2.0 and UBL 2.1 formats no longer " "appear in the journal since UBL BIS Billing 3.0 is available and more widely" @@ -21402,7 +21455,7 @@ msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" -msgstr ":d oc：'/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma'" +msgstr ":doc：'/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma'" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" @@ -21427,7 +21480,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" -msgstr ":d oc：'/应用程序/销售/销售/开票/invoicing_policy'" +msgstr ":doc：'/应用程序/销售/销售/开票/invoicing_policy'" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" @@ -21489,15 +21542,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" -msgstr ":d oc：'/应用程序/销售/销售/发票/time_materials'" +msgstr ":doc：'/应用程序/销售/销售/发票/time_materials'" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr ":d oc：'/应用程序/销售/销售/发票/费用'" +msgstr ":doc：'/应用程序/销售/销售/发票/费用'" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" -msgstr ":d oc：'/应用程序/销售/销售/发票/里程碑”" +msgstr ":doc：'/应用程序/销售/销售/发票/里程碑”" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" @@ -21512,7 +21565,7 @@ msgstr "对于订阅, 发票会定期地, 自动地生成。生成发票频率 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr ":d oc：'/应用程序/销售/销售/发票/订阅”" +msgstr ":doc：'/应用程序/销售/销售/发票/订阅”" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" @@ -21596,6 +21649,10 @@ msgid "" "want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." msgstr "对于使用其他软件的编号并希望继续当前年份而不从头开始的人来说，它很有用。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 +msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "带有光学字符识别 (OCR) 的发票数字化" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 msgid "" "**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " @@ -21945,12 +22002,6 @@ msgstr "" "如要购买邮戳，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> Snailmail`并点击*购买信用*，或前往 " ":menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo IAP`并点击*查看我的服务*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用积点来测试这项功能." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 msgid "" "Click `here `_ to know about our " @@ -22800,7 +22851,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" -msgstr "：文件：`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" +msgstr ":doc：`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "Different ways to record a payment" @@ -23127,8 +23178,7 @@ msgid "" "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " "<../../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup>`." msgstr "" -"这通常是在:d " -"oc：'app的初始设置<期间配置的。/../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup>'." +"这通常是在:doc：'app的初始设置<期间配置的。/../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup>'." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 msgid "Tax Grids" @@ -23269,7 +23319,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`../../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":d oc：'../../getting_started/initial_configuration/设置'" +msgstr ":doc：'../../getting_started/initial_configuration/设置'" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" @@ -23741,6 +23791,70 @@ msgid "" "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "这份报表体现了按税收类型分类后的 **净额** 和 **税额** (销售/采购)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:3 +msgid "Tax carryover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When performing tax reports, the **tax carryover** feature allows carrying " +"amounts from one period to another without creating new entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It has been created to meet the legal requirements of specific locations, " +"where amounts must be transferred from period to period (for example, " +"because the total of the line is negative)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The feature is activated by default in countries where it is required, such " +"as Belgium, France, and Italy. There is no specific configuration required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100" +" for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this case, as per local regulation, grid 81 of the tax report may contain" +" a negative amount. But it must be declared to the government as zero, and " +"the negative amount should be carried over to the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a " +"pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "" +"pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rst:32 +msgid "" +"At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount " +"was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that" +" will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing " +"transactions and the carryover from the previous period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/tax_carryover.rstNone +msgid "Illustration of the tax return" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:5 msgid "Taxation" msgstr "税务" @@ -24330,129 +24444,173 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "管理现金基础税" +msgid "Cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "完成付款且无发票过期（本例为标准税）之情形时，应支付现金基本税。基于现金基本税向管理部门申报收、支法在某些国家和一定条件下是合法的." +"Cash basis taxes are due when the payment is made, as opposed to standard " +"taxes that are due when the invoice is confirmed. Reporting your income and " +"expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in " +"some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "示例：你在财政年度的一季度销售产品，在财政年度的第二季度收到付款。在收付实现制下，你要管理部门支付的税款应在第二季度支付." +"You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year, and the payment " +"is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you " +"must pay is for the 2nd quarter." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "怎样配置收付实现税？" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, enable :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" -"首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> " -"允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +"Then, define the :guilabel:`Tax Cash Basis Journal`. Click on the external " +"link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the" +" :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:28 +msgid "" +"By default, the journal entries of the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Taxes` journal " +"are named using the :guilabel:`CABA` short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Taxes` to configure your taxes. You can either " +":guilabel:`Create` a new tax or update an existing one by clicking on it." msgstr "" -"完成这一步骤后，可在以下路径配置税种 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " -"税种`。首先，设置适当的过渡会计科目，以在你登记付款之前将税收过账." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +"The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to " +"post taxes until the payment is registered." msgstr "" -"在*高级选项*选项卡中，将*应有税金*转为*基于付款*。然后，你必须定义*已收税金*科目，以便在收到付款时过账税款金额，以及*基本税应收科目*，以便过账基本税金额，确保税收报告的准确性." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "收付实现税对我的会计系统将造成何种影响？" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "举个例子，你取得了100美元的销售收入，附带15%的收付实现税。当你验证客户发票时，以下科目会被创建到你的会计系统中：" +"Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" +"is registered" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "客户发票日记账" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, decide of the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Exigilibity`. Select :guilabel:`Based on Payment`, so the tax is due when " +"the payment of the invoice is received. You can then also define the " +":guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded " +"as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rstNone +msgid "" +"Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" +"reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +msgid "Impact of cash basis taxes on accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "应收15美元" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "临时税务科目$15" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "收入帐户100美元" +msgid "" +"To illustrate the impact of cash basis taxes on accounting transactions, " +"let's take an example with the sales of a product that costs 1,000$, with a " +"cash basis tax of 15%." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "几天后，你收到付款：" +msgid "" +"The following entries are created in your accounting, and the tax report is " +"currently empty." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "银行日记账" +msgid "**Customer journal (INV)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "银行115美元" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +msgid "Receivable $1,150" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "当你对比发票和付款时，生成了以下条目：" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Income $1,000" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "收付实现制税日记账" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:103 +msgid "Temporary tax account $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:77 +msgid "When the payment is then received, it is registered as below :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Bank journal (BANK)**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "税收帐户15美元" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." +msgid "Bank $1,150" msgstr "" -"最后两个日记账项目是中性的，但它们可确保基本税金额的准确性，以保证Odoo税收报告的准确性。我们建议使用默认的收入科目。该科目的余额将始终为零." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Default taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the payment is registered, you can use the :guilabel:`Cash Basis " +"Entries` smart button on the invoice to access them directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Finally, upon reconciliation of the invoice with the payment, the below " +"entry is automatically created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Journal (Caba)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:105 +msgid "Income account $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:107 +msgid "Tax Received $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The journal items :guilabel:`Income account` vs. :guilabel:`Income account` " +"are neutral, but they are needed to ensure correct tax reports in Odoo with " +"accurate base tax amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Using a default :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` is recommended so your" +" balance is at zero and your income account is not polluted by unnecessary " +"accounting movements. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Taxes`, and select a :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` " +"under :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 @@ -24545,8 +24703,7 @@ msgid "" "<../../../../websites/ecommerce>` sales to private EU consumers, it is also " "valid for mail order sales and telesales." msgstr "" -"虽然该法规主要适用于:d " -"oc：'电子商务<。/../../../websites/ecommerce>'销售给私人欧盟消费者，它也适用于邮购销售和电话销售。" +"虽然该法规主要适用于:doc：'电子商务<。/../../../websites/ecommerce>'销售给私人欧盟消费者，它也适用于邮购销售和电话销售。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -24908,230 +25065,257 @@ msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "打印的发票将显示每个组合的不同合计." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "使用TaxCloud在美国获取正确的税率" +msgid "TaxCloud integration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." +"TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " +"and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " +"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"applies." msgstr "" -"**TaxCloud**集成功能允许用户计算美国各地的销售税，追踪免除销售税的产品类别，以及哪些州支持免税。TaxCloud可实时计算各州、市以及美国特别司法辖区的销售税." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "在TaxCloud中" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +msgid "TaxCloud registration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." -msgstr "在 `TaxCloud`__网站下创建一个免费帐户." +"Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " +"complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " +"by clicking on :guilabel:`Stores`, then :guilabel:`Get Details`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "在TaxCloud上注册你的Odoo网站，获得一个*API ID*和*API密钥*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +msgid "Enable TaxCloud" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "在TaxCloud的设置中，点击*地点*并输入你的办公室和仓库的地点." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "在TaxCloud的设置中，点击 *管理税务州* ，以确认你收取销售税的州." +"Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " +"store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo上" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." +"Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " +":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " +"Codes` product categories from TaxCloud. Some categories may imply specific " +"tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -"前往 :menuselection:`发票/会计 --> 配置 --> " -"设置`，勾选*根据美国邮编使用TaxCloud计算税率*（注意：实际使用完整的街道地址）." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "输入你的TaxCloud凭据." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "点击保存，保存你的凭据." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "点击*默认类别*旁边的刷新图标，从TaxCloud中导入TIC（征税信息代码）产品类别.有些类别可能适用特定税率或产品/服务类型豁免." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "设置默认的*TIC代码*。这适用于创建的任一新产品." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "在产品的*一般信息*选项卡上或在产品类别上设置特定的TaxCloud TIC类别." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." +"Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " +":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` is set on your products or product categories, or when no product " +"is found on an order/invoice." msgstr "" -"确保你的公司地址是完整的（包括州名和邮编）。前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`，打开并编辑你的公司记录." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "Automatically post taxes to the correct Tax Payable account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:0 +msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " +"Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " +"select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" +" the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" +" (:guilabel:`🡕`) to set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the " +":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" -"For each one of your companies that uses TaxCloud, it might be necessary to " -"create a **User-Defined Default** so that the new taxes generated by the " -"TaxCloud integration are created with the correct Tax Payable account:" +"If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " +":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" -"A User-Defined Default impacts all records at creation. It means that " -"**every** new tax will be set up to record income in the specified Tax " -"Payable account, unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different " -"income account (or there exists another User-Defined Default that takes " -"precedence)." +"A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " +"not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " +":guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the *All* :guilabel:`Product Category`, it " +"is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, " -"select the Tax Payable account for the company. Take note of the account's " -"``id`` in the URL string." +"Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " +"code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" +" edit your company address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" +" with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " +"default**. This process should be repeated for each one of your companies " +"that uses TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " +"**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " +"account unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income " +"account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " +"account, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Take note of the number after `id=`" +" in the URL string; it is the **Tax Payable account ID** and will be used " +"later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "The account's ID can be found in the URL string as 'id=...'." +msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> User-Defined " -"Defaults`, and click on *Create*." +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " +"and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:70 -msgid "Click on *Field*, then, in the drop-down menu, on *Search More*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " +"More...`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Click on 'Search More' in the 'Field' drop-down menu." +msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 msgid "" -"In the pop-up's search box, filter on the model ``tax.repartition.line`` and" -" the field ``account``. Select the ``account`` field of the " -"``tax.repartition.line`` model." +"Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," +" and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " +"Select the line with :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` under the " +":guilabel:`Model` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Select the 'account' field of the 'tax.repartition.line' model." +msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" -"In the **Default Value** field, enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable " -"account. Select the company for which this configuration should apply in the" -" *Company* field. Click *Save*." +"Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " +"the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " +":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " +":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone -msgid "Enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable account." +msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "工作方式" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo中，营业税是根据财政状况计算的（请参阅 :doc:`财政状况）。 安装 *TaxCloud* 时会创建美国的财政职位。 一切开箱即用." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "现在，当客户国家为*美国*时，此财政状况将自动设置在所有销售订单、网络订单或发票上。这将触发自动化税务计算." +"Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " +"`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" +" enabling TaxCloud." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "添加你的产品。你有两种选项来获取订单的销售税。你可确认它，或保存它并从*操作*菜单选择**用TaxCloud更新税收**." +"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" +" position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions` and select " +":guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (TaxCloud)`. Enable :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically` and then :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "优惠券和促销" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "如果你使用优惠券或促销计划，与TaxCloud的集成可能有点奇怪." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rstNone +msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " +"the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " +"computation." msgstr "" -"问题在于，Taxcloud在税收计算中不接受负金额行。这意味着促销计划所增加行的金额必须从其所影响行中扣除。因此，使用优惠券或促销的订单在TaxCloud财政状况中**必须**完整开具发票，你不能为部分发货创建发票." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." +"To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " +":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +msgid "" +"If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " +"TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " +"lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation, the amount of " +"the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of " +"the lines it impacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " +"promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" +" you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" +" which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " +"product's tax rate is 7%, the tax rate computed from the TaxCloud " +"integration displays 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in " +"the price sent to TaxCloud. However, in Odoo, the discount is on another " +"line entirely. Still, the tax computation is correct. Indeed, a 3.5% tax on " +"the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price, but this " +"might be unexpected from a user point of view." msgstr "" -"另一个特别的奇怪之处可能是用户界面：想象一下，你从TaxCloud类别*[20110]计算机*中销售了一件产品，并且你已制定了促销计划，提供产品的50%折扣。如果该产品的税率为7%，则从TaxCloud集成计算的税率将显示3.5%。这是因为折扣已包括在发送到TaxCloud的价格中，但是在Odoo中，该折扣完全在另一行显示。结果，你的税务计算是正确的（因为全价3.5%的税费相当于半价7%的税费)，但从用户的角度来看，这可能让人感到奇怪." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -25686,8 +25870,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:7 msgid "" -"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online/SaaS), and" -" organize them in various workspaces." +"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online), and " +"organize them in various workspaces." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 613a057d7..0c39eb7c5 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -11,22 +11,22 @@ # Datasource International , 2022 # fausthuang, 2022 # 稀饭~~ , 2022 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2022 # Mandy Choy , 2022 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2022 # zhao yonghui, 2022 # Raymond Yu , 2022 # Emily Jia , 2022 +# Jeffery CHEN , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Emily Jia , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1138,11 +1138,11 @@ msgstr "" "模式`，`？debug=tests` 启用 ：ref：`tests 模式 " "`。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:65 msgid "Locate the mode tools" msgstr "找到模式工具" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:67 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages. This menu contains additional " @@ -1151,23 +1151,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "开发人员模式工具可以从位于页面页眉上的*打开开发人员工具*按钮访问。此菜单包含有助于理解或编辑技术数据的其他工具，例如视图或操作。它包含一些有用的菜单项，例如：" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:72 msgid "edit action" msgstr "编辑动作" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:73 msgid "manage filters" msgstr "管理筛选" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:74 msgid "edit the current view" msgstr "编辑当前视图" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:75 msgid "see the `fields view get`" msgstr "查看“字段视图获取`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:76 msgid "and much more." msgstr "以及更多。" @@ -2005,9 +2005,9 @@ msgstr "限制条件" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:84 msgid "" -"Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on the SaaS and " +"Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on Odoo Online and " "Odoo.sh platforms. Try using ports 465, 587, or 2525 instead." -msgstr "请注意在 SaaS 和 Odoo.sh 平台上出于安全原因端口25已被关闭，尝试使用端口465、587或2525来代替。" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:90 msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address" @@ -2573,8 +2573,7 @@ msgid "" "(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " "`)," msgstr "" -"使用您自己的发送电子邮件服务器独立于Odoo的邮件限制（请参阅:d " -"oc：“相应的文档”）," +"使用您自己的发送电子邮件服务器独立于Odoo的邮件限制（请参阅:doc：“相应的文档”）," #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -2726,12 +2725,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:138 msgid "" -"The **SaaS** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still " -"contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " +"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" +" contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " "recurring issue with the same client or domain." msgstr "" -"**SaaS " -"**户将无权访问其日志。但是，您仍然可以联系“Odoo支持”_，如果您在同一客户端或域中反复出现问题。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143 msgid "Get help from support" @@ -3588,9 +3585,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" -"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " -"from free credits to test our IAP features." -msgstr "如果我使用Odoo Online (SAAS)并有企业版，我可以获得免费信用，用于测试IAP功能。" +"If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " +"credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" @@ -3648,10 +3645,9 @@ msgstr "根据数据库的托管类型，可以提供不同的服务：" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" -"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " -"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +"*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " +"SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -"*Odoo Online (SAAS)* ：只能使用Odoo提供的IAP服务（即短信、Snailmail、Reveal和业务伙伴自动完成功能）；" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -3898,7 +3894,7 @@ msgstr "员工的访问权限" msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " "` for *Multi Companies*." -msgstr "创建公司后，管理员工的:d oc：*多家公司*的“访问权限”。" +msgstr "创建公司后，管理员工的:doc：*多家公司*的“访问权限”。" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone msgid "" @@ -3971,8 +3967,7 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " "<../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -":d " -"oc：`会计科目表<../../财务/会计/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" +":doc：`会计科目表<../../财务/会计/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" @@ -3993,8 +3988,7 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " "<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" -":d " -"oc：`财政本地化<../../财务/会计/fiscal_localizations/概述/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +":doc：`财政本地化<../../财务/会计/fiscal_localizations/概述/fiscal_localization_packages>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" @@ -4653,8 +4647,9 @@ msgid "" "` is not necessary as the infrastructure is hosted and managed by " "Axivox." msgstr "" -"Odoo VoIP可以设置为与`Axivox `_一起工作。在这种情况下，不需要:d " -"oc：`Asterisk服务器 `，因为基础架构由Axivox托管和管理。." +"Odoo VoIP可以设置为与`Axivox `_一起工作。在这种情况下，不需要:doc：`Asterisk服务器 " +"`，因为基础架构由Axivox托管和管理。." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 9d9272d21..a8c4218cf 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # Benson , 2022 -# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2022 # zpq001 , 2022 # Jeana Jiang, 2022 # Raymond Yu , 2022 @@ -13,21 +12,21 @@ # Datasource International , 2022 # Emily Jia , 2022 # mrshelly , 2022 -# Martin Trigaux, 2022 # Gary Wei , 2022 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2022 # Mandy Choy , 2022 # liAnGjiA , 2022 +# Martin Trigaux, 2022 +# Jeffery CHEN , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -554,15 +553,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 @@ -878,7 +881,7 @@ msgstr "两步流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "参阅文档 : : doc :`two_steps` " +msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`two_steps` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 @@ -1681,6 +1684,257 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在确认收货后，内部调拨已准备就绪，可进行处理。由于文件相互关联，已接收的产品自动预留为内部调拨。在确认调拨后，这些产品进入库存，你可将它们用于履行客户交付要求或制造产品。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory adjustments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " +"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " +"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, " +"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must" +" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts " +"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are " +"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22 +msgid "Add a new line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in " +"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the " +"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on " +"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If " +":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered " +"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40 +msgid "Count products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " +"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the " +"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted " +"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the" +" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When " +":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away." +" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment," +" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in " +"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted " +"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before" +" applying the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 +msgid "Plan counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70 +msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be " +"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by " +"opening the column options icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are " +"scheduled for today or earlier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a " +"Count` and fill in the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" +" be accounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product" +" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On " +"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the " +"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93 +msgid "" +"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for" +" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the " +"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual " +"Inventory Day and Month` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone +msgid "" +"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" +" setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 +msgid "Cycle counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " +"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " +"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " +"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " +"counting more often at key locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " +"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 +msgid "Change the inventory frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " +"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " +"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " +"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" +" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " +"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " +"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone +msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "批次和序列号" @@ -2420,6 +2674,120 @@ msgid "" "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "在确认收货后，产品进入你的仓库但仍属于所有者。它们不会影响你的库存估值。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " +"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " +"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " +"be a better fit than the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " +"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " +"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "Add products to a wave" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " +"products to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " +"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " +"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " +"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " +"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " +":guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" +" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone +msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " +"product, location, carrier, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " +":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " +"transfer from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " +"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " +"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " +"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "View wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" +" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " +":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "计划" @@ -2850,229 +3218,428 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "如何选择正确的补货策略" +msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "最小库存规则和按单补货的结果相似，但规则不同，应根据你的制造和发货策略来选用。" +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " +"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " +"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " +"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" +" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " +"processes." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "术语" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "最小库存规则" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -"最小库存规则用于确保你已经有了制造和/或响应消费者需求的最小库存量。当某产品的库存水平到达最小量时，系统自动生成一个采购订单，该订单的数量能满足最小库存量。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " +"forecast quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " +"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " +"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " +"the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"from the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "按单补货" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"*regardless of the current stock level*." msgstr "" -"按单补货功能将触发与产品相关的销售订单的采购单。系统 **** 检查现有库存。意味着无论现有产品的数量是多少，都会生成一个采购订单草稿。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "最小库存规则" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制”下拉菜单中选择\"再次订购规则\" ，然后点击\"创建\"设置某给定产品的最小与最大库存值。" +"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" +" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " +"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " +"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " +":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " +"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" +" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " +"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " +"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " +"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "显示“最小数量”、“最大数量”和“数量倍数”字段的工具提示" +"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "然后点击产品，在\"库存子菜单\"访问相关产品的表单。不要忘记选择一个供应商。" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " +"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " +"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " +":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "别忘记选择正确的产品类别。消耗品无法贮存，不可计入库存盘点数。" +"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "可在产品表单中配置按单补货 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 产品（或在产品可用的任一其他模块中配置）。" +"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " +"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " +"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " +"and security lead time." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "在产品表单的库存项下，点击\"按单补货\"。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" +" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " +"valuation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "选择两个选项其中一个" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " +"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " +"reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " +"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" +" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" +" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 +msgid "" +"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" +" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " +"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " +"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " +"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " +"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 +msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Warehouse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " +"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " +"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " +"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" +" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " +"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " +":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " +"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" +"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " +"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone +msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." msgstr "" -"两种选项的选择依赖于你的库存策略。如果你想有一点库存缓冲并总是在仓库中留有最少的存货数量, " -"那么就可以使用最小库存规则。如果想只是在销售订单确认的状态下才去补充存货, 那么就建议使用按照订单补货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" -msgstr "使用不同计量单位" +msgid "Use different units of measure" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." +" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " +"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " +"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " +"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " +"supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" -"在某些情况下，按不同计量单位处理产品非常必要。例如，如果你采购产品的国家适用公制，而出售产品的国家适用英制，则需要转换计量单位。另一个常见的用例是以较大的包装向供应商采购产品，然后按小单位出售给客户。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "在Odoo中你可以设置一个产品可以有不同的计量单位。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." -msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在*产品*部分，启用*计量单位*，然后点击*保存*。" +"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" -msgstr "创建新的计量单位" +msgid "Units of measure categories" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." +"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " +"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " +"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " +"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" +" only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" -"在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 计量单位` 。然后，点击*创建*。例如，我们为鸡蛋产品创建一盒6个的单位。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "Set units of measure categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36 msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." +"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " +"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" +" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " +"new units." msgstr "" -"类别对于单位转换非常重要，只有当这些单位属于同一类别时，你才能将产品从一种单位转换为另一种单位。在本类别中，6个一盒相当于参考计量“单位”的6倍。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "在产品上指定计量单位" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." +"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " +"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" +" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " +"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" +" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" +" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." +" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." msgstr "" -"在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 主数据 --> 产品`中，打开你想要更改采购/销售计量单位的产品，然后点击*编辑*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." -msgstr "在*一般信息*选项卡中，你可选择销售产品时的*计量单位*，这也是内部调拨使用的单位。你也可选择*采购计量单位*，即采购产品的单位。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "从一种计量单位转换为另外一种" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" -msgstr "按采购计量单位购买" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." -msgstr "在*采购*应用程序中，按产品的不同*计量单位*创建新询价单并*确认*。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 -msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" +" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " +"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" -"在自动生成的采购订单中，使用的计量单位是一盒6个，即是采购计量单位。当然，你可根据需要手动更改计量单位。当进入与采购订单关联的*收货*时，你会发现10盒6个单位的产品被转换为60个单位。实际上，库存按单位进行管理。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone +msgid "" +"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" +" category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " +"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" +" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " +"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69 +msgid "Unit conversion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72 +msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " +"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " +"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78 +msgid "" +"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " +"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " +"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " +"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " +"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " +"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "补货" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." -msgstr "当在产品表单上通过*补货*按钮补货时，你可使用不同的计量单位。" +"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " +"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " +":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " +"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" -msgstr "按更大的计量单位销售" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95 msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." -msgstr "你可在销售订单文件上选择计量单位，并决定按“打”销售鸡蛋。这样，系统将按计量单位自动计算价格，以适用所选的*计量单位*。" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " +"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " +"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" +" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "Sell in a different UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." -msgstr "在交货单中，销售订单中所用的*计量单位*转换为库存管理所用的*计量单位*，在本例中为一个单位产品。" +"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " +"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" +" can be manually edited on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" +" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " +"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " +"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" +" delivery shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " +"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" +" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "何时使用包裹、计量单位或特殊包装？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" +msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 @@ -3083,67 +3650,101 @@ msgid "" "supplier." msgstr "计量单位规定了处理产品时所用的单位。在Odoo中，你可指定管理库存和从供应商处采购产品所用的计量单位。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "" +"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "不同计量单位之间的转换是自动完成的。唯一的条件是能够转换的计量单位必须是*同一种类*（个、重量、容积、长度等）" +"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase " +"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different " +"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective " +"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to " +"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21 msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." -msgstr "例如，如果鸡蛋的重订货规则如下，在运行调度器时，添加到自动生成的采购订单中的数量应为“打”，但进入库存的数量应为“个”。" +"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet" +" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a " +"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity " +"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates" +" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the " +"quantity in feet." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28 msgid "Packages" msgstr "包裹" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30 msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, " +"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the " +"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make " +"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -"包裹是指拣货时放入一种或几种产品的实体容器。例如，在发货时，你可决定将整批货物分为两个不同的包裹。这样，你就需要报告标示每个包裹的产品数量。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." -msgstr "如要在发货时将产品分为不同包裹，你需要将整批货物数量分为想要的包裹数量，然后点击“打包”，每个包裹都需如此操作。" +"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by " +"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first " +"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. " +"Repeat for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery into different packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Separate delivery package details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49 +msgid "Packagings" +msgstr "包装" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a " +"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a " +"pallet for the packaging." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "包装规格" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." -msgstr "包装是指保护产品的实体容器。如果你出售电脑，包装包含电脑、说明书及电源插头等。" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase " +"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and " +"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while " +"UoMs are generic." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." -msgstr "在Odoo中，包装用于销售订单的指示性用途。它们可从“库存”选项卡的“产品表单”上指定。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Different product packaging examples." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone +msgid "Package field on purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67 msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." -msgstr "包装的另一个用途是产品收货。通过扫描包装条目，Odoo将包装中包含的产品件数加入拣货系统。" +"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode" +" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in " +"the packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr ":doc:`uom` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "库存调整" +msgid "Replenishment strategies" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" @@ -3204,76 +3805,119 @@ msgstr "将额外成本整合到产品中（到岸成本） " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "Odoo中的到岸成本功能可将额外费用（运费、保险、海关、关税等）纳入产品成本中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." -msgstr "到岸成本只能应用于采用FIFO或AVCO成本计算方法和自动库存计价（要求安装会计应用程序）的产品。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." msgstr "" -"首先，你应前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用到岸成本功能。你也可决定记录到岸成本会计分录的默认日记账。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " +"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " +"costs accounting entries will be recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "向产品添加成本" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "接收供应商账单" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." -msgstr "假设我收到了一批货物的关税账单。我会在供应商账单行的*到岸成本*上打勾。" +"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " +"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " +"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " +"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " +"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " +"information every time a vendor bill comes in." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." -msgstr "到岸成本产品必须为服务类型。" +msgid "" +"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " +"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "如果该产品始终为到岸成本，你可在产品上进行定义，避免在每张供应商账单上都要打勾。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." -msgstr "在我的供应商账单顶部，可看到*创建到岸成本*按钮。点击该按钮，系统将自动创建到岸成本。现在，我可以决定哪些拣货适用于这些额外成本。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50 msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." -msgstr "现在，我可以点击*计算*并前往*计价调整*，查看对我的产品成本的影响。最后一步是确认到岸成本。" +"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " +":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " +"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " +"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " +"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " +"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " +"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." -msgstr "点击日记账分录，即可访问到岸成本创建的日记账分录。" +"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." -msgstr "你并非必须从供应商账单开始，也可前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 到岸成本`并在此直接创建到岸成本。" +"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " +"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " +"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " +"landed cost entry to the accounting journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " +"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " +"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " +"Costing)` method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone +msgid "Landed cost journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Landed cost records can also be directly created in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " +"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" @@ -4047,67 +4691,254 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "仓库" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "仓库和位置之间的差别是什么？" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "在Odoo中 **** 是你存放货物的实际的建筑／地方。你可以设置多仓库并在不同的仓库质检调拨。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as many locations as you need under one warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" msgstr "" -" **** " -"，是仓库内的特定空间。它可以被视为仓库的子位置，如货架、地板、过道等。因此，一个位置仅是一个仓库的一部分，不可能将一个位置链接到多个仓库。您可以根据需要在一个仓库下配置任意多个位置。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "有3种类型的位置 :" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " +"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " +"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " +"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " +"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " +"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " +"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" +" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " +"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " +"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " +"resupply this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Set route on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " +"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " +"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " +"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" +" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " +"by moving the product from one warehouse to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " +":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " +"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " +"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " +"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." +" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " +"tracked in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " +"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "" +"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone +msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9 +msgid "Warehouse" +msgstr "仓库" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " +"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " +"can create moves between warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "位置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " +"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " +"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " +"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " +"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22 +msgid "There are three types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " +"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" -" **理库** 是你所拥有的仓库中的内部库位, 是你的仓库的一部分。它们可以是仓库中的装货区域, 卸货区域, 货架或者一个区域, 等等。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr " **业务伙伴库位** 是客户和／或供应商仓库中的位置。它们和物理库位的使用一样, 只不过这些库位的所有者不是你。" +"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " +"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " +"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " +"(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" -" **拟库** 是指在你仓库中没有实际物理地方的位置, 但是库存中没有实际存放(或是不再有)的产品可以放置在这里。当你要把产品移出你的库存(在 " -"**点库** ), 或者要计算那些已经采购但是还在路途中( **货库** )没有到你的仓库的产品的数量的时候, 就可以很方便的使用这种库位。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " +"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " +"organization of the warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " +":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " +"The short name is five characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " +"letters of location]\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " +"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " +"created warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " +":guilabel:`Locations` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone +msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -"在Odoo中, 库位按照级别进行架构组织。根据库位之间的父－子关系, " -"你可以把库位配置为一个树形结构。这能让你对库存操作进行详细的分析以及对仓库进行更好的管理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Routes" @@ -4213,193 +5044,98 @@ msgstr "仓库间转移" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" -" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " -"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " -"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." -msgstr "" -"当拥有多个仓库时，您可能需要将货物从一个仓库转移到另一个仓库。这种行为称为“仓库间转移”。如果这个动作在实际中很容易执行，那么管理部分可能会很困难。幸运的是，Odoo有一个直观的流程，帮助节省时间时，注册这些转移。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." -msgstr "首先，进入：菜单选择：`配置-->设置`并启用 **储位** 。然后，点击保存。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Enabling the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory." +"When owning several warehouses, goods might need to be transferred from one " +"warehouse to another. This type of transfer is called an *inter-warehouse " +"transfer*. While physically performing the inter-warehouse transfer might be" +" simple, the administrative part can be complex. Fortunately, Odoo comes " +"with an intuitive flow that helps save time when registering inter-warehouse" +" transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " -"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." -msgstr "如果要管理仓库内的多条路线，请启用 **步骤路** ，并选中：doc:`use-routes`.。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "创建一个新的仓库" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " -"click on **Create**." -msgstr "下一步是创建新仓库。为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->仓库管理-->仓库`，然后单击 **** 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "填写 **库名称 ** **名** 。短名称最多五个字符。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" -" of location])." -msgstr "您的调拨订单和其他仓库单据上会出现 **** 。我们建议使用可理解的字母（例如：WH/[位置的第一个字母]）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " -"warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "现在，回到仪表板。在那里，自动生成了与仓库相关的新操作。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "" -"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer type for the recently " -"created warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "创建一个新的库存" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " -"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " -"the case, you can skip this step." -msgstr "如果您创建了一个新仓库，其中可能已经有一个现有库存。在这种情况下，您应该在Odoo中创建一个清单。如果不是这样，您可以跳过此步骤。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " -"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " -"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" -"在库存应用程序中，选择：菜单选择：`操作—>库存调整`。然后，单击 **** ，创建一个新的库存。填写 **存参** ， " -"**期**，并确保选择正确的仓库和位置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the inventory adjustment form before hitting the start button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " -"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " -"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " -"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." -msgstr "" -"接下来，单击 **始库** 。您将能够在新窗口中输入现有产品。选择“添加项目”，并指示仓库中可用的 **际数** " -"。理论数量不能更改，因为它表示根据采购和销售订单计算的数量。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone -msgid "View of the actual physical inventory of the new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " -"all your products." -msgstr "一旦您记录了所有产品的状态，请不要忘记验证库存。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "创建内部调拨" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " -"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " -"as follows:" -msgstr "最后一步是创建内部转账。如果您想将八件产品从第一个仓库转移到另一个仓库，请按以下步骤进行：" +"The following paragraphs detail a sample inter-warehouse transfer, referred " +"to as an *internal transfer*, use case. The sample use case assumes that the" +" user has already configured their second warehouse." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:17 msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " -"Transfer`." -msgstr "从仪表板中，选择两个仓库之一的内部移动。为此，请单击：菜单选择：`管理 --> 计划转移`。" +"To transfer eight units of a product from the first warehouse to another " +"one, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:19 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, select an internal movement " +"operation of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on the three " +"vertical dots icon on the top right corner of the operation card and select " +":guilabel:`Planned Transfer`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the choice between planned transfer and immediate transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" -"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " -"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " -"\"new\" warehouse)." -msgstr "在新窗口中，选择源位置区域（本例中为您的“旧”仓库）和目标位置区域（本例中为您的“新”仓库）。" +"On the new planned transfer form, select the :guilabel:`Source Location` (in" +" this case, the first warehouse) and the :guilabel:`Destination Location` " +"(in this case, the second warehouse)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " -"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "通过单击 **加项** ，添加您想要转移的产品，然后单击 **** ，完成后 **记为待办事** 。" +"Next, add the products that will be transferred by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then click on :guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Mark " +"as ToDo` once done. After that, Odoo puts the transfer in the " +":guilabel:`Waiting` status. Then, click on :guilabel:`Reserve` to reserve " +"the number of products in the source warehouse." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the internal transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " -"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." -msgstr "如果您选择 **即调** ，则在您单击 **证 **，Odoo会自动处理转账。" +"If :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer` was selected instead of :guilabel:`Planned" +" Transfer`, Odoo processes the transfer automatically after the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button is clicked on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "如果选择 **记为待办事** ，则Odoo会将传输置于 **待可用性 **态。单击 **存 **留源仓库中的产品数量。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "也有可能人工调拨每一个产品 :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "通过仪表盘在源库位中选择调拨单。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, open the souce location's internal " +"transfer operation page." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the dashboard with a zoom of the pending internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Select the right transfer order." -msgstr "选择正确的调拨订单。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Open the desired transfer order form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the pending internal transfers list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" -"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " -"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " -"many products you process." -msgstr "单击右下角的小铅笔图标打开操作详细信息窗口。在这个新窗口中，您可以手动指示您处理了多少产品。" +"Click on the pencil icon in the lower right corner to open the operation " +"details window. In this new window, the quantity of products can be manually" +" set." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "" @@ -4407,23 +5143,24 @@ msgid "" "same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " -"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." -msgstr "如果您决定部分处理转移订单（例如，由于意外事件，部分产品无法发货），Odoo会自动询问您是否希望创建**延期交货**。" +"To process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the products can't " +"be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo automatically asks if a " +"*backorder* should be created." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" -"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." -msgstr "如果您希望稍后处理剩余产品，请创建延期订单。" +"Create a backorder if it is expected that the remaining products will be " +"processed later." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "" -"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " -"products." -msgstr "如果您不供应/接收剩余产品，请不要创建延期订单。" +"Do not create a backorder if the remaining products will not be " +"supplied/received." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" @@ -4488,61 +5225,56 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "完成后，你可将它转换为销售订单。然后，系统将自动生成交货单，在A仓库中预留一种产品，在B仓库中预留另一种产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" -msgstr "使用路线和推/拉规则" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." -msgstr "在库存管理中，供应链策略确定何时应制造产品，何时将其交付给分销中心以及在零售渠道中可用。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " +"made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" -"可以使用具有 *推拉规则* 功能的 *路线* 配置此类战略流程。 正确配置所有内容后，库存应用可以按照规则给出的说明自动生成转帐。 " -"是的，Odoo简化了您的工作流程。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," +" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " +"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" +" the configured push/pull rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:14 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "在仓库内" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." -msgstr "" -"想象一个通用的仓库计划，您可以在其中找到收货码头，质量控制区域，存储位置，拣货和包装区域以及货运码头。 " -"所有产品都会经过所有这些位置，这也会触发所有路线规则。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area" +"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " +"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " +"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " +"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:25 msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." -msgstr "" -"在此示例中，供应商的卡车在接收码头处卸下已订购货物。 然后，操作员在接收区域中扫描产品。 " -"这些产品中的一些被发送到质量控制区域（例如，那些专门在制造过程中使用的产品），而其他产品则直接存储在它们各自的位置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " +"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " +"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " +"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" +" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " +"respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " @@ -4554,550 +5286,527 @@ msgstr "" "这是实现途径的示例。 早上，为当天需要准备的所有订单拣选物品。 这些项目是从存储位置中提取的，并移至靠近订单打包位置的提取区域。 " "然后，将订单包装在各自的盒子中，并用输送机将它们带到装运码头附近，准备将其交付给客户。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "工作原理是什么?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:45 +msgid "Pull rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" -msgstr "拉规则" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "使用 *拉规则* ，对某些产品的需求会触发采购，而 *推规则* 是由到达特定位置的产品触发的。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:50 msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." +"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " +"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " +"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " +"Location*." msgstr "" -"我们可以说 *拉规则* 用于履行客户订单（销售订单）。 因此，Odoo会在 *客户位置* 生成订单中每种产品的需求。 由于 *拉规则* " -"是由需求触发的，因此Odoo会在 *客户位置* 上查找 *拉规则* 。 在我们的案例中，找到了将产品从 *发货区域* 转移到 *客户地点* " -"的交货单提取规则，并创建了两个地点之间的转移。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " +"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " +"between the two locations is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" -"然后，Odoo发现了另一个拉规则，试图满足 *装运区域* 的需求: *包装规则* ，将产品从*包装区域* 转移到 *装运区域* " -"。最后，其他规则被触发，直到创建了 *库存* 和 *拣货区* 之间的转移。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:63 msgid "" -"All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." -msgstr "所有这些转移都是由Odoo预先生成的，从终点开始，然后向后。工作时，操作员按相反的顺序处理这些转移：首先是拣货，然后是包装，然后是交货单。" +"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" +" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " +"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " +"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " +"finally the delivery order." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "推送规则" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:69 +msgid "Push rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " +"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " +"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -"另一方面，*推规则* 更容易理解。 当产品到达特定位置时，可以实时触发这些文档，而不是根据需要预先生成文档。 *推规则* " -"基本上说：“当产品到达特定位置时，将其移动到另一个位置。`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:75 msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." +"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " +"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " +"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " +"locations for different products." msgstr "" -"一个简单的例子是：当产品到达 *收货区* 时，将其移动到 *存储位置* 。 " -"由于可以将不同的规则应用于不同的产品，因此可以为不同的产品分配不同的存储位置。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:79 msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." -msgstr "另一个规则可能是：当产品到达某个位置时，将其移动到 *质量控制区* 。 然后，完成质量检查后，将它们移至 *存储位置* 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." -msgstr "仅当没有 *推规则* 预先生成上游传输时，才能触发 *推规则* 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" +" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" +" to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -"像这样的规则集称为路线。 规则上的分组定义了如何在同一转移中对产品进行分组。 " -"例如，在拣货操作期间，所有订单都按一次转移进行分组，而打包操作则按照每个客户订单进行分组。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" -msgstr "使用路线和规则" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " +"already generated the product transfers." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " +"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " +"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " +"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" +" per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:93 +msgid "Use routes and rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:95 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" -msgstr "由于 *路线* 是 *推拉规则* 的集合，因此Odoo可帮助您管理高级路线配置，例如：" +"manage advanced route configurations such as:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" -msgstr "管理产品的制造链;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:98 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" -msgstr "管理每个产品的默认位置；" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 +msgid "Manage default locations per product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" -msgstr "根据业务需求定义仓库内的路线，例如品质管制，售后服务或供应商退货；" +"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " +"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "通过自动生成租赁产品的退货动作，帮助进行租赁管理。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." -msgstr "" -"要配置上述路线之一，请打开 **存应** 然后转到 :menuselection:`设置 --> 设定` 。启用 *多步路线* 功能。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory" +"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " +"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:113 msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." -msgstr "*存储位置* 功能会通过 *多步路线* 自动激活。" +"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." -msgstr "第一步完成后，您可以选择预配置路线或自定义路线。下面将对这两种方式进行说明。" +"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " +"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" -msgstr "预配置路线" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "预配置的路线" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:122 msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." -msgstr "" -"仓库菜单中提供了Odoo的预配置路线。 要找到它，请前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库。 " -"在此打开您的仓库并进行编辑，以查看进出货物的预配置路线。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory" +"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " +"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:131 msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." -msgstr "" -"一些更高级的路线（例如分装船）已经配置为使您的生活更轻松。 这些是根据您的运输选择而定。 做出选择后，前往 :menuselection:`库存 -->" -" 配置 --> 路线，查看Odoo为您生成的路线。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " +"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" +" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" +" the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:140 msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." -msgstr "打开其中一条路线，即可查看可以应用哪些路线。 在这里， *您的公司* 仓库中所有选定的产品类别都按照三步路线进行设置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse" +"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " +"the route form, the user can view which places the route is " +":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " +"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " +"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " +"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." -msgstr "" -"尽管对很多企业来说这比较容易，但这个过程可能不适合您。因此，您可以配置自定义路线，在此路线中可以定义自己的规则，也可以定义每个动作的源头和目标位置。举个例子，以下是预置路线的规则。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory" +"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:150 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " +":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " +":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " +":guilabel:`Destination Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:159 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "定制路线" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:161 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." -msgstr "" -"要创建自定义路线，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线` ，单击创建，然后可以选择此路线的位置。 " -"当然，可以组合使用。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example" +"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " +"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " +"places." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:169 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." -msgstr "每个地方都有不同的行为，所以要只勾选有用的，并对每个路线进行相应的调整。" +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " +":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:172 msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." -msgstr "" -"当将路线应用于产品类别（ (:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 产品类别` ）时，路线中配置的所有规则都将应用于该类别 *每个*" -" 产品。 例如，如果您对同一类别的所有产品都使用直接运送过程，则这可能很有用。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category" +"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " +"be manually set on the product category form by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " +"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:177 msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." -msgstr "相同的行为适用于仓库。 如果勾选 *仓库* ，则所有转移发生在所选仓库内，并且满足链接规则的条件，然后按照该路线进行。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse" +"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " +"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " +"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " +"from the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." -msgstr "对于 *销售订单行* ，情况恰恰相反。 创建报价时，您必须自行选择路线。 如果某些产品采用不同的路线，这将非常有用。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines" +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " +":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " +"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " +"that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." -msgstr "当您工作中使用这种路线时，切记一定要在销售订单上选择，如下所示。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders" +"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." -msgstr "这样，就可以在文档的每条记录上选择路线。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " +"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " +"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " +"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " +"quotation/sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:204 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." -msgstr "最后，有些路线可以应用于产品。 这些功能或多或少类似于产品类别：选择后，您必须手动设置必须在哪个产品上应用它。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products" +"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " +"manually set on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:207 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." -msgstr "" -"为此，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> 产品` 然后打开您要在其上应用路线的那个。. 然后转到 *库存选项卡* " -"然后选择您创建的路线。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected" +"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " +"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " +"select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." -msgstr "从表面上看，如果路线的配置看起来很简单，请不要忘记我们尚未设置任何规则。 如果不难设置，那么对于工作路由至关重要。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:216 +msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:219 msgid "Rules" msgstr "规则" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:221 msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." -msgstr "" -"规则将在路线上定义。 为此，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`, 然后转到 *规则* 部分，然后单击 *添加行*" -" 按钮。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules" +"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" +" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " +"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" -msgstr "可用规则触发各种动作。 如果Odoo提供 *推* 和 *拉* 规则，其他规则也是可用。 这是所有这些的一些解释：" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 -msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or from a manufacturing order which requires a specific component." -" When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking" -" to fulfill this need." +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " +":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -" ** " -"**取：此规则由特定位置的产品需求触发。需求可以来自已验证的销售订单，也可以来自需要特定组件的制造订单。当需求出现在目标位置时，Odoo生成拣货以满足此需求。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In the case you move products to the source " -"location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination" -" location." -msgstr " ****：此规则由某些产品到达定义的源位置触发。在将产品移动到源位置的情况下，Odoo生成拣货以将这些产品移动到目标位置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 -msgid "" -"**Pull & Push**: this rule allows generating pickings in the two situations " -"explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific " -"location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that " -"need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered " -"to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to" -" the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." +":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" +" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " +"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " +"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " +"this need." msgstr "" -" **&** " -"：该规则允许在上述两种情况下生成选取。这意味着，当特定位置需要产品时，将从以前的位置创建转移以满足该需求。这会在前一个位置创建一个需求，并触发一个规则来满足它。一旦第二个需求得到满足，产品就会被推到目的地，所有需求都得到满足。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr " **** ：当目的地需要产品时，会创建报价请求以满足需求。" +":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " +"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " +"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " +"destination location." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:239 msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " +"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " +"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " +"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " +"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:244 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " +"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr " **** ：当在源位置需要产品时，将创建制造订单以满足需求。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "" -"overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." -msgstr "您还必须定义 *操作类型* 。 此操作允许定义从规则创建哪种选择。 使用上面的屏幕截图，创建的拣配例如是内部转账。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" -msgstr "另一方面，*供应方法* 允许定义在源位置发生的情况：" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" -msgstr " **库存取** ：产品取自源位置的可用库存；" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." -msgstr " **发另一个规** ：系统尝试查找库存规则以将产品带到源位置。 可用库存将被忽略。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." +"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" +"zone." msgstr "" -" **库存取货，如果不可用，则触发另一个规** ：产品取自源位置的可用库存。 如果没有可用的库存，系统将尝试找到一条规则以将产品带到源位置。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " +"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:257 +msgid "" +"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " +":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" +" of the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:263 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " +"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " +"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" +" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " +"products to the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." -msgstr "" -"在 *计划* 部分中，您可以确定重新计划拣货链中的一个的行为。 如果您决定 *传播重新安排* ，则下一步也将重新安排。 " -"如果您希望选择重新安排下一个动作的时间，则可以决定以 *下一个活动* 的形式接收。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "怎么是完整的流程？" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 -msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." -msgstr "还记得我们的拣选 - 包装 - 发货自定义路线吗？让我们用它来尝试一下高级定制路线的全流程。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 -msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" -msgstr "首先，快速浏览一下我们的规则及其提供方法：我们有3条规则，所有都是 **** 规则。 提供方法如下：" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 -msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" -" **仓库取** ：当在仓库/包装区域中需要产品时，可以从仓库/库存中创建 *拣货*（从仓库/库存到仓库/包装区域的内部转移）来满足需求。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" -" **发另一个规** ：当需要在仓库/包装区中放置产品时，可以从仓库/包装区创建 *包装* （从仓库/包装区到仓库/输出的内部转移）来满足需求。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." -msgstr " **Trigger Another Rule**: 当合作伙伴/客户需要产品时，会从WH/Output中创建送货单以满足需求。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route" +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." -msgstr "这意味着，当客户订购产品时，会创建一个送货单来完成订单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer" +"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " +"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 -msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." -msgstr "" -"如果源文件是同一个销售订单，状态就不一样了。事实上，如果列表中的前一次转账还没有完成，则状态将会** Waiting Another " -"Operation**。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 +msgid "Sample full route flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:279 msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." -msgstr "为准备订单，输送机需要产品在输出区域内完成包装，因此需从包装区进行一次内部调货。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " -"output zones" +"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" +" flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:282 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" +" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " +"Methods` for each rule are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:285 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:299 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " +"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " +"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " +"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:315 +msgid "" +"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " +"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " +"output zones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:322 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "显然，包装区要有待包装的产品。所以，需发起一次内部调货，然后员工才可以从仓库集货。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" -"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" -" zones" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" +" zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:329 msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " +"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " +"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" +" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " +"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " +"items." msgstr "" -"正如本文档介绍中所解释的，流程中的最后一步（这里是送货单）是第一个被触发的，然后触发其他规则，直到我们到达流程中的第一步（这里是从库存到包装区的内部转移）。现在，一切都准备好了，客户可以得到订购的商品。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:334 msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." -msgstr "在我们的案例中，当所有的规则被触发并完成转账后，产品就会交付给客户。" +"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" +" have been triggered and the transfers are done." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone -msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone +msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 @@ -5110,81 +5819,253 @@ msgstr "什么是上架策略？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." +" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " +"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" -"优秀的仓库实施方案会确保产品自动移至合适的目的地库位。为了简化这一流程，Odoo使用*上架策略*功能。但什么是上架策略？上架是指从接收到的货物中分出产品并将它们直接送至最合适的库位。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." -msgstr "例如，如果仓库中存有挥发性物质，我们必须确保某些可能发生化学反应的产品不得彼此靠近。这就是上架策略的作用，避免储存产品中出现错误。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." -msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。这样，系统将自动启用*储存位置*功能。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" -msgstr "设置上架策略" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." -msgstr "在某些情况下，就像零售店储存蔬菜水果一样，我们必须将产品储存在不同库位，以确保产品品质。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegetables* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:26 +msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " +"products should be stored in different locations depending on several " +"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " +"and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" +" the following sub-locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:37 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:39 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:43 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:45 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:47 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " +"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " +"redirected to the right storage location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " +"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " +"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "Take the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" +" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " +"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " +"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:75 +msgid "Using Storage Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " +"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " +"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:89 +msgid "Create a Storage Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " +"storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:100 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " +"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " +"location is considered available to store a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " +"location is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " +"the same product is already there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " +"in this location at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " +"linked to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "" +"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" -"为了管理这些库位，我们必须创建入库规则。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " -"上架策略`。然后，点击创建并配置第一条规则，指定产品将进入的主要库位，然后再重定向到正确的库位。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." -msgstr "上架策略可按每种产品或每个产品类别定义。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:119 +msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " +"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:124 +msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone +msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" -"现在，有了上架策略，如果我向供应商购买苹果和胡萝卜，它们将被归入同一批收货，但自动重定向到正确的库位。你可前往报告菜单的*库存报告*，查看这一信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "什么是移动策略（FIFO、LIFO和FEFO）？" +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." -msgstr "通常，*移动策略*在拣货操作中定义，以选择最佳产品，优化工人的距离，用于质量控制，或首先移动最接近到期日期的产品。" +"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control" +" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -5200,382 +6081,428 @@ msgstr "仓库里发生了什么？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " "through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" -"想象一个通用仓库计划，包括接收码头和区域、存储位置、拣货和包装区域以及装运码头。所有产品都会经过所有这些位置，但一些规则，如清除策略，可能会影响到哪些产品被用于挑选。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." +msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the " +"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -"在这里，供应商卡车在码头卸下托盘货物。然后，操作员扫描接收区域中的产品，带有接收日期，如果产品有过期日期，则带有过期日期。然后，将产品存储在各自的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area." +msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the" +" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same " +"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the " +"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, " +"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best." msgstr "" -"接下来，为同一产品下了几个订单，但您没有在同一天收到货物，并且它们的到期日期也不相同。在这种情况下，从逻辑上讲，您更喜欢先发送日期最近的邮件。根据您选择的移动策略，Odoo会生成一个传输，其中产品最适合您的设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "" -"products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates " -"into account." +":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n" +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." -msgstr "在转移单上，您可以找到要提货的产品批号/序列号。" +"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "工作原理是什么?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "先进先出（FIFO）" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." -msgstr "当使用 **进先出 **略时，对某些产品的需求会触发删除规则，该规则要求转移首先输入您库存的批次/序列号。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some " +"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first." msgstr "" -"更清楚地说，假设你的仓库里有三堆钉子。这三个有以下批号：00001、00002、00003，每个有5个钉子盒。00001于5月23日入股，00002于5月25日入股，00003于6月1日入股。6月11日，一位客户向您订购了6箱。选择“先进先出”策略后，由于00001已先于其他箱子输入您的库存，因此请求对00001的五个箱子和00002中的一个箱子进行转移。采用00002中的框，因为其最早的输入日期在00001之后。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." -msgstr "因此，对于选择了“先进先出”策略的每一个产品订单，Odoo都会请求转移您库存中时间最长的商品。" +"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, " +":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on" +" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer " +"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes " +"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because " +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from " +":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date " +"after :guilabel:`00001`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`" +" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been" +" in the stock for the longest period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "后进先出（LIFO）" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71 msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." +"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* " +"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. " +"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a " +"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently." msgstr "" -"与先进先出的方式相同， **进先出 " -"**略基于产品进入库存的日期移动产品。在这里，对某些产品的需求会触发一个删除规则，该规则要求转移上次输入您库存的批次/序列号。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." -msgstr "" -"为了更好地理解，让我们想象一下仓库里有三堆螺丝。这三个有以下数字：10001、10002、10003，每个都有10个螺丝盒。10001已于6月1日入库，10002已于6月3日入库，10003已于6月6日入库。一位客户在6月8日订购了7箱。选择了“后进先出”策略后，要求转移七箱10003，因为该批次是最后一批进入库存的批次。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." -msgstr "因此，基本上，对于使用“后进先出”策略的产品的每个订单，都要求最后一个进入库存的订单进行转移。" +"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and " +":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." -msgstr "这种策略在许多国家被禁止，可能导致库存中只有旧的或过时的产品。" +":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on" +" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer " +"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of " +":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the " +"stock." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "先到期先出（FEFO）" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85 msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." -msgstr " **到期先出 **略与其他两种不同。在这里，重要的是到期日，而不是产品进入库存的日期。" +"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" +" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock " +"is requested." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." -msgstr "" -"让我们想象三组6个鸡蛋的盒子（在这个特定的例子中，不要忘记使用：doc:`度量单位<../management/products/uom>`）。这三个数字如下：20001、20002和20003，每个数字中有5个方框。20001已于7月1日入库，7月15日到期；20002已于7月2日入库，7月14日到期；20003已于4日入库，7月21日到期。一位客户在7月5日订购了6箱。选择*FEFO*策略后，要求转让20002的五个箱子和20001的一个箱子。转让20002标段的所有箱子是因为它们的到期日最近。转会还要求从20001年起购买一箱，因为这批货在20002年后到期。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." -msgstr "然后，您可以记住，对于具有*FEFO*策略的产品的每个订单，都会请求从订单日期到到期日期最近的产品的转移。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "使用移动策略" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." -msgstr "" -"要从其他单元中识别某些单元，您需要通过*批次*或*序列号*跟踪它们。为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->设置`。然后，激活*存储位置*、*多步路由*和*批次和序列号*。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." +"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries " +"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." -msgstr "要使用“FEFO”策略，请激活“到期日期”功能。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "先到期先出（FEFO）" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95 msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." -msgstr "接下来，您需要通过以下菜单在*产品类别*上定义移动策略：“库存-->配置-->产品类别”。" +"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " +"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " +"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " +"stock." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" +" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " +"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following " +"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " +"with five boxes in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " +"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " +"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" +" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " +"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " +"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" +" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " +":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " +":guilabel:`20002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " +"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " +"has the nearest expiration date from the order date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117 +msgid "Closest Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " +"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," +" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " +"that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "FIFO（先进先出）" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." -msgstr "如前所述，“先进先出”策略意味着库存产品先出。如果公司销售需求周期短的产品，如服装，则应使用这种方法，以确保库存中没有过时的款式。" +"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " +"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " +"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " +"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " +"alphabetic order." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +msgid "Use removal strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " +"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" -"对于这个例子，我们创建了三批白色衬衫。这些都是从所有/衣服类别，我们把*先进先出*作为删除策略。在我们的库存位置（WH/stock），我们现在找到了三个可用的批次。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." +msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." -msgstr "" -"批次000001包含5件衬衫，000002包含3件衬衫，000003包含2件。如上所示，000001已首先进入库存。让我们创建一个由六件白衬衫组成的销售订单，以确认该批次的产品是首批发出的。" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." -msgstr "在与拣货相关联的交货单上，您可以看到，由于采用了“先进先出”策略，已保留了最旧的批号。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy." +"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also " +"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "LIFO （后进先出）" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144 msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." -msgstr "对于*后进先出*策略，情况恰恰相反。事实上，带出来的产品是最后一个入库的批次。它主要用于没有保质期的产品。" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" +msgstr "FIFO（先进先出）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies " +"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method" +" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and" +" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " +"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " +"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find " +"the three lots available." msgstr "" -"即使我们的白衬衫是衣服，我们也可以说它们是永恒的。那么，让我们用它们来测试我们的后进先出策略。再次通过：菜单选择：`库存-->配置-->产品类别`打开产品类别，并将删除策略更改为*后进先出*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." -msgstr "现在，创建4件白衬衫的销售订单，并检查保留的产品是否来自批次000003和000002。" +"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains " +"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a " +"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot " +":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should " +"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " +"strategy." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy." +msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" -msgstr "不要忘记“后进先出”策略在许多国家是被禁止的！" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "FEFO（先到期先出）" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." -msgstr "使用*FEFO(先到期先出)*策略，挑选产品的方式不基于接收日期。在这种特殊情况下，它们将根据其到期日期进行发货。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." -msgstr "" -"要了解有关过期日期的更多信息，请查看：doc:`相关文档 " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" +msgstr "LIFO （后进先出）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " -"Numbers`." +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is " +"mostly used for products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " +"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`." msgstr "" -"通过激活*到期日期*，可以在*FEFO*中使用的序列号/批号上定义不同的日期。这些日期可以通过转到：菜单选择：`库存-->主数据-->批次/序列号`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001." +msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved" +" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned " +"in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206 +msgid "" +"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way " +"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular " +"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible " +"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be " +"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can " +"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "从最早到最晚，根据移动日期选择范围。未定义移动日期的范围在具有移动日期之后拾取。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "其他日期仅供参考和报告之用。如果没有从库存中移动，超过到期日期的批次仍可能被选为交货订单！" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230 msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." -msgstr "要使用*FEFO*策略，请再次转到：菜单选择：`库存-->配置-->产品类别`，并选择*FEFO*作为*强制移动策略*。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." +"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal " +"Strategy` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 -msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." -msgstr "对于这种特殊情况，让我们使用护手霜。像往常一样，我们有三批。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone +msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr " **次 / 序列** " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Product**" msgstr " **** " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr " **止日** " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "0000001" msgstr "0000001" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "护手霜" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "2019/09/30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "0000002" msgstr "0000002" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "2019/11/30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "0000003" msgstr "0000003" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "2019/10/31" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250 msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." -msgstr "当我们销售25单位护手霜时，我们可以看到奥多自动保留的批号是到期日期最接近的，即0000001和0000003。" +"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically" +" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and" +" :guilabel:`0000003`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone -msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." +msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 @@ -6948,7 +7875,7 @@ msgid "" "products and their respective Bill of Materials. Please refer to " ":doc:`bill_configuration` for more details on how to create a BOM." msgstr "" -"要配置*多级BoM表*，您需要顶级产品及其子组件。因此，必须首先创建子部件产品及其各自的BOM表。有关如何创建BOM的更多详细信息，请参阅：doc:`bill_configuration`。" +"要配置*多级BoM表*，您需要顶级产品及其子组件。因此，必须首先创建子部件产品及其各自的BOM表。有关如何创建BOM的更多详细信息，请参阅：:doc:`bill_configuration`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Configure the Main BoM" @@ -7855,7 +8782,7 @@ msgid "" " a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" " in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." msgstr "" -"一揽子订单可用于：doc:`自动补货 " +"一揽子订单可用于:doc:`自动补货 " "<../../purchase/products/reordering>`，因为一旦确认一揽子订单，就会向产品中添加新的供应商行。如果有多个供应商链接到您的产品，请确保相关供应商位于第一位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 6d8b9bb2e..25d1c591c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Benson , 2022 # Datasource International , 2022 # Mandy Choy , 2022 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022 @@ -18,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 稀饭~~ , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -257,9 +256,9 @@ msgstr "或前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 查看我的服务`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用积点来测试这项功能." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "More common questions" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 721be871e..35515e8ae 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -13,17 +13,17 @@ # Mandy Choy , 2022 # Raymond Yu , 2022 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 +# Jeffery CHEN , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -844,9 +844,9 @@ msgstr "一台带最新的Web浏览器的电脑或平板电脑" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" -msgstr "安装有PoS和物联网应用的 SaaS 或 Odoo 实例" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" @@ -907,23 +907,20 @@ msgstr "**电子磅秤**: 连接你的电子磅秤和接通电源。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " +"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." msgstr "" -"**用户显示** ：使用HDMI电缆将显示器连接到物联网盒。您也可以通过访问IoT Box主页并单击*POS " -"Display*按钮，从任何其他计算机访问客户显示屏。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" " refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" "**支付终端** " -"：连接过程取决于终端，请参阅：doc:`支付终端文档`。" +"：连接过程取决于终端，请参阅：:doc:`支付终端文档`。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" @@ -932,7 +929,7 @@ msgstr "" "完成后，您可以将 IoT Box 连接到您的 PoS。 为此，请进入:菜单选择:`销售点 --> 设置 --> 销售点`，勾选 *IoT Box* " "并选择您要在此销售点中使用的设备。 保存更改。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "设置完成后，您可以启动PoS会话。" @@ -979,7 +976,7 @@ msgid "" " have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " ":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" msgstr "" -"物联网盒图像的版本太旧。它应该使用20.06或更高版本。如果您的物联网盒图像来自早期版本，则您必须刷新物联网盒的SD卡以更新图像（请参阅：doc:``）" +"物联网盒图像的版本太旧。它应该使用20.06或更高版本。如果您的物联网盒图像来自早期版本，则您必须刷新物联网盒的SD卡以更新图像（请参阅：:doc:``）" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1163,6 +1160,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "连接" @@ -1575,6 +1573,161 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " +":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +msgid "IoT Box model 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see usage below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +msgid "IoT Box model 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " +"plugging it back into its power source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " +":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "" +"The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" +"connected to an IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " +"Display` will be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:66 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "用途" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:69 +msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" +" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box Devices` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " +"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " +"with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status" +" with the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " +"and update when changes are performed on the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rstNone +msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:97 +msgid "Display a website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " +"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " +"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 msgid "Mail Plugins" msgstr "邮件插件" @@ -1607,7 +1760,7 @@ msgid "" "Mail Plugins are available for :doc:`Outlook ` and " ":doc:`Gmail `." msgstr "" -"邮件插件可用于：doc:`Outlook ` 和 :doc:`Gmail " +"邮件插件可用于：:doc:`Outlook ` 和 :doc:`Gmail " "`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:27 @@ -1973,46 +2126,46 @@ msgstr "打开任何电子邮件；应显示快捷方式。" msgid "Studio" msgstr "在线开发工具" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:17 msgid "" "Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " "knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Fields `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`Views `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`Models `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 -msgid "PDF reports" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:24 -msgid "Approval rules" +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:26 msgid "Security rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:28 msgid "" "Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:31 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程：Studio`_" @@ -3401,6 +3554,541 @@ msgid "" "modules as dependencies of the exported module." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:10 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:23 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "布局" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:25 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "明亮" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "盒装的" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:41 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "加粗" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "条纹" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:56 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "字体" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:61 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:63 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:65 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:66 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:75 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:77 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "颜色" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:96 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:98 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "页脚" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "纸张格式" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then :menuselection:`Toggle Studio --> Reports " +"--> Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:146 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:157 +msgid "External" +msgstr "外部" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:181 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "内部" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:183 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:185 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "空白" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:197 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:199 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "组件" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "内联" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:241 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:251 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "表格" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:263 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:267 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:269 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:279 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "栏" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:284 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:286 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:289 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:291 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:296 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:298 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:305 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:307 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rstNone +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"<../../general/users/access_rights>` the element should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 msgid "Views" msgstr "查看" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 993d64f76..572760f3e 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ # Wall, 2022 # LINYUN TONG , 2022 # liAnGjiA , 2022 -# John An , 2022 # Benson , 2022 +# John An , 2022 # Miao Zhou , 2022 # Kenny Yang , 2022 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2022 @@ -23,18 +23,18 @@ # Datasource International , 2022 # Mandy Choy , 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2022 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022 # Emily Jia , 2022 +# Jeffery CHEN , 2022 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Emily Jia , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -474,11 +474,11 @@ msgstr "蓝框会自动告知你将消耗的积点数量。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用积点来测试这项功能." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) `" msgstr ":doc:`应用内购买 (IAP) `" @@ -754,9 +754,9 @@ msgstr "如果你的积点已耗尽，在点击系统提示的公司后，只会 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用积点来测试这项功能。" +"If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit " +"from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1833,14 +1833,12 @@ msgstr "认证和部署" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"odoo.com Odoo Online instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " "modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " "support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " "is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " "module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." msgstr "" -"由政府颁发的认证仅限于使用odoo.com SaaS演示。源模块或是修改版本 **** " -"被认证。对于内部用户，我们也支持会计期间模块的安装。对于企业版的客户，主要的限制是,这需要一个模糊的版本的``pos_blackbox_be`` 模块。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 msgid "Restrictions" @@ -1904,7 +1902,7 @@ msgid "" " protocol `. If so, a self-signed certificate is necessary to use " "your printer." msgstr "" -"有些型号不需要物联网盒，但您的web浏览器和打印机之间的连接可能需要：doc:`与HTTPS协议的安全连接`。如果是这样，使用打印机需要自签名证书。" +"有些型号不需要物联网盒，但您的web浏览器和打印机之间的连接可能需要：:doc:`与HTTPS协议的安全连接`。如果是这样，使用打印机需要自签名证书。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2271,7 +2269,7 @@ msgid "" "` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box " "for the PoS `." msgstr "" -"要将PoS硬件与Odoo物联网盒连接，请参阅以下文档：：doc:`将物联网盒连接到数据库`和：doc:`将物联网盒用于PoS`。" +"要将PoS硬件与Odoo物联网盒连接，请参阅以下文档：：:doc:`将物联网盒连接到数据库`和：:doc:`将物联网盒用于PoS`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:132 msgid "View your statistics" @@ -2346,7 +2344,7 @@ msgstr " ****: `True`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" -msgstr ":文档:`epos_ssc`" +msgstr ":doc:`epos_ssc`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" @@ -2560,7 +2558,7 @@ msgid "" "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -"将Ingenico支付终端连接到Odoo是一项需要物联网盒的功能。有关如何将物联网盒连接到数据库的更多信息，请参阅：doc:`物联网文档`。" +"将Ingenico支付终端连接到Odoo是一项需要物联网盒的功能。有关如何将物联网盒连接到数据库的更多信息，请参阅：:doc:`物联网文档`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" @@ -2787,7 +2785,7 @@ msgid "" "please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "`." msgstr "" -"将Worldline支付终端连接到Odoo是一项需要物联网盒的功能。有关如何将其连接到数据库的更多信息，请参阅：doc:`物联网文档`。" +"将Worldline支付终端连接到Odoo是一项需要物联网盒的功能。有关如何将其连接到数据库的更多信息，请参阅：:doc:`物联网文档`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:22 msgid "Configure the protocol" @@ -3735,7 +3733,7 @@ msgstr "结算销售订单后，首付款自动从总额扣除。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" -msgstr "：文件：`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" +msgstr ":doc：`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Serial numbers and lots" @@ -3787,7 +3785,7 @@ msgstr "导入的追踪号显示在追踪产品下方。您可以单击产品旁 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`../shop/sales_order`" -msgstr "：文件：`../shop/sales_order`" +msgstr ":doc：`../shop/sales_order`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "Serial numbers and lots creation" @@ -3823,13 +3821,13 @@ msgstr "：guilabel：`批号和序列号`是：guillabel：`要求`，但并非 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -"：文件：`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" +":doc：`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:60 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -"：文件：`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" +":doc：`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 msgid "Rental" @@ -3957,7 +3955,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo租赁中的数字文件设置" msgid "" "This feature requires the :doc:`Sign <../finance/sign>` app. If necessary, " "Odoo installs it after activating *Digital Documents*." -msgstr "此功能需要：doc:`签署 <../finance/sign>`应用程序。如有必要，Odoo会在激活*数字文档*后安装它。" +msgstr "此功能需要：:doc:`签署 <../finance/sign>`应用程序。如有必要，Odoo会在激活*数字文档*后安装它。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -4223,100 +4221,18 @@ msgstr "支持的市场" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " -"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " -"unsupported marketplace `." +"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" +" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " +"marketplace `." msgstr "" -"亚马逊连接器当前支持9个市场。 如果以下未列出市场，则您可以 :ref:`将其添加为受支持的市场`。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 -msgid "**North America region**" -msgstr " **美地** " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Canada" -msgstr "加拿大" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Amazon.ca" -msgstr "Amazon.ca" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "墨西哥" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Amazon.com.mx" -msgstr "Amazon.com.mx" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "US" -msgstr "美国" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "Amazon.com" -msgstr "Amazon.com" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 -msgid "**Europe region**" -msgstr " **洲地** " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "德国" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Amazon.de" -msgstr "Amazon.de" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "西班牙" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Amazon.es" -msgstr "Amazon.es" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "France" -msgstr "法国" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "Amazon.fr" -msgstr "Amazon.fr" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "UK" -msgstr "英国" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "Amazon.co.uk" -msgstr "Amazon.co.uk" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Italy" -msgstr "意大利" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Amazon.it" -msgstr "Amazon.it" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "荷兰" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Amazon.nl" -msgstr "Amazon.nl" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`manage`" @@ -4426,7 +4342,7 @@ msgstr "请谨记，客户会通过电子邮件收到关于交货的通知，并 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" -":文档:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" @@ -4527,7 +4443,7 @@ msgstr "" "你也可以类似方式对每个电商平台进行报告。首先，从已同步的电商平台列表中删除想要单独追踪库存的电商平台。然后，为该客户创建另一个注册账户，并删除所有其他电商平台。最后，为注册的两个账户其中一个分配其他销售团队。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr ":doc:`features`" @@ -4666,68 +4582,48 @@ msgstr "" "由于Amazon适用的税收不一定与Odoo的配置完全相同，某些订单的金额可能与卖家中心有细微差异。在与Odoo付款情况对账时，可冲销并解决这些差异。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:76 -msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" -msgstr "添加尚未受支持的市场" +msgid "Add a new marketplace" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:78 msgid "" -"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not created by default " -"as they are not officially supported by Odoo but might be compatible with " -"your seller account. These marketplaces can be added manually should you " -"wish to use them. See :ref:`here ` for the " -"exhaustive list of natively supported marketplaces." +":ref:`All marketplaces are supported by the Amazon Connector " +"`, but recently created ones might be missing" +" from your database. To add a new marketplace, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -"在默认情况下，不会创建某些亚马逊市场分区，因为Odoo不支持这些地点，如亚马逊巴西，但可能与您的卖家帐户兼容。如果您想使用这些市场，可以手动添加。请参见：ref：`此处`，以获取本地支持市场的详细列表。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." +msgstr "启用:ref:`开发者模式`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:83 msgid "" -"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " -"Documentation `_. The marketplace must belong to the " -"same region as that of your seller account." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors " +"--> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -"了解市场是否最终兼容，请查看`亚马逊文档`_. 市场须与卖家帐户属于同一区域。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:85 msgid "" -"To add a new marketplace, activate the :ref:`developer mode `." -msgstr "添加新市场，激活：ref：`开发人员模式`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." -msgstr "完成后，转到 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置 --> 设定 --> 连接器- -->亚马逊同步--> 亚马逊市场`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:93 -msgid "" -"From there, create a new marketplace record. Enter the Marketplace ID and " -"select the Amazon Region for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon " -"Documentation for marketplace IDs `_, and the Seller Central URL as described in" -" the `Amazon Documentation for seller central URLs `_, " +"and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` as described in the `Amazon " +"Documentation for seller central URLs `_." msgstr "" -"创建市场记录。输入市场分区ID，并为您的市场选择亚马逊地区，如`亚马逊市场分区ID文件`_中所述，以及卖家中心URL，如`亚马逊文件`_中所述。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:91 msgid "" -"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve " -"it (e.g.: ``Amazon.se``). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " +"Set the name of the record to `Amazon.` to easily retrieve it " +"(e.g.: **Amazon.se**). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " ":guilabel:`Region` and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` fields should " "respectively hold the *MarketplaceId*, the selected Amazon region and the " "*Seller Central URL* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -"将记录名称设置为``Amazon.``，以方便检索（如：``Amazon.se``）。：guilabel：`API " -"标识符`、：guilabel：`地区`和：guilabel：`卖家中心URL`栏应分别包含亚马逊文件中的*市场分区*、选定的亚马逊区域和*卖家中心URL*值。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" "Once the marketplace is saved, update the Amazon Account configuration by " "going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors" @@ -4741,13 +4637,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "保存市场分区后，跳转至：菜单选择：`销售-->配置-->设置-->连接器-->亚马逊同步-->亚马逊帐户`，更新亚马逊帐户配置。打开您希望使用新市场分区的帐户，跳转至到：guilabel：`市场分区`选项卡，然后单击：guillabel：`更新可用市场分区`（动画应确认操作成功）。新添加的市场分区将自动添加至同步市场列表。如果新的市场分区未添加至列表，这意味着市场分区与您的卖家帐户不兼容或不可用。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " -"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " -"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." -msgstr "由于Odoo并未正式支持手动添加的市场，因此无法保证可以如上所述添加一个市场，也无法保证在与Odoo支持人员联系时将其视为错误。" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "eBay 连接器" @@ -5024,10 +4913,6 @@ msgstr "为了解决这个问题，开发了一种新的实施机制；但是， msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "如要切换为新同步机制：" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 -msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." -msgstr "启用:ref:`开发者模式`." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 预定操作`" @@ -5454,7 +5339,7 @@ msgstr "最后，您将有不同的可能性方法创建发票：常规发票或 msgid "" "Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " ":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." -msgstr "请务必在此处查看有关预付款的文档: :doc:`down_payment`, ，以掌握此不可思议的功能。" +msgstr "请务必在此处查看有关预付款的文档 :doc:`down_payment`, ，以掌握此不可思议的功能。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" @@ -6856,7 +6741,7 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize`, and others in the " ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers` documentation." msgstr "" -"您可以直接访问**支付服务提供商**页面，选择并配置您选择的提供商。在创建或修改提供商之前，请务必查看我们提供的、有关如何向支付服务提供商支付的文件，例如：文件：`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`、：文件：`/applicances/finance/payment_pproviders/authorize`和：文件：`/applicaations/finance_payment_prodviders`中的其他文件。" +"您可以直接访问**支付服务提供商**页面，选择并配置您选择的提供商。在创建或修改提供商之前，请务必查看我们提供的、有关如何向支付服务提供商支付的文件，例如:doc：`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`、:doc：`/applicances/finance/payment_pproviders/authorize`和:doc：`/applicaations/finance_payment_prodviders`中的其他文件。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -6887,15 +6772,15 @@ msgstr "点击 **户预览 **钮，你可看到客户在支付时看到的选项 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" -msgstr "：文件：`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" +msgstr ":doc：`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`" -msgstr "：文件：`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`" +msgstr ":doc：`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize`" -msgstr "：文件：`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize`" +msgstr ":doc：`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" @@ -7561,7 +7446,7 @@ msgid "" "<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales " "flow." msgstr "" -"在创建您自己的订阅产品之前，请务必查看我们关于如何创建、编辑和管理您自己的：doc:`订阅模板<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>`的文档。创建后，请查看我们的文档，了解如何：doc:`使用订阅产品创建报价<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`，以完成销售流程。" +"在创建您自己的订阅产品之前，请务必查看我们关于如何创建、编辑和管理您自己的：:doc:`订阅模板<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>`的文档。创建后，请查看我们的文档，了解如何：:doc:`使用订阅产品创建报价<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`，以完成销售流程。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 @@ -7571,7 +7456,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" -msgstr "：文件：`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" +msgstr ":doc：`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 @@ -7580,7 +7465,7 @@ msgstr "：文件：`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" -msgstr "：文件：`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" +msgstr ":doc：`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 msgid "Use subscription templates" @@ -7716,7 +7601,7 @@ msgid "" "products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to " "complete the sales flow." msgstr "" -"创建您自己的订阅模板后，请务必查看我们的文档，了解如何创建、编辑和管理您自己的：doc:`订阅产品<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`，以完成销售流程。" +"创建您自己的订阅模板后，请务必查看我们的文档，了解如何创建、编辑和管理您自己的：:doc:`订阅产品<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`，以完成销售流程。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 @@ -7726,7 +7611,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" -msgstr ":文档:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:5 msgid "Follow-up" @@ -7867,7 +7752,7 @@ msgstr "通过编辑警报，您可以修改*应用于*、*操作*和*活动*部 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" -msgstr "：文件：`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +msgstr ":doc：`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" @@ -8153,7 +8038,7 @@ msgid "" "fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the " "**Odoo Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" -"请务必查看我们的文档，了解如何：doc:`使用订阅模板<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>`" +"请务必查看我们的文档，了解如何：:doc:`使用订阅模板<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>`" " 以充分了解此功能在使** Odoo订阅 **用程序的基本流中的重要性。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 @@ -8247,7 +8132,7 @@ msgid "" "<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how " "subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" -"在关闭订阅之前，请查看我们的文档，了解如何：doc:`使用订阅产品创建报价<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`" +"在关闭订阅之前，请查看我们的文档，了解如何：:doc:`使用订阅产品创建报价<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`" " 以了解如何** Odoo 订阅 **用程序中管理订阅。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 @@ -8283,7 +8168,7 @@ msgid "" "<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your " "templates." msgstr "" -"在创建第一个报价之前，请务必查看我们的文档，了解如何创建和管理您自己的：doc:`订阅模板<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>`以及如何将：doc：`订阅产品<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`添加到您的模板中。" +"在创建第一个报价之前，请务必查看我们的文档，了解如何创建和管理您自己的：:doc:`订阅模板<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>`以及如何将：:doc：`订阅产品<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`添加到您的模板中。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -8350,9 +8235,9 @@ msgid "" "<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell " "<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." msgstr "" -"单击“订阅”按钮，可以看到订阅的状态为“正在进行”。从那里，您将有三个选项：doc:`续订<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`，：doc:`" +"单击“订阅”按钮，可以看到订阅的状态为“正在进行”。从那里，您将有三个选项：:doc:`续订<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`，:doc:`" " " -"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>`或：doc：`追加销售<<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>`您的订阅。" +"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>`或：:doc：`追加销售<<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>`您的订阅。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rstNone msgid "Use of the intelligent button \"Subscriptions\" in Odoo Sales" @@ -8385,7 +8270,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" -msgstr "：文件：`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" +msgstr ":doc：`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 msgid "Renew a subscription" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 7446771d6..c714a58d7 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Emily Jia , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -1431,8 +1431,8 @@ msgstr "" "应用程序允许您了解您的潜在客户和机会来自哪里。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic with Plausible.io" -msgstr "如何使用Plausible.io追踪网站流量" +msgid "Website analytics with Plausible.io" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Plausible.io:" @@ -1440,64 +1440,78 @@ msgstr "使用Plausible.io追踪您的网站流量的方法：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:7 msgid "" -"`Create a Plausible.io account `__ if you " +"`Create a Plausible.io account `_ if you " "don't have any." msgstr "" -"`Create a Plausible.io account `__创建一个。" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:8 msgid "" -"`Create your website `__ and `Start " +"`Create your website `_ and `Start " "collecting data` if it is not already done." msgstr "" -"`Create your website `__ 和`Start collecting" -" data`，如果尚未创建。" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:10 msgid "" -"Go through the `list of your websites `__ and " +"Go through the `list of your websites `_ and " "click on the gear icon." -msgstr "查看`list of your websites `__ 并单击设置图标。" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Click on cog icon in the list of websites" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:16 msgid "" -"Click on the button `+ New Link` in the tab Visibility to create your Shared" -" links." -msgstr "点击可见性选项卡中的`+ New Link`按钮，创建共享链接。" +"Click on the button :guilabel:`+ New Link` in the tab Visibility to create " +"your Shared links." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a shared link in the Visibility tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:22 msgid "" "Choose a name (and NO password - it is not supported to embed it in Odoo) " -"and click on the button `Create Shared Link`" -msgstr "选择名称（无密码—不支持嵌入Odoo），然后单击`Create Shared Link`按钮" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Copy the new Shared Link url from Plausible.io and paste it in the Settings " -"of Odoo" -msgstr "从Plausible.io复制新的共享链接，并粘贴到Odoo设置中" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:34 -msgid "You are on the Odoo Saas Platform?" -msgstr "您是否已经在Odoo Saas平台上？" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When you `create your database on www.odoo.com/trial " -"`__, we create it for you on our own server. You" -" don't have anything to do." -msgstr "" -"当您`create your database on www.odoo.com/trial " -"`__，我们在自有服务器上为您创建，您无需任何操作。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:40 -msgid "What about the Goal?" +"and click on the button `Create Shared Link`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Credentials creation for the new shared link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:29 msgid "" -"Odoo push out-of-the-box some custom event: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." -msgstr "Odoo推出了即开即用定制活动：“潜在用户”和“店铺”。" +"Copy the new Shared Link URL from Plausible.io and paste it into the " +"Settings of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Copy the shared link URL from Plausible.io" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Paste the shared link URL to Odoo settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "**You are on the Odoo Online Platform**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When you `create your Odoo Online database `_, " +"we create it for you on our own server. You don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "**What about the Goal?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Odoo pushes out-of-the-box custom events: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" @@ -2579,15 +2593,14 @@ msgstr "生成非闪存访问密钥" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:9 msgid "" -"**As a SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow " -"this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own Odoo " -"Unsplash key in a transparent way." +"**As an Odoo Online user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to" +" follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own" +" Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -"**作为SaaS用户**，您已经准备好使用Unsplash。您不需要按照本指南设置非Flash信息，因为您将以透明的方式使用我们自己的Odoo非Flash密钥。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:13 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Saas users" -msgstr "为非Saas用户生成非Flash访问密钥" +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Odoo Online users" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:15 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." @@ -2623,10 +2636,10 @@ msgstr "你将被重定向到你的应用程序详细信息页面。向下滚动 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:42 msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " -"50 Unsplash requests per hour." -msgstr "**作为非SaaS用户**，你将无法注册生产Unsplash密钥，仅限于使用测试密钥，它每小时只能发送50个Unsplash请求。" +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a " +"restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:46 msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" @@ -2655,10 +2668,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:65 msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " -"requests per hour restriction." -msgstr "**作为非SaaS用户**，你将无法注册生产Unsplash密钥，仅限于使用测试密钥，它每小时只能发送50个Unsplash请求。" +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 " +"Unsplash requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:5 msgid "Publish"